Lala-Lamba Handbook: A Short Introduction to the South-western Division of ...

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

L ALA-LAMB A
HANDBOOK

A SHORT INTRODUCTION
TO THE SOUTH-WESTERN DIVISION OF

THE WISA-LALA DIALECT

OF

NORTHERN RHODESIA

WITH STORIES AND VOCABULARY

BY

A. C. MADAN, M.A.

STUDENT or CHRIST CHURCH, OXFORD

OXFORD
AT THE CLARENDON PRESS

1908

HENRY FROWDE, M.A.

PUBLISHER 10 THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

LONDON, EDINBURGH

NEW YORK AND TORONTO

PREFACE

The Lala and Lamba dialects are so nearly identical, and
both so closely allied to the Wisa, that knowledge of either is
a sufficient introduction to the others. A Wisa Handbook has
already been published (Clarendon Press, 1906). But in view
of the size of the Lala country, and its position on the direct
route from the Victoria Falls to Lake Tanganyika, making it
more accessible than the Wisa, a short supplementary account of
Lala, showing its relation both of likeness and unlikeness to
Wisa, may be of value for practical purposes of teaching and
administration^ as well as to students of Bantu.

Accordingly the following pages include (i) an outline of
Lala Grammar, with notes chiefly on points in which it differs
from Wisa ; (2) a collection of phrases and of Lala and Wisa
stories, with translations and notes, supplying what is perhaps
the most valuable sort of material for a further and more exact
study of both dialects ; (3) a Lala-English Vocabulary, which
may also be used to supplement the English-Wisa Vocabulary
in the * Wisa Handbook '.

A 2

80273

INTRODUCTION

The Lala dialect here means the dialect spoken with but
small variations over a district of about 20,000 square miles
(three times the size of Wales), lying in Northern Rhodesia and
the intrusive strip of Congo Free State territory south of Lake
Bangweolo. The district is roughly rectangular, and bounded
by a line drawn from the Luapula at its first westward bend,
along the river Lulimala, just north of Livingstone's African
grave, and thence north of Moir's Lake to the nearest point on
the river Luangwa, down the Luangwa to its junction with the
Lukushashi, along the southern and western boundary of the
basin of the Lunsenfwa tributary (of the Lukushashi) to its
source, thence to the upper Kafuwe river, and so to the Luapula
near its first bend to the north. This district contains (i) the
Lala tribe, with its local divisions known to each other as
the Wa Mitunta (or Masaninga) on the north-east, the Maswaka
on the south-west, and the Walala Ukanda on and within the
Congo Free State border ; (2) the Lamba, on both sides of the
border from the upper waters of the Lunsenfwa and Kafuwe
rivers to the Luapula ; and (3) the Wambo Senga, along the
west bank of the Luangwa, distinct in dialect (whatever their
origin) from the Senga of the eastern bank.

There is now no clear line between the Lala and their Wisa
neighbours on the north-east, either as to lands or language,
though certain recognized landmarks still remain. But there
is evidence that the Lalas arrived first from the north, and were
pushed south and west by the Wisas (themselves under pressure
from the advance of the warlike Wemba (Bemba) tribe), till
confronted by the Batonga and kindred tribes on the Zambesi

INTRODUCTION S

and lower Kafuwe. But the Lalas, even more than the Wisas,
give the impression of being a broken and defenceless people,
at any rate since the terrible Zulu invasion swept the country
in the last century. And though already showing recovery
under British protection and good government, they appear to
be even behind their neighbours in tribal cohesion and modes
of life. Year after year villages have been totally deserted for
months at a time, the inhabitants living in the forest, harvesting
and preparing new gardens. Even when they return (if they do
so) to their old huts, their food is constantly stored away in
distant hiding-places known only to themselves, and only visited
as need requires. Iron-work seems to be their one profitable
industry, besides making mats, bark cloth, and earthen pots ;
but their skill in smelting, tempering, and forging attracts
customers for axes, hoes, and weapons, even from surrounding
tribes. It has been already stated that the Lala and Wisa
dialects are practically one. But to ascertain the fact and the
limits within which it was true, entailed a quite disproportionate
amount of time and attention, simply from the difficulty of
finding a Lala acquainted with any but his own language. It
would have been more difficult still if it had not been for the
kind and efficient help given me by Mr. J. E. Stephenson,
a district official of the British South Africa Company, whose
careful notes and collections furnished most useful help in
arriving at conclusions both as to grammar and vocabulary.
My fullest acknowledgements are due to him, and also to Messrs.
H. Croad and J. Moffat Thomson, both British South Africa
Company officials, for much kind help and encouragement.
But the general result, after verification in both divisions of the
Lala country, being as given above, it only remains to make
clear the object of even a small separate account of Lala.

In brief, the peculiarities of Lala, though relatively small, are
sufficiently important to call for a supplement to the *Wisa
Handbook \ At the same time, the comparative prominence

6 INTRODUCTION

of the Lala dialect, as that which most Europeans would first
come in contact with, suggests the addition of an outline of
the grammar, as well as a vocabulary and some Lala stories.
Thus the Lala and Wisa Handbooks may be regarded as
mutually supplementary.

The total number of people speaking Lala-Lamba-Wisa can
only be guessed, but is probably not less than 100,000. The
Lala people are called Walala, their language Chilala, and their
country Wilala {wi representing the u of many other dialects).

A. C. MADAN.
Mkushi, N. W. R.,
/ufy, 1907.

In Part I, Grammar, paragraphs are numbered consecutively
for convenience of reference.

References to Lala may be taken as equivalent to Lala-
Lamba throughout, and the differences pointed out between
Lala and Wisa are of course more marked among the Lala of
the west (VV. Lala, or Maswaka) than on the borderlafid of the
tribes.

CONTENTS

PART I. GRAMMAR

CHAPTER PAGE

I. Lala, as spoken and written ♦ . . . 9

11. Nouns ii

List of common Nouns (§ 27).

III, Adjectives 15

List of Adjectives and Numerals (§31).

IV. Pronouns and Pronominal Adjectives . . 17

Table of Demonstratives (§ 39).

V. Verbs 20

(1) Verbs in general (§§ 44-55)-

Conspectus of Forms (§§ 46-49).
The modified Stem (§§ 52-55).

(2) Person — or Concord— Prefixes (§§ 56-60).

(3) Tenses (Indicative Mood) (§§61-90).

A. Tense-System, Affirmative (§§ 63-68).

B. Negative Conjugation (§§ 69-71).

C. Notes on the Tenses (§§ 72-89).

D. Comparison of Lala and Wisa Tense-

Systems (§ 90).

(4) Imperative Mood (§§ 91-97).

(5) Subjunctive Mood (§§ 98-100),

(6) Infinitive Mood (§§ 101-102).

(7) Voices (§§ 103-104).

(8) Verb Stems (§§ 105-114).

(9) Auxiliary and other Verbs (§§ 1 15-120).
(10) List of Common Verbs (§121).

8 CONTENTS

CHAPTER PAGE

VI. Adverbs, Prepositions, Conjunctions, and

OTHER Particles 38

(i) Dependent Sentences (§§ 125-131).
(2) List of Adverbs, &c, (§ 133).

PART II

Stories, &c., illustrating Lala, Lamba, and Wisa,

WITH Notes 42

I. Short sentences and phrases .... 42

II. Translation (tentative) of the Lord's Prayer

and Ten Commandments . ' . . . 45

III. Twelve Stories 45

PART III
Lala (Lamba)-English Vocabulary . . . . 75

PART I. GRAMMAR

(Reference may be allowed once for all to the * Wisa Handbook ', as
containing a somewhat fuller account of the Grammar common for the
most part to the Wisa and Lala dialects. Here an outline only is given,
sufficient for a beginner in either dialect, and showing the chief points of
difference between them.)

CHAPTER I

LALA, AS SPOKEN AND WRITTEN

1. Lala, like Wisa, is a Bantu dialect of the ordinary type. The
pronunciation of its words can be (with few exceptions) sufficiently
indicated by the English alphabet, and the features of its grammar
described by the usual English names. The nouns fall into classes,
distinguished by the first syllable, and this or a similar syllable is
prefixed to every adjective and verb qualifying a noun, forming
the Concord characteristic of Bantu.

2. The following is a typical sentence in Lala : Fintufya infumu
fyonse fyashila^ i. e. {fintu) the things (fyd) of {infumu) the chief

(fyonse) all {fyashild) are finished. The prefix y?, marking the
plural of one class of nouns, is repeated with the preposition (fy-a),
the adjective (fy-onse), and the verb {fy-ashila),

3. Lala words are here written as simply as possible by using
the English alphabet, and are pronounced as written, subject to
the following rules.

I. Vowels.

a2J& a \Ti father, ox pat,
e aiS a in fate, or e in pet,
i as e mfset, or / in pit,
o as or in sort, or o in pot,
u as 00 in root, or u in put.
When vowels occur together, each is to be pronounced sepa-
rately.

lo LALA GRAMMAR

4. 2. Consonants as in English, except that

g is not used for yi as in gin,
s is not used for sf, as in rise,
ng* is used for the sound ng followed by a check, separating

it in pronunciation from the other letters of the syllable,

something like ng in sing-er,

5. 3. Special Sounds.

One sound, common in Lala, Wisa, and other dialects, is
not English, and requires a special sign. It is here called
Modified «/, and written lif (in the * Wisa Handbook ' w).
It is a sound approaching dw or vw, variously pronounced
by natives, and sometimes heard as plain d, v, or w.

6. It must also be remembered that

ch is used to represent the sound variously pronounced by

natives as ch, ty^ ky^k\ k and ky being common among

the Maswaka*
r and / are interchangeable in most words. Either sound

may be clearly heard.
5 and sh are often heard before a vowel as sy^ shy.
m^ um, muy mw may be heard, especially at the beginning

of words, without difference of meaning, and similarly »,

i«, ny.

7. The following contractions of vowels occurring together in
the same word or in different words are common: —

a coalesces with an a following, forms e with an e or i
following, and o with an ^ or 2/ following. (When different
words are united by a contraction, the vowel is written
between hyphens, e.g. anay^e-nshima^ apam^o-mwanay
for anaya inshifna^ apama umwana,)

i and u, before vowels, become y and w. And a y sound is
often heard before a^ e, or iy and a w sound before o and Uy
when a root begins with those vowels.

8. The n sound in combination with others involves several
important changes. It is represented by nd^ nj^ ngj before vowels,
and changes to m before w, /, ^, z/, and (sometimes)/. Nl becomes
ndi and nw becomes mb, (See further § 58.)

LALA, AS SPOKEN AND WRITTEN it

9. The accent in Lala and Wisa is usually on the syllable before
the last, but a stress is also very commonly laid on the last syllable
but two.

10. Characteristic differences of Lala and Wisa pronunciation
arc as follows : —

In Lala/corresponds to v in Wisa.
sA „ s „

Sy sn ,,2' fy
ky, ki is preferred to ch^ chi in Wisa,
g^ gy „ j in Wisa

CHAPTER II

NOUNS

11. Nouns in Lala, as in Wisa, may be arranged in ten classes,
distinguished by the pairs of prefixes which mark the singular and
plural.

12. The singular-prefixes are, in their full forms, umuy ichi, aka,
ifty uluy uitfu, (/)/', and in the plural, a'dfa^ imt, t/i, utu^ {sh)iny
ama. To these may be added uku^ umUj apa, used mostly in
forming expressions equivalent to nouns, both singular and plural.

13. Commonly the first vowel of the two-syllable prefixes is not
distinctly heard, and the classes may be conveniently described as
follows. (Further examples and fuller descriptions may be readily
found by reference to the vocabulary under each sin^u/ar-prtfix
and to the ^ Wisa Handbook '.)

14. Class i. Sing. M(/ (also umu, mw, m),

Plur. WA (also atjba^ ib^ ba^ a),
Ex. Sing, muntu, a person. Plur. ibantu,

mwana^ a child. ' „ ibana,

mkashiy a woman. „ ibakashi.

15. Class 2. Sing. MU (also umu^ nvw^ m),

Plur. MI (also imi, my),

Ex. Sing. muHy a tree. Plur. //////.

mushiy a village. „ mishi.

mwiliy a body. ,) miilu

12 LALA GRAMMAR

16. Class 3. Sing. CHI {also cky fy, ky^ k),

F\uT.F/(also/y).
Ex. Sing, ckintu^ a thing. VXwr.fintu.

chuni^ a bird. „ fyunu

17. These prefixes are used before nouns of other classes with
an augmentative meaning, i. e. to express size, number, quantity,
and then sometimes in the forms chaffy a,

Ex. Sing. chimuntUy a big man. Y\yxr,fiiJbantu,

chamunkuluy a big log. „ fyaminkulu,

18. Class 4. Sing. KA (often contracting with vowel following).

Plur. TU \tw).
Ex. Sing. katemOy an axe. Plur. tutemo,

19. These prefixes are used with a diminutive meaning (cf. those
of Class 3).

Ex. Sing. koni{ka-unt)y a small bird. Plur. tuni.
kana (ka-ana), a child. „ twana,

20. Class 5. p. ^*f /iV(«, and plur. sometimes skin or ma),

Ex. Sing, nanda, a house. Plur. nanda^ mananda.

Sing, and plur. nshiku, day, days.
(For variations of the n sound, cf. §§ 8, 58.)

21. Class 6. Sing. LU {lit/, u/u\

Plur. lA' («).

Ex. Sing, /uskimu, sl bee. Plur. nshintu,

lushipa^ a blood-vessel. „ nshipa,

luwafuy a side. „ mbafu,

luitjbu, a small bell. „ ndiibu,

22. Class 7. Sing. LU {Iw, ulu).

Plur. MA (contracting with a vowel following, and
in some words prefixed to sing. /«).
Ex. Sing, lukwa, bark cloth. Plur. makwa,

lupey basket. „ malupe,

lupiy palm of hand. „ mapu

lupiliy hill. „ mapiliy mcUupilu

NOUNS 13

23. Class 8. Sing. iP^U (also u^tt/u, uu, «, lif, bu).

Plur. MA (as in Class 7, sometimes in).
Ex. Sing. z&«/a, bow. Plur. mata, mauta.

uufiy a lie, evil.

»

maufi.

ushikuy night.

>>

mauskiku.

«j^/, smoke.

>j

7N0shi,

24. Class 9. Sing. / (also It, Hi, di).

Plur. MA (as in Classes 6

,7).

Ex. Sing, w^, hoe.

Plur.

mase.

liso {linso), eye.

»>

mesoy menso,

/«^ (dino)y tooth.

»

meno.

ishina, name.

)>

mashina.

25. Class 10. ^, ^' -^«, muypa.

Plur. J '

These are the prefixes of (i) a few nouns, with plur. ma ; (2) the
infinitive form of the verb, used regularly as a noun; (3) many
expressions equivalent to nouns, in which ku refers to circum-
stances generally, mu to interior position, /a to position in space

or time.

Ex. kulu, leg (plur. molUy i. e. maulu).

kuibokOy arm (plur. maibokd),

kuonay seeing, sight (Infin. of onay v.).

munanday inside of a house.

kwalbOy (their) home, country.

26. Each of the above class-prefixes has a corresponding con-
cord-prefix, used before the preposition -/i, and every adjective and
verb.

These are shown in the following table : —

Class. Concord.

muy with adjectives proper {% 28).

ti ox yy with pronominal adjectives {%% 35, 36).

u or a, with verbs (§ 57).

iba, e. g. ibantu itakulu ihalipo,

u mushi ukulu ulipo,

i mishi ikulu ilipo,

chintu chikulu chilipo.
fi fintufikulufilipo.

Class i.

Sing.

mu

Plur.

wa

Class 2.

Sing.
Plur.

mu
mi

Class 3.

Sing
Plur.

chi
fi

14

LALA GRAMMAR

Class 4. Sing.
Plur.

Class 5. Sing.
Plur.

Class 6. Sing.
Plur.

Class 7. Sing.
Plur.

Class 8. Sing.
Plur.

Class 9. Sing.
Plur.

Class 10. Sing.

and

Plur.

ka
hi

in

{sh)tfi

hi
in

lu
ma

ma

I

tna

ku

mu

pa

ki7, e. g. kanwa kakulu kalipo.

tu iumva tukulu tulipo.

i inanda ikttln ilipo.

shi inanda shiknlu shiiipo»

lu lushima lukulu Ittlipo,

shi inshimu shikulu shilipo,

lu lupe lukulu lulipo.

a malupe akulu tdipo,

u ibuia ukulu ulipo.

a mala akulu alipo.

It ise likulu lilipo,

a mase akulu alipo,

ku — kukulu kulipo,

mu — mukulu mulipo,

pa — pakulu palipo.

27. A short list of common nouns is here given,
see English-Wisa Vocabulary in ' Wisa Handbook '.
indicated in brackets.)

Affair, business, trial, dispute, rcasoff,

mulandu {tni-L).
Anger, inkansa, ukali.
Animal, game, inama ( — ).
Arm, ukuiboko {ma-it,).
Axe, katemo {tu-t,).
Bade (of body), musana {mis.).
Basket (one sort), chiselg {/is.).
Bee, lushimu (nshimu).

(For others.
Plurals are

Bird, chuni {fyuni),

Blooid, mulopa {mi-L).

Body, muili {mi-i.).

Bone, i/upa {ma-/,).

Bowels, mala (pl.)<

Breast, chi/ua {/i-/ua).

Bridge, ulaJo {ma- 1,).

Canoe, uUbalo {ma-^,).

Cattle, n^omhe { — ).

Cattle-pen, chipata {Ji-p^*

Chief, in/umu ( — ).

Child, mwana {^and).

Cloth (calico), insalu { — ).

Cloud, ikumbi {ma-k.).

Cold, impepo ( — ).

Cord (bark), lushishi {nshisht).

Country, chalo {/yalo).

Day, inshiku { — ;, kasua {tusua).

Dew, mume {mime).

Drum, ng*oma (— ),

Egg, isana {mas.).
Elephant, insofu { — ).
Evening, chingulo.
Eye, linso {menso).
Father, lata {iba-(.\ wiski {iba-w.).
Fear, imwenso { — ),
Finger, munwe {minwe).
Fire, mulilo {mi-l.).
Firewood, inkuni (pi.).
Fish, isawi {mas.).
Food, chakulya i/ya-k.).
Foot, lukasa {ma-k.).
Forest, impangu { — ).
Fowl, insumbi { — ).
Friend, ckiibuza {/i-ib^.
Garden, munda {minda).
Goat, imbushi { — ).
God, Lesa.

Grass, ichani {maniffyani).
Gun, infuti { — ).

Hand, ukuiboko{ma-tb,) ^inwe (pi.) .
Head, mutwi {mitwi).
Heat, chiwe.
Heart, mutima {mi-t.).
Hill, lupili {ma-p.^ nmlup.).
Hoe, ise {mase).
Honey, wuchi.

House, ng'anda, nanda {nanda^
manandd).

NOUNS

IS

Hyena, insuntzvef chimboio.

Journey, uhvendo (jna-i,).

Knife, luweshi {ma-i.).

Leg, ukulu {niolu).

Life, moyo {mioyo).

Lion, nkalamu (-— ).

Load (basket), chife {Jipe).

Maize, matawa (pi.)*

Man (person), muntu (Ubantu).

(male), mwanalume {iifan.).
Mat, mupasa {mip,).
Meal, unga.

Meat, inama, chinane {fi-n»).
Milk, mukaka {tni-k,).
Millet, amawo (pl.)>
Money, indalama ( — ).
Moon, mweski (mi-c).
Morning, /ucMo, kucha.
Mortar (wooden), i^usu (ma-f^^

twende {ma-w).
Mother, mama (^a-m.),
nyitta {iba-n.).
Mouth, kanwa \tunwa).
Mud, matipa (pi.)*
Name, iskina {mash.)*
Neck, mukosi (mi-k»).
Night, ushiku {ina-u.').
Path, nshila (— ).

Pole, chiti (Jlit).

Pond, pool, chishiwa {Ji-sh.),

Pot (cooking), inongo { — ).

Rain, tmvula ( — ).

River, m^a {ma-n.).

Salt, muchele.

Skin, impapa ( — ), chisewa {fi-s,).

Sleep, tulo (pi.)*

Smoice, usht {moshi).

Snake, insoka ( — ).

Sore, chilonda (Jil.).

Spear, ifumo (jna-f.).

Stick, insako ( — ), kati (Jutt).

(knobbed), inkoli ( — ).
Stone, iite, ibwe {matte).
Stump, chishinga (Ji-sk.).
Sun, kasua (tusua).
Thief, pompwg {iba-p,).
Thorn, munga (minga).
Tobacco, JivaJ^.
Tree, mu^i (miff), uhiti (Jtii).
Village, mushi (misht).
Water, amenda (pi.)*
Wind, impepo ( — ).
Woman, mwanakashi (iban.).
Work, inchito ( — ).
Yard (measure), iupande {ma-L).

(court), luansa (mansa).

CHAPTER III

ADJECTIVES

28. Adjectives proper, i. e. words which are adjectives only, are
few in Lala, as in Wisa and other Bantu dialects. They follow
the noun, and have the concord-prefix required by it, e.g. muntu
mukulu, a great man ; nanda ikulu, a large house ; and so with
other forms, ibakulUy fikuluy shikulu^ lukuluy pakuluy all from
-kuluy great (§ 26).

29. The place of adjectives is readily supplied by (i) the pre-
position -a with a concord-prefix (i. e. wa^ ya^ cha^ fya, ka, twa,
shya, iwuy lya, kwa, mwa^ pa^ &c.), followed by a noun (e. g. nanda
ya chant, a house of grass, a grass house), or the infinitive mood, as
verbal noun (§ Tf),

i6

LALA GRAMMAR

30. (2) a verb. Any suitable tense of the indicative mood may
be used without change as a relative or adjectively (cf. §§ 125-7) ;
but the most usual in Lala is the modified verb-stem (see §§ 73~7)
with a concord-prefix. Thus, using -wetney the modified stem of
the simple -ivama (be good), muntu uweme^ a good man (sometimes
also muweme).

But other forms are available, e.g. muntu uwamay muntu
wawamay and also (see above) muntu wa kuwama, and (its con-
tracted form) muntu wowama (for wa^ku^wama) ; and similarly
the negative verb-forms corresponding, muntu takwete amano^ an
ignorant man (§§ 60, 73).

31. List of Common Adjectives, and Numerals.

(The root is given, and if a verb, v. is added.)

All, -onse (sometimes ^ense).

Alone, -enka (or -eka)*

Bad, -wi, 'fi^ ibipile^ v.

Big, -kulu.

Both, 'cwilo.

Clean, -/««/?, v.

Clever, -chenjeley v.

Cold, 'tontweley v.

Dirty, -soli.

Eight, sano ne -tatu.

Empty, -a lokoso.

False, wi ibufi»

Female, -kashiy 'yanakoihi.

Few, 'che^ -a kuchepa, v.

Fierce, -kali.

First, 'tanjile, -a kutangay v.

Five, -sano.

Foolish, 'punemey v.

Four, -nne*

Fresh, -a lomba, -wisu

Good, 'ine, -ne, -weme^ v.

Great, -kuiu.

Heavy, ^lenunej v., -a kufina, v.

High, 'tali.

His, her, -akwe.

Hot (water), -kawiUy v.

Last 'peleUy v., -a kushila^ v.

Light (weight), -puile^ v.

(colour), -sweUUf -tuile, v.

Long, -tcUi,

Mad, 'shilu,

Male, 'iumef -yanaJume,

Many, much, -»^', -«;i.

My, mine, -anjiy -angi.

New, •a lomba.

Nice, 'WemCj v.

Nine, -sano ne -ntu.

Old, 'petnba.

One, 'tno.

Other (different) -mH, (similar)

'iyakwe.
Poor, 'k<rfu.
Pretty, -f#«*, -wetne.
Rich, 'Sambashi,
Ripe, 'pile, v. (/^a).
Self, 'ine.

Seven, -sano ne •tvili.
Short, -ipi.
Sick, 'Iwele, 'Iwashi*
Six, 'Sano ne -fno.
Small, 'inini, -che.
Strong, -kosele, v.
Ten, iiumi.
Their, -a'^o*
Thick, 'tikeme, v.
Thin, 'che.
Three, -tatu.
True, -ine.

Twenty, tftakumi awilL
Two, 'Wili.
Unripe, 'WisL
Wealc, -chet 'ttakile^ v.
Well (health), -kosele, v.

ADJECTIVES 17

Whole, -a musuma.
Wicked, -wi^ -fi^ -a ilbufi.
Wise, 'chenjele^ -a amatto.
Your, -owe^

CHAPTER IV

PRONOUNS

32. I. Personal Pronouns,

Sing. X. nelbo^ I. Plur. \, fwdho^ we.

2. weiho^ you. 2. tnwelJbo^ you.

"N 3« (K^f ^^> he, she. 3. ibatboy they.

38. He, she, is also often expressed by a demonstrative, f/^^^,
«y^ (see below). The concord-prefixes used with pronouns are
those of Class i.

34. A shorter form is used in close connexion with a noun or
adjective (preceding or following), and after na (with, and), ni (it
is), te (not), and sometimes a verb.

Sing. I. ne^ I. Plur. i. fwe^ we.

2. we, you. 2. mwey you.

3. ye, he, she. 3. z^a, z&<?, they.
Thus nenfumuy I the chief; nemwiney I myself; wantumwey you
people ; ^a^^^, and he, with him ; niwe^ it is you ; telboy not they ;
nine^ nineiboy it is I, here I am.

The plural forms are commonly used of single persons for
courtesy.

35. 2. Possessives {Pronominal Adjectives).

Sing. I. 'anjiy my. Plur. i. ^esuy our.

2. "owey your. 2. -^/fi/, your.

3. -akwey his, hers. 3. -az^^, their.
These are used with the concord-prefixes already given in

Chap. II (§ 26).

L.'L. H. ^

i8 LALA GRAMMAR

36. 3. Demonstratives {Pronominal Adjectives).

These fall into three groups, all formed on the concord-prefixes,
and each group with a simple form and an emphatic made by pre-
fixing n. The three groups denote in general : —

(i) ' this/ implying nearness (in fact or thought),

(2) 'this, that,' of relative nearness or middle distance, or of
reference,

(3) ' that,' of distance or distinction.

37. The demonstratives are common and important, and their
forms are best shown in a Table (§ 39), the last column showing
a form of demonstrative, which pronounced with stress on the first
syllable expresses an emphatic negative, ' not this (that), no.'

38. The same forms are used in Wisa, but with the difference,
that in Wisa the emphatic {n) forms are the most commonly used,
and those in the last column are used without stress as a weak
demonstrative. All (except the last) are commonly used before, as
well as after, the noun.

39> For Table of Demonstratives, see opposite.

40. The concord-prefixes themselves are also used as weak
demonstratives (this, these), either at the beginning or end of a
noun, and either as given in the first column of the Table or com-
bined with vowel ^, e. g. umuntu^ muntuuy omuntu^ muntuo, &c.
And -no is also used as a demonstrative affix, e.g. muntuno,
wantuno,

E' is prefixed, as a particle of emphasis, to demonstratives, as
well as to other words.

41. 4. Interrogatives {Pronominal Nouns and Adjectives).

naniy (it is) who ? wani^ who ?
shaniy shyani^ how ? what ? what kind ?
-a skaniy of what sort (kind, tribe, quality, &c.) ?
kwa naniy -a kwaniy whose ?
'isa, which? what?
kwisa, kulipiy kUy where ?
Iwisa, lisay when ?

^nduy -ndoy what ? Used as an affix of nouns and verbs, c* g.
amanondOy what design ? wafway-e-ndOy what do you want ?

PRONOUNS

19

en

<

H

CO

\^
O

Q
o

n

03

>

mm*

u

"-A

ill ^^|5 1^3^^

:•»

a §5 §"««

a "Si

Iv^

!.«

9
si>^a

« y Q 9 NJ ,^

« 8

Si

8 «

«
.«

^1 ^-^t "i^-S I •^'^ ^ -^ -I ^1 5^^ ^1

»^S8^S^8^888'88»«8^Sg^8tf^»

«

S

8 r

5 J

-- 1§ i § ^1 s § § '^l §1 8 ^ s

-^ §S § S'^tS Si a S"^ a*^ a 8 §

Q

« «
« <:

.8

;: a

a

«,

■t-t

illillUfililH^^^

R 8

I.

:-s

•s

.•« ^

1^ I £*§^^-§ S^'S-^-s
a S a -S^-Ji ^^ a -c^-S a -S

i3§r§§lil

CO

6 1

I

a

a

M «k *M

^ a § a -Sv^ .^ Q "^ -S^^ *^ -S

4 a
a « a «

>: « a a ^

a

C
O

s

bo

G

H

4)

•—I

S

a"^ a

^^"5^

«^ «

^ is,

^

^ a a § § a S -^-S. ^ § « "S

6^ 8 8*S«.4^.S>:^^.5^ 8^ i-S 84 si,
ili*i^^4^.S.S^.S^ ill.. 14 !«,

en

CO

<

m «

fO

10 SO

QO

o\

B2

ao LALA GRAMMAR

ninduy nindoj (it is) what, why ? Mso/indu^Jindo, ba mfindo^

but why ? ngafindo^ why, what for ?
'ttga^ how many ?

(of the above, -a shani, 4sa^ ^ndu, -;/^a take the usual
concord-prefixes of adjectives.)
nga is often used to introduce a question, e. g. nga waya

kwisuy where are you going ?
tey is it not (the case that) . . . ?
kuy niUy pay are also used for, where ?

42. In Wisa, 'ttzi often takes the place of -ndUy and -ila-i regu-
larly the place of 4say kwi that of ku,

5. Reflexive Pronoun,
48. The reflexive pronoun is / or //, placed inomediately before
the root of a verb, e. g. litemay cut oneself.
For relative sentences, see §§ 125-7, 30.

CHAPTER V

VERBS
(i) Verbs in General.

44. Verb-forms in Lala, as in Bantu generally, consist of a
root with various prefixes and afHxes, i.e. distinctive sounds or
syllables at the beginning and end of the word. Those at the end
indicate mostly different modes or aspects of the root-meaning,
commonly classed as stems, voices, and moods, those at the
beginning its relation to time and subject, i.e. tenses, numbers,
persons, classes, and also (afHrmative or negative) conjugation.

45. To find the root of a verb-form, it is only necessary to
recognize and remove the prefixes, or to know the imperative form,
which has no prefix.

Taking first the affixes, and using common grammatical terms,
further explained hereafter, the following Tables will serve as a
key to verb-forms.

VERBS 21

46. I. Root, e.g. TEM'y cut, KAK-^ bind.

47. 2. Stems (i) Simple e.g. /^;//-^ (cut).

Modified -^/2^.

(2) Applied /^w-^«« (cut for, with, &c.).
Modified ^ene,

(3) Causal, Intensive tem-eshya (make cut, cut

forcibly).
Modified -eshye,

(4) Reciprocal tern-ana (cut each other).
Modified 'cne.

(5) Reversive kak-ula (unbind).
Modified -uile.

The above stems occur with most roots of suitable meaning.
Less general stems may be called: —

(6) Stative pot-ama (be crooked).
Modified -erne.

(7) Extensive tem-aula (cut in all direc-

tions).
Modified "auile.

And to these may be conveniently added : —

(8) Reduplicated tetna-tema (cut again and

again).

(9) Reflexive (with prefix) li-tema (cut oneself).

48. 3. Voices (of the simple stem).

(1) Active e.g. tem-a (cut).

(2) Passive tent^wa (be cut).

(3) Neuter tem^eka (be cut).

49. 4. Moods (of the simple stem).

(i) Indicative e.g. -/^w-«, with prefixes.

(2) Imperative tem-a^ without prefixes.

(3) Subjunctive -tem-e^ with prefixes.

(4) Infinitive ku-tema (invariable prefix).

5. Coivlugations (i) affirmative, (2) negative (see Tenses,
Persons).

60. 6« Tenses. Each of the above stems may be preceded by one
of the following tense-signs (see § 68) : «, /«, {a)lif {a)cAi, ko^ ka, nga.

22 LALA GRAMMAR

61. 7. Fersonit. All verb-forms (in the indicative and sub-
junctive moods) begin with a syllable, single or double, which
indicates the person, number, and class of the subject of the verb,
and also conjugation (affirmative or negative) (§§ 56-60).

62. The modified stem (as it is here called) is only used in the
indicative mood and with certain tense-signs (§ 68). So far as it
is distinguished in meaning from an unmodified stem it appears to
particularize the root-meaning, referring it to a particular subject
or circumstances, and in Lala commonly supplies a verbal adjective.
(See *Wisa Handbook*.)

53. Its characteristic is the use of the sound e^ as a rule in the
two final syllables of the verb-form, but always in the last—as
follows ; —

54. (i) 'cle^ as affix of a root with vowel ^, or (and sometimes
i) ; e. g. let-eky wol-ele ; -/7^, after a^ /, u^ e. g. kat-iley skit-iiej
pul'ile^ but -ene (for -^/^), --ine (for -He) if the preceding consonant
is m or «, herein differing from Wisa ; e. g. fum-ine^ pon-enCy
tem^ene^ won^ene,

Reversive stems (and many verbs ending in "Ola^ -ula) dropi. -la
in the modified form, e.g. aluile (from alula) y tontwele (tonfoele,
from iontola)y and Causal stems (in -shyd) change final a only to
e\ e.g. temeskye (from temeshya),

65. (2) When the non-modified stem ends with -ana, -ama,
-aya, -ala, -ala, bothvowels are changed to e in the modified form,
even when a root vowel is involved ; e. g. tkala forms ikele, icheUy
kana, kene^ katala, katelCy punamay puneme, Weney from wonay
seems exceptional.

(2) Person- (or Concord-) Prefixes.

66. These prefixes form the first syllable of almost all verb-
forms of the indicative and subjunctive moods. They show the
person (first, second, third), number (singular, plural), and dass
(i-io) of the noun (subject) which the verb qualifies, and effect
concord between noun and verb. Inserted before the verb-root,
the same prefixes similarly indicate the noun (object) which the

VERBS 23

verb governs (except in Class i). Combined with a negative prefix
they distinguish the negative from the affirmative conjugation,
and with a demonstrative the relative or adjectival Use of verbs

(§§ 125-7).

57. Hence the importance of familiarity with the following
Table of Person-Prefixes.

Class i. Affirmative. . Negative.

Sing. I. (I) n, (I not) skiy nshty tanshi.

2. (you) «, (of object) ku. . (you not) tau (to).

3. (he, she) //, «, (of object) (he not, she not) tau (to),

mu (him, her). taa {ta).

Plur. I. (we, us) tu, (we not) tatu.

2. (you) mu. (you not) tamu,

3. (they, them) tba, (they not) iwiba.

Occasionally -«^, for neijboy I, is used as an affix to the first
person sing., and -ni or -eni to the second person plur. (as in the
imperative mood, §§ 91-7).

E' may be prefixed, as a particle of emphasis to person-prefixes,
as well as other verb-forms (§ 132),

68. The changes (briefly noted in § 8) connected with the n
sound are of special importance in the prefix of the first person
sing, (subject or object), and in the subjunctive mood, in which the
person-prefix is attached to the verb-root.
The changes (with some exceptions, § 71) are as follows; —
(i) Before the tense-signs It and nga^ n is represented by ndi
(n-Ii), before /« by ndu (negative shu, nshu) ; e. g. ndili'temene,
ndulutema,

(2) n (with vowels) becomes nj before /, e. g. nj-ikate^ ng before
«, ^, Oy u, e. g. ng-amine^ ng-eskye^ ng-oche^ ng-upe.

But if a, ^, Uy are followed by ndy mby ng^ then ng is softened to «,
or ny^ e. g. n^ende.

It must be remembered also that some verbs beginning with e
and u are also pronounced with y or w^ i. e. ye^ wu.

(3) n (with consonants) becomes m beforey^ /«, /, e. g. mpame ;
ny^ ni (as well as n) before «, e.g. ninine ; ndy combined with / or
r, e. g. ndase {n-lasi) ; mbf combined with w, e. g. w^^«tf {n-wone).

24 LALA GRAMMAR

60. Moreover, in person-prefixes, u is often w before vowels,
a often coalesces with an a following, becomes e by contraction
with e or i, but is not changed by ^ or » following (cf. § 7).

60. The affirmative concord-prefixes of Classes 2-10 have been
already given (§ 26), viz. : —

Sing. », chi, ka^ t, iu, «, // \

In the negative forms ta is prefixed : —

Sing. taUy tachi^ taka, tat, talu^ tali I y r y / ^t

Plur. taiy tafi^ tatu^ tashi, taa ] ' > a •

(3) Tenses.

61. The tense-system is the grammatical feature in which Bantu
dialects appear to differ most characteristically. Lala and Wisa
tenses are much alike, but the Lala tenses are here somewhat
differently, and perhaps better, arranged than the Wisa (in ^ Wisa
Handbook'), and a comparison of them is made below (§ 90).

62. As a rule, the tense-sign immediately follows the person-
prefix. But in one tense (T. i) there is no tense-sign, and in two
others the tense-sign comes first (T. 10, 14).

Lala Tense Systetn^

A. Indicative, AfHrmative.

63. It appears that the meaning of a tense depends on three
elements : —

(i) The tense-sign, i. e. a distinctive syllable or letter, immediately
foUowmg the person-prefix.

(2) The form of the verb itself, 1. e. whether

(a) the stem only, e. g. 'tetna ;

(b) the stem modified, e. g. 'temene ;
{c) the infinitive mood, e. g. kutetna ;

(3) the meaning of the verb, whether implying
{a) act, or process, e. g. kutema^ to cut ;

\b) state, condition, or quality, e.g. kutua^ to be white.

VERBS 25

64. I. The tense-signs are : —

(a)/a, ko^

(f)li^ with euphonic variants {u) lu, lo, aloy ka,
ally nga.

To these may be added kay nga^ when preceding (not following)
the person-prefix, and the infinitive mood used as an impersonal
tense, not defining person or time.

66. Some of these tense-signs do not of themselves define time
(past, present, future), this being gathered from the context, or
general meaning of the sentence. Hence tenses may be classed as
Aorists (or time-less tenses), Presents^ Pasts, FutureSy with some
Additional,

66. 2. With some important exceptions, each of the tense-signs
is capable of being used with the verb in either of the three forms
given above, the difference of meaning being that the idea conveyed
by the verb is expressed

(«) bytheverb-stem, as^(?«^r^/;

(b) by the modified stem, as particular y i. e. regarded in relation
to circumstances, whether of place, time, object, or other ;

(c) by the infinitive mood, as continuing — a sphere of action, or
occupation, or condition, e. g.

twali'temay we cut.

twcUi'temeney we cut (something, here, there, then, now, &c.).

twali-kutemay we were (engaged in) cutting.

67. A Table and short description of tenses are here given, and as
a single descriptive title to each tense is difficult to assign, numbers
are attached for convenience of reference. Examples are given in
first person pluraly as not involving the confusing euphonic changes
of the n in first person singular. Forms not often heard are
bracketed.

26

LALA GRAMMAR

68.

I. Aorists.

3. Presents.

3. Pasts,

4. Futures.

Table of Tenses.

Indicative (Affirmative).
Tense-sign. Example.

(person-prefix only)

-«•

'{a)la

ityi

-{uyu

'{u)lo
-alo

(cf. T. 12)

-{a)chi

ali-

-nga-

ka (prefixed to T. i
or 2 or to the root
without person-prefix)

•ka-

5. Additional*
(i) Conditional.

'k<h

-aku-
\A^a- (prefixed to
one of the forego-
>g tenses, e.g.) ,

I. (a) tu-tema,
(b) 'temene.

ic) 'kutema,
fS twa-tema,
(b; 'temene.
(For twa-kutemay see T. 13.)

3. (a) tula-tema,

'temene,
'kutema.

4. (a) tuli-tema»

(b) 'temene.

(c) 'kutema,

5. /tf/<^- )

/f/A?- ■ kutema.

twalO'^

6. (a) tuko'tema.

(b) -temene.

(c) -kutema.

twacht' \

(b) -temene.

(c) -kutema,

8. (a) twali-tema.
(b) -temene,

Sc) -kutema,

a) tunga-tema.
(b) 'temene.

Cc) -kutema,

10. (a) ^a/«- '

katwa- • tema.
ka-

(b) -temene.

(c) -kutema,

II. (a) tuka-tema,
(b) 'temene,
(c). -kutema,

12. (a) tuko-tema,

Sb) -temene,
c) -kutema,

13. twaku-tema,

14. (a^ nga-twatema.
(b) 'twalitema.

VERBS 27

Tense-sigQ. £xample.

IKU' (prefixed tol 15. ku- \

the verb - stem I uku-

with various ad- j muku^

ditions). / eku- \ tenia,

emukii-
fteku-
ekulo-ku'}

69. B. The negative conjugation in general merely substitutes
the negative person-prefixes (shi-, nshi-, tanshi^y in the first person
sing., ta- in other persons) for the affirmative in each tense. An
emphatic direct negative tense is supplied by using teti followed
by the subjunctive, e. g. teti tuteme, we certainly do not (will not)
cut. In the imperative only, i is the sign of negation.

70. While acquiring familiarity with the tense-forms, it is useful
to remember that those most commonly heard are

T. 2, as a general descriptive tense, in conversation and

nstrrative, and also as a perfect definite, e. g. natemay I cut,

I have cut.
T. 5, as a present indefinite or imperfect, e.g. ndulukutemay

I am cutting.
T. 8, as a past definite, and also perfect, esp. 8 by e. g. nali-

temene, I cut, I have cut ; and T. 10, as a common narrative

tense, e. g. katemay (and) he cut.
T. II and 12, as common futures, e.g. tukatemay tukotemuy we

will cut.

71. The forms of the prefix of first person singular are various
(cf. §§ 56-60), and important. Thus —

in T. 4, ndi'temay or ndi-li'tema for «-//'-, n-li-li ;

in T. 5, ndu'kutemay or ndu-lu-kutemay for «-/«, n-lu^lu ;

in T. 8, ndinga-temay for n-nga.
And in the Negative Conjugation —

in T. 5, shulu-kutemUy or nshulu ;

in T. 2 and others, shuy nskay for shi-ay nshi-a,
A common general negative is supplied by using tapali and the
infinitive mood, e. g, tapali kutema (but cf. § 90).

72. C. Notes on the Meaning and Use of the Tenses,

Only a short general description is here attempted. While the
leading idea in each tense is comparatively clear, it cannot often

as LALA GRAMMAR

be conveyed by a single descriptive name, and only experience can
lead to its correct use, and most fitting translation.

I. Aorists.

78. The way of conceiving the verb-idea common to these tenses
is perhaps best shown by the fact that they each supply verb-forms
commonly used as adjectives. They assert something about
another without reference to time, though the context may refer
it to past, present, or future. The assertion, however, has a different
colour in each tense, asserting in

T. I, a standing characteristic ^ whether quality or action;

T. 2, a simple yi?^/ ;

T. 3, a hcLbit (usual, repeated act or state).

74. T. I. (a) tU'tema, (b) tu-tetnene^ (c) tu^kutema.
The idea is a normal actual function, activity, attribute, &c.,
according to the meaning of the verb, and (b) is the form most
commonly used as an adjective (§ 30). Thus (a) we are cutters
(cutting, we cut) ; (b) we are cutters (here, now, of wood, &c.) ;
(c) we are cutters (cutting, engaged in cutting, as occupation).

76. T. 2. (a) twa-tema, (b) twa'temene^ ((c) twa-kutema^ T. 13).

Here the idea is represented as fact, and the tense has three
uses, viz. —

(i) as the common tense of description and narrative, without
defining time ;

(2) as perfect definite, of actual accomplished completed fact
or established state. In this case a stress is often laid on the
tense-sign, a,

(3) as an adjective (§ 30).

Thus muntu wafwa may mean (i) the man died, is dead, his
death has occurred ; (2) the man is dead and done for, the matter
is over ; or (3) a dead man.

76. But (a) and (b) are also used in contrast as a near and
distant past, e. g. afwa, a/wile, may be heard together, he is dead
now (to-day), he died lately (yesterday), and afwililile may be
added to denote a more remote past (§ 114), he died long ago.

77. As to (c), it is noticeable that while being used regularly as
a future, T. 13, the same form is used adjectivally, i. e. is treated

VERBS 29

as consisting of the variable preposition 'a, and the infinitive used
as a verbal noun (see below on T. 13) ; e.g. uluweshi wa kutema,
the knife will cut, a cutting knife.

78. T. 3 (a), (b), (c).

This is the tense of what is habitual, regular, repeated, or con-
tinuing, and, like T. i and 2, is used adjectivally ; e. g. tulatema
(or 'temene), we are in the habit of cutting; muntu uHsht, a
knowing, clever person.

2. Presents.

79. These do not require much description. T. 4 (a), (b), form
a simple present, e.g. nditemoy nditemene^ I cut, while T. 4 (c)
and T. 5 supply forms of the present imperfect or continuative ;
e.g. ndulukutema^ I am (engaged in) cutting.

80. T. 6 is common (present and future) in Wisa, but in Lala is
mostly used as a future, and T. 7 appears to differ but little from
T.4(cf. §117).

3. Pasts.

81. T. 8 (b) is the most definite expression of the past, and may
often be translated as perfect as well as past ; e. g. naliternenej I
(did) cut, 1 have cut. T. 8 (c) represents the past imperfect;
e.g. nalikutemay I was (engaged in) cutting.

82. T. 9 does not appear to be used often or with distinctive
meaning, but the negative form is important as supplying what is
sometimes called the deferred (or not-yet) tense, in contrast with
Wisa, which uses T. 3 in this sense. Thus tatungatema^ we have
not yet cut ; tangaibela^ he has not yet returned.

T. 10 is very common, ka being connective, but especially in
narrative, i. e. with reference to past time, and is sometimes even
prefixed to a verb-root without person-prefixes.

4. Futures.

88. T. II, 12, 13 are all used of the future, but while T. 12 {fuko-
tema) regards the future as a continuation of the present, i. e. as
immediately following and beginning at once, T. 1 1 (tukatefna) is
more distant and general in reference, L e. ' I am going to cut at
some time hereafter.'

30 LALA GRAMMAR

84. T. 13 (twaktiteffid) may be regarded as properly adjectival
(see § 77), and called a future of moral certainty, i. e. ' we are
cutters, of the cutting class, (and so) may be expected to cut, will
cut.' (See §§ 74, 30.)

86. These futures are further supplemented by (i) the use of the
subjunctive mood in its proper subjective sense, i.e. tutemey we
intend (propose, hope, wish) to cut, let us cut, we will cut ; and

86. (2) by the verb isa^ come, followed by the infinitive,
i.e. tukoisa kutemay or tukaisa kutema^ implying a very certain
future, 'we will certainly cut, we will go at once to cut'

5. Additional.

87. I. nga is a particle used in several ways (see Part III,
Vocabulary), but prefixed to an indicative tense-form regularly gives
it a conditional meaning, translatable by * may ', * would,* ' should,'
* could,* ' might,* &c. ; e. g. ngatwatotay we should be pleased.

88. In conditional sentences it is often used with the verbs of
both clauses; e.g. ngawalasa inamay ngawatupelay were you to
(if you were to) kill game, you would give us some (§ 130).

89. 2. The infinitive form of the verb is very commonly used,
with some variations of the prefix, in carrying on conversation or
narrative, when it is sufficient to express the idea without definition
of person or tense (time). The regular kuy uku^ prefix is often
combined with the emphatic initial ^, equivalent to 'so', 'then,'
and 'then' ;*or the preposition mUy expressing purpose or occupa-
tion, e.g. emukutetnay so he (they, &c.) engaged in cutting (or,
started to cut). Ekulu- (ekulo-) also occurs in the infinitive of
narration.

Supplementary tenses are supplied by forms of // (be), used as
an auxiliary (§ 117); e.g. ibali ibapintay they had gone (and cf.
§86).

lu (ulu\ Oy as verb-prefixes, occur (it will be noticed) not only
in the present, but sometimes as part of a past tense, and also in
both imperative and infinitive moods.

00. D. The differences of the Lala and Wisa tense-systems are
important, though not numerous.

VERBS 31

I. Aorists.

T. I (b). Modified stem with person-prefixes is the common
adjectival form of the verb in Lala. In Wisa it is T. 2 (a), the
simple stem with tense-sign -^.

e. g. Lala, nsalu shi-fitile^ black cloths.
Wisa, nsalu za-fita^ „ ,,
T. 2 (a) is the common tense of narrative in Wisa, but in Lala
also T. iO| which is not found in Wisa.

e. g. Lala, kaya^ he went.
Wisa, wayoy „
T. 3 (a) in the negative form is used in Wisa as the deferred
(not-yet) tense, but in Lala T. 9, negative.

e. g. Lala, shingatema, I have not yet cut.
Wisa, silatemay „ „

2. Presents.

T. 5 {ulu) is not found in Wisa. T. 6 (ko)y seldom used as
present in Lala, is the commonest in Wisa.

e. g. Lala, ndulukutema^ I am cutting.
Wisa, nkotema, „

T. 7 {chi) is not found in Wisa, and in Lala is not common, though
in other dialects it is a marked feature.

3. Pasts.
T. 9 {nga) as a past tense is not found in Wisa.

4. Futures.

T. II (ka) is not found in Wisa, T. 12 {ko) being the common
tense of the future. Moreover in Wisa, the common auxiliary verb
of the future isya (go), but in Lala isa (come).

5. Conditional.

The use of nga is practically the same in Wisa and Lala, though
in the 'Wisa Handbook' it has not been classed as a tense-sign.

6. Negative Coqjugation.

The emphatic negative tense used in Wisa, of the form (e. g.)
nsi-a'Chitey I will certainly not do, is not used in Lafa. The

32 LALA GRAMMAR

common negative adverb in Lala is yoo^ in Wis3Lyai, but tapali, . .
yoo is by no means so common, as a general negative in Lala, as
iapali. , ,yai in Wisa,

(4) Imperative Mood.

01. The verb-stem without prefix supplies the simple direct
imperative second person sing., and with -ni added, second person
plur. If a monosyllable, i is prefixed in the sing.

e. g. Sing, tema^ cut. Plur. temani,

ifwUf die. fwani,

92. The verb-stem with person-prefixes and ka-, forms an impera-
tive of all persons ; e. g. kantema, let me cut ; koya {ka-uya), go.

98. The subjunctive mood is also often used as a mild or
courteous imperative, or expression of request, wish, purpose
(§ 99) > e. g. nkupele^ let me give you.

94. And in this case also ka- is often used, before or after, or
before and after the person-prefix,
e. g. kanteme, let me cut.

nje nkateme^ let me go and cut.
kankateme^ „ „

96. -«/', added to these (subjunctive) forms, adds force to the
command or appeal, in all persons ; e. g. mboneni^ let me 3ee.

96. Two verbs often used, or combined, with an imperative are
'ibula (take), and taya (for tanga, be first, do first),— ^«/a having
a kind of expletive force,

e. g. mbule-njye or ibulenjye^ let me take and eat, of course I must
(will) eat.
taye-ndale, let me sleep first.

97. The negative imperative is formed by inserting 1 or ilo
between the prefix and the stem, for all persons. The infinitive
form is also used in place of the stem.

e. g. wi'tema^ wikutemay dp not cut.
wilo'temay wilokutetna^ „ „
wi'ttbay wiloiUba^ wilokwiibay do not steal.

(5) Subjunctive Mood.

98. The subjunctive mood consists of a verb-stem with person*
prefixes and final e for a.

Verbs 33

' 00» Besides its use as a mild imperative (§ 93), it has the usual
subjunctive meanings, i. e. expresses uncertainty, intention, proba-
bility, wish (may, might, could, would, should, &c.)» and when
dependent on another verb, chiefly expresses purpose (' in order to ',
♦ that ')•

100. ka and nga are sometimes inserted between the person-
prefix and stem, — ka expressive of energy or action, nga of uncertainty ;
e. %• nkateme, I would go and cut.

ungawele^ you would (probably) return,

(6) Infinitive Mood.

101* The characteristic prefix of the infinitive mood is ku^ uku.
It is often used as a noun (§25}, and also in narrative (§ 89), and
in place of a present participle ; e. g. kutemUy to cut, cutting.

102. A negative infinitive is supplied by the use of ibula (be
\vithout), te or /tf, viz.,

kuibula kutema^ not to cut,
te kutema, „

kutatema (to not cut).

(7) Voices.

103. The characteristic of the passive voice is w before the final
vowel of a stem, in all moods and tenses, and of the neuter, -eka^ if
the preceding vowel is e or <?, -ikay if a, 1, //,— as the stem-ending.
Some verbs ending in -wa and -ka have an active meaning ; e. g.
temway (i) be cut, (2) like, love.

104. The neuter does not, like the passive, imply reference to
an agent. It is often used to express what is possible and practic-
able ; e. g. chatemeka^ it can be cut, it is cut.

(8) Verb-stems.

106. An example of these has been given (§ 47). Their charac-
teristic form and meaning may be briefly described as follows.
Each consists of a root and affix.

106. Stem i. Simple, affix -a (with few exceptions), e. g. tema,
cut

L.-L. R. r

34 LALA GRAMMAR

107. Stem' 2. Apptiedi affix -^/fi, after e oc a. in thie root, -Uay after
a (with some exceptions), iy u, but -ena^ -ina, if the preceding
consonant is m or #1, e. g. temena. This stem conveys any of the
meanings usually expressed in English by placing a preposition
after the verb, context mainly deciding which meaning is intended ;
e. g. temenay cut for (with, atj upon, from, &c.).

108. Stem 3. Causal, Intensive, affix -ishya (or -eshyuy after e, a,
and in some verbs a, preceding), sometimes -ya. The affix implies
force, either as producing (causal) or characterizing (intensive) an
act or state. As intensive, it may be generally translated by an
adverb, e. g. very, much, greatly, severely, strongly, &c. As causal,
it may include any mode of effecting a result, including; suasion,
permission, collusion, as well as compulsion.

100« Stem 4. Reciprocal, affix -ana. This also is comprehensive
in meaning, including mutual, combined action, as well as inter-
action, reaction, alternation, &c., often translatable. by words like
* each other *, ' other,' ' mutually,* * to and fro,' * togethec'

110. Stem 5. Reversive, affix -ula. Besides actual reversal of
an act or state (e. g. kakula, unbind), the affix may be used of acts
or states implying change. The stem is sometimes the same in
meaning as the Simple (cf. English ' loose ', ' unloose '), but in many
words its characteristic meaning is not discernible.

lU. Stem 6. Stative, affix -ama, implying more or less clearly
a fixed state, position, or character.

112. Stem 7. Extensive, affix -aula^ -ola^ with the idea of what
is widespread, sweeping, wholesale, thorough, on a large scale,
promiscuous, but the idea is not always apparent.

113. Other common stem-affixes, whose distinctive meanings
seem mostly lost, are -dt/a, -o/a, -nga, -uluka, -muka,

114. Compound-stems are common, combining the affixes and
meanings of two or more of the above stems, e. %»fwa,fzuila,fwililay
tema, temana^ temanishya.

VERBS > 35

(9). Auxiliary and other Verbs.

116. *Ta be* is' represented by the foUoiying verbs — wa, be,
become ; ikala, continue, be constantly, be. These have the usu^
forms of other verbs.

116. liy be, or with Class i lUy used in a'few indicative tenses only.
Pres. Sing. I. ndulu^ ndiliy ndi, I am. Plur. i. /«/«, tulu

2. uluy uli, ' 2. muiu, mulu

3. ulUy uli, cUi, 3* ^«/'.
With Classes 2-10, the -// form is used.

Another form of present is: —

Sing. I. nchiliy I am. Plur. i. tuchili,

2. uchilu 2. muchilu

3. uchilu 3. ibctchili.
Past Sing. i. tudiy I was. Plun i. twcUi,

2. wall, 2. ntwali,

3. wali, 3. ibcUi.
Other tense-signs used are nga^ ka^ ko,

117. niy is, are, — an invariable form, used with all person^
numbers, and classes.

118. ' To have ' is expressed by one of the above forms followed
by niy ne^ or sometimes nay or by kwatay v. own, possess (§ 127).

110, The verb ti is seldom used, except in the forms : —
Sing. I. nti, Plur. i. tuti,

2. uti. 2. muti,

3. ati, 3. 'dfati,

and other forms used as conjunctions (§ 131), e. g. atiy kutiy ekutiy
pakuti (§§ 124, 133).

120. In Wisa (i) ndiliy uli, &c., is used, not nduluy ulu ; na is
the preposition regularly used to denote * having, possessing *, and
// is freely used as a regular verb, with moods, tenses, &c.

The verb isay come, is used as an auxiliary to form a future tense
(§ 86).

C3

36

LALA GRAMMAR

121. (lo) List of Common Verbs,

(For further explanation of verbs, see Part III| Vocabulary.)

Abuse, tuka.

Accnse,/iWa,ftf»^Ax,(falsely) ^epa.
Agree, sumina, (be alike) palana^

pelana.
Allow (permit), Uka,
be Angry, kalipa.
Annoy, kutashya.
Answer, {^y)asuka^apuka<.
Arrange, longa,
Arnvetjika,
Ask, (inquire) ipushya^ (beg) loniha^

senga,
be Bad, ibtpa^ (rotten) woia.
Be, wa, ikcUa, It,
Bear, (carry) pinta^ minta, (produce

Jojmg)/yala, (fruit) twala.
Beat, pama.

Beg, lombay senga, papcUa,
Begin, faftJ^a, {y^amba^ (be first)

tanga.
Boil, wila^ wilishya,
be Bom,^a/wa.
Break, towa^ putula.
Bring, leta^ ibuhy twala.
Build, imaka, {y)aka.
Bum, ocha, (as fire) {y)akaf pya^
Bury, shika.
Buy, j^f/a.
Call, ita.

Care for, take care oiySunga^pembela,
C&rry t piftfay minta.
Catch, ikata.

Change, alula, aluka, sangula.
Cheat, chenjeshyaf tumpaika.
Choose, sola.

be Clean, tua^ (make clean) tuishya.
Collect together, longana, longani-

shya^
Come, isa^fika.
Consent, sumina.
Consider, langaluka, lasa.
Convey, twala, feUka,
Cook, pika.

be Cool, cold,/tf/a, tontola.
Count, pgnda.
QoYeT,/untka,

Cross over, atbuJka, sa:dntka.

Cut, tema, cheka, sesa.

Desire, fwaya, kumbwa^ tashya.

Destroy, onaula,

be Difficult, afya, kanga.

Dig, imba, (cultivate) lima^

Divide, awa, azvaftya.

Do, chtla^

Draw, (drag) htla, (water) tapa,

DresB, fttfola.

Drink, mva.

be Easy, nakilila.

Eat, lia.

Exceed, excel, chila*

Fail, skyama.

YdXLfpona, wa.

Fear, lina.

Feel (perceive), umfwa.

Fetch, ibula, twala, leta.

Fill, /ultshya.

Find, sanga, (by search) /xvo^dr.

Finish, shila, mana.

Follow, konka, londa.

Forbid, kana, kansa, lekeshya.

Forget, luwa.

Forgive, lekela.

Get, ibula, twala,

be Glad, sangala, seka.

Go, ya, {y)enda, ima. Go after,
konka. Go bejfore, tangila. Go
down , ika, seluka^ tentemuka. Go
in, ingila. Go ovX, fuma. Go
up, nina, kwela,

be Good, wama.

Grow, kula, (as plant) mena.

Guard, pemba, sunga.

Guide, nongola,

be Happy, JAT^a/tf, seka, tola, temwa.

Hate, fata.

Have, (^«)/« «a, {kti)wa na, kwata.

Hear, umfwa.

Help, d^a.

Hinder, kanga, pinga^

Hoe, /{'ma.

Hold, t^<z/a.

Honour, chindika^

VERBS

3;^

Hurt, (be painfal) somena^ kalipa,

(injare) lasa.
Increase, kula^ sandikay (act.) kushya,
■ Infonn, ibula^
Injare, lasa.

Keep, sunga^ (cattle, &c.) wembela.
Kill, ipaya.
Know, ishiy ishiwa.
Laugh, seka.
Learn, samHla,
Leave, shia^ leka.
Lessen, chepeshya.
Let (allow), leka.
Lie, lala, (tell lies) ibepa.
Lift, inuna, nyamunay imya, twika,
lAktffivayaf temway konda.
Listen, umfwilay urnftvishya.
Live (reside), ikala^
Look, wona, lola.
Loose, kakula. Be loose, naka.
Lose, lufya^ taya.
Love, temwa.
Make, chita, lenga^ umda.
Marry, Ufa, iingula, kwala*
Meet, kumana.
Mend, wamishya.

Miss, (not hit)/KJ<z, (long for) tashyd.
Move, (^y)endaf tela, sela, (act.)

seshya.
Open, isula^imunaykakula^ shinkula.
Order, ibushya.
Overcome, kanga.
Pass, pinta, pita.
Pay, tipayfutay (wages) lambula.
Play, (sport)y»^»a, (music) lishya.
Please, temweshya, kondeshyay tote"

shya, Bt pleased, temwa J k<mdwa,

tota.
Point, sonta.
Possess, kwata.
Pour, tulula, (away) itila.
Prepare, teya,

Vreyent, piftga, kanga, Ushya,
Pull, kula, (tight) tintika.
Put, ibika. Put down load, tula.

Put on clothes, fwala. Put off

(clothes), y^cw/a ; (defer) lalika,
heQmx^iWanguJyanya^hita wangu,

pufya.
Quiet, teka ; be quiet, tekanya.
Raise, inuna, nyamuna, imya.

Refuse, iana.
Remain, sAyala, ikala.
Remember, languluka^ kumtmkila

liiSmshishya,
Repeat, weUshya,
Resist, kanga, Iwa, kana.
Rest, tushya, lala.
Return, jvela.
Rise, tnuka, ima, (as sun, river) tula,

(from sleep) 'dbuka.
be (go) Round, shingtilukcty (enfold)

pombat (bend round) peta.
Run, ibutuka, enda lii(bilo,fyuka.
be Satisfied, tota, kuta.
Say, laibilay etbat sosa, ti,
Sezieh-ffwaya,
See, wona,
Seektfivayila,
Seize, ikata.
Sell, sAita,

Send, tuma, i/tskya,layisAya,peleka,
Set, (place) wika, (as sun) wa.
Shoot, (fire gun) liskya in/uti, (hit,

kill) lasa.
Shout, It'la, ama.
Show, langa, woneshya*
Shut, isalay shinka,
be Sick, Iwala, tenda.
Sit, ikala.
Sleep, lala tulo,
be Sorry, sorrowful, tumana, sauka^

lila.
Speak, lawilay eiita, shimbula, sosa.
Stand, imat imakana.
Stay, stop, ikala, skyala, iminina,

imakana.
Struggle, Iwa,
Succeed, (prosper) skyuka, (take

place of) tela, plana.
Take, tbula, twala, poka.
Talk, lawtla, sAimika, sosa.
Taste, sonda.
Teach, sambishya.
Tell, ibushya, shimika.
Think, languluka, lasa.
Throw, posa, panya, (away) taya.
Tie, kaka,

be Tired, naka, letna.
Turn, aJula, aluka. Turn round

(act.), shingulushya. Turn back^

V)elay weleshya.

3»

LALA GRAMMAR

IJncoytr t/unutta.
Understand, umjwa, ishiwa.
VndrtsSj/wu/a.
Untie, kakula.
Wait, shyala^ ikaia.
Wake, ^buka,

yfw[it,/wqyaf kumbwa, (lack) ^bula.
Be wanting, chepa.

Wash, samba.

Waste, lufya^ taya.

Watch, pemba,

be Well, kosa. Get well, ^la,

is well, chiweme.
Wound, lasa.
be Wrong, €fipa.

It

CHAPTER VI

ADVERBS, PREPOSITIONS, CONJUNCTIONS,

INTERJECTIONS

122. The Lala-English Vocabulary (Part III) contains the prin-
cipal adverbs and other particles, and the lists and notes given in
the ' Wisa Handbook ' are applicable to Lala with few exceptions.
Among these some may be noted, as characteristic of Lala.

Adverbs.

lomba, now, next, then, but (Wisa, namba),

Pakutif kutt, for, because (rarely chifukwa, as in Wisa).

lokoso^ for nothing, gratis, idly, uselessly, merely (in Wisa, waka\

kwesUf kwenUy kTvatbo^ (at) my (your, his) home (Wisa, kumyesu^
&c.). . .

masoshi, day before yesterday, day after to-morrow (rarely maso,
• Wisa, maso),

inya, zna, yes (Wisa, tnde,yoo).

$yoo,yoo, no (Wisa,^^/).

J^am'y kanshiy kaya^ lino^ somba^ chipale^ perhaps, possibly, appar-
ently (Wisa, kanoy kansi).

kani, either ... or (Wisa, yangula),

ne, niy as well as na^ used as prep, and conj. (where Wisa
uses nc^,

kumfiva, and, then, so, as a common connective conjunction in
narrative.

bay as a particle of emphasis, commonly interrogative at the begin-
ning of a clause (not in Wisa).

^^//, in negative ckuise,- (not) -^vex]^ (ill Wisja,jir<i^^»)«. .

ADVERBS 39

hwiulu (mwinlUf peulu)^ above, lip (not as in Wisa generally,

kumuiuy mumulu^ pamulu),
kwisondey outside (as well as kunse ; "Wisa, kunze).

Adverbs are formed from adjective-roots by using the prefixes^-
(chiefly of manner, degree, kind), >h^-, mu-yPa-- (of circumstances,
time, place), ka-^ It- (with numerals).

^*%*fine^fiwemey well, rightly, truly; kamOylimOy once.

123. Prepositions,

The simple prepositions are as in Wisa :—
-«, of, with concord-prefixes.

na^ with ; also commonly ne^ niy which are not so used in Wisa.
ku^ mu, pa^ and (of persons) kuli^ kwa, (See Vocabulary.)
Other prepositions are formed by using adverbs followed by -a ;
e.g. kwiuluya^ upon.
pansipa^ under.
Pakutbula (followed by noun), without.

124. Conjunctions,

Common connectives are : —
ne^ and, both of words and clauses ; also na (as in Wisa), /^, and

not, but not.
lombuy epOy ekutiy kumfwa, kawiliy now, then, presently, next, but,

so, — according to context.

125. (i) Dependent Sentences may be briefly described as
follows : —

(a) Relative (who, which).

This, when the subject of the verb is concerned, is represented

by the verb-form (i) unchanged, or (2) for greater distinctness,

with the vowel of the concord- syllable prefixed, (3) with one of the

demonstratives meaning * this ', * that * before it ]

e. g. wawene^ he saw, also, (he) who saw.

uwawene, awawene^ ,. . .

. I \ (he) who saw.

uyu \uyo) wawene J ^ '

126. When the object of the verb is concerned, the proper con-
cord-syllable of the object is prefixed to that of the subject.

e. g. waviweney he saw them (the things).
viwawency those (things) which he saw.

40 LALA GRAMMAR

127. In the case of wa na. It na, ikala na, meaning ' have \ the
object-concord syllable with its vowel changed to o is also affixed to
na, e. %,fintufiali nafyo^ the things which he has. .

128. {p) Temporal, local (when, where).

hu {uku)y mu (umu), or pa {apa) is prefixed to the verb, often pre-
ceded by nkUf mmuy mpa (or nko^ mmo^ mpoy mpa)^
e. g. nku ukwaile, where he went.

120. * When' is also commonly expressed by (i) ati followed by
the subjunctive or infinitive; (2) //, i7/, cht^ with the indicative;
(3) a prefixed to the verb ;

e. g. ati afikiy ati ukufika^ when he arrives.
ill afika^ when he arrives.
aafikay when (if, in case) he arrives*

130. (^r) Conditional (if).

(i) The future tense with -ka-- ; e. g. ukcUya^ if you eat

(2) a prefixed to a verb-form ; e. g. aibaya^ if they go.

(3) kuti^ ntif followed by a verb ; e. g. kuti shili patno^ if they
are together.

(4) nga^ followed by or prefixed to a verb, and sometimes re-
peated with the principal verb ; e. g. nga watupakOy nga twaliapo^
if you give us some, we would eat it.

131. (d) As to other dependent sentences.

kuti is used for ' in order that ' (also the subjunctive mood), ' so
that ', ' so as to,' * because * (also pakuti), * that ' (of reported
speech.

ifi (c/^> ify^i ^fyo)i *s, like as, in the way that.

132. Interjections.

These, as well as descriptive adverbial syllables similarly used,
are at once one of the most common, characteristic, and interesting
features of Lala and other Bantu dialects, and also the least neces-
sary to examine in an elementary grammar. Some examples will
be found in the Vocabulary.

E' is common as an interjection, or particle of emphasis, prefixed
to words of all kinds.

ADVERBS

41

133. (2) List of Common Adverbs and other Particles.

(The preposition -a following an adverb indicates its nse as a ptepositionj
and not as adverb. Adverbs l^ginning with ku- may also be nsed with the
prefixes /VM- and /a*. See first word in the List.)

Above, kwhilu {ya, hva), fnwitUu

{ya, mwa), peulu (^ya, pa).
Alike, chimoypamo.
Already, kale.
Among, pa kati (ka, pa).
And, nay ne, (In narrative) tomba,

kumfway tpOy ekuti.
Anyhow, (at random, carelessly)

lokoso.
As, nga, ait niy ififi-.
At, kuy muy pa.
At onci&y penkapo, lombaypano.
Back, kununuL,
Badly,^wi.
Because, paktUi,
Behind, kunuma {ya).
Beneath, kunshi {ya).
Between, pakati \kay pa),
Bnt, hmbay epOy kawiii.
By, kUy na,
Down, kunshi.
Elsewhere, kumbi.
Everywhere, ponse^ konse,
'E.7L2xAlyyfyenkefyo,
Except, kuntu.
First, iangUy kamo.
Formerly, kale.

Forward, patUanjihy pantanje.
From, kUy kufuma (>&).
in Front {pt)ypa menso (a).
Gradually, pache pachey pamni.
Here, kunOy panoy nkuy mpay apa.
If, nga, kutiy {-ko' in verbs).
In, Inside, Into, mUy mu kati (ka,

mwa),
JiaaiylokosOykuntUyfyenke/yOy ndololo.
Lately, lomba, ibukumo.
Long ago, ktUe,
More than, kuchila.
Much, kwakutiy kwinji,
NesUfPepi, apepi {na).

Next, kawiii.

No, iyoOy yo6y taUy koko, (See

Vocabulary.)
Not, te.

Now, letnhay panOy penkapo.
Often, kawiii kawiii.
On (upon), kwiulu {ya). See Above,

Forward.
Once, kamoy litnd,

OnXyy fyenkaypenkay pa yekay lokoso.
Or, kani.
Otherwise, kumbi.
Out, Outside, kwisonde (lya)y kunze

Perhaps, Possibly, Probably, kaniy
kayaykanshiySombOy sombi.chipale,
line.

Presently, lomba.

Purposely, umumbo.

Quickly, wangu.

Seldom, ka^nc kamo.

Slowly, bwino bwinOy pache pache.

So, ifiy efiy efyo.

Sometimes, kawiii.

That, kuti.

Then, iliy eliy elyoy kulya.

There, kulya^ palya.

To, kUy mu, pa.

To-day, lelo,

TogeAeXy pamo.

To-morrow, mailo. Day after to-
morrow, masoshi.

Twice, kawiii.

Under, kunshi (ya).

Up, Upon, kwiulu (ya). See Above.

Very, kwakutiy kivine.

Well, bwinOtfiweme,

With, nay niy neyPamo na.

Without, pakuibula.

Yes, inyay ina.

Yesterday, mailo.

PART II

MifeCELLANEOUS PHRASES AND SENTENCES, AND
STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA,

WITH NOTES AND TRANSLATIONS.

This part contains : —

I. Miscellaneous sentences and phrases, English-Lala and Lala-
English.

II. A (tentative) Translation of the Lord's Prayer, and the Ten
Commandments.

III. Stories in Lala, Lamba, and Wisa, with notes and transla-
tions.

I.

Common salutes, usually for courtesy in the plural form, are : —

(i) On meeting : (Address) mwaoneka f (lit. Are you to be seen ?)
Are you there ? Do I see you ? Is it you ? (Reply) Twaoneka^
you see me, I am here, it is I. Or (Address) mukala shyanif
How are 'you? (in the morning) mwalala shyanif How did you
sleep ? (Reply) twakala paweme^ we are well, twalala mutendey
we slept in peace. Or (Address) mutendef Are you well ? (Reply)
mutende^ I am well.

(2) On parting : (going) shyalani^ shyaHlenipo^ kcUushyale^ stop
where you are, do not move, I am going ; (remaining) kcdwendeke^
nga lukafikBy kawiyeni mutendey pass on, arrive at your journey's
end, a safe journey to you.

Terms of address: (respectful) infumUy ashikulu\ (familiar)
wemwamey muvyanji ; (on entering) kalupinfe^ may I come in ?

Come her^, isa (isani) kuno.

Tell me, mbulila.

Who are you ? unani weibo f

What is your name ? unani shina lyowe f

Where do you come from ? wafuma kwisa ?

MISCELLANEOtfS PHRASES AND SENTENCES 43

What do you want ? wafwayendo f

What are you saying ? walaihilendof uti shanif

How do you sell (it) ? washita shanif

Give me food, mpela chakulya.

Bring me water, ndetela amenda.

Cut me some firewood, kantemene nkunu

I do not know, nshishiy shishipo.

Go away, koya^ kawiya ; (pass on) pintani^ yendani ; (get out)
fumako*

What time. At what time ? kasua kali skani f

How far (is it far) to — ? Nga kutali kufika — /

Where does he (you, they) live? mu wekalaf waiokuichele
kwisaf

When will they come back? wakuwela lisaf

Do not do that, mwickite-fyo,

I will come presently, nkesa lomba.

Tell them to stop, ibaibushya kuti mwiminine.

Wait till I cova^y pembelani {shyalani), nakuisa.

Come and sit down here, kawisa kale-mpa.

Pronounce distinctly, shimbula pache-pache.

Thank you, natota (I am pleased) ; .natemwa (I like it) ; nakuta
(I have enough).

Akese, nkoisa kumleta^ if he comes, I will bring him.

MbuHlani cheibo chonse^ tell me all about it.

Katuima kaiupitako kepeye kafunda kawawa katemba kafika
kumushi amashikUy we started and went there and killed (game)
and skinned (it) and divided (it) and carried it (on poles) and got
to the village at night.

Eye wamfyele^ that is my (real) father (mother),

Tukepaye inatna^ let us kill game (go hunting).

Teti ndyepOy I will not eat it.

Utali mupaJu^ he is not a hunter.

Uli munanda ? is he indoors ?

lyoo^ waya, no, he has gone away.

Mult wani mwelbo f who are you ?

Fweibo tuli l^alala ihine nene^ we are true Lalas.

Watto Ibali ibana iba ibene^ they are strangers, they belong to
others.

44 LALA GRAMMAR

Ukoisa nanit ni neibOf who is that coming? It is I.

Muntu okoimoko {uo ukaima uko), the man who is standing
there.

li^antu ibanaona panuma^ the men I saw behind.

Chiti chenkecho chapoft'O-ko^ that very tree fell (or, which fell)
there.

Twakiitala kuichele^ we are tired of waiting*

Wamposela mu ntenda^ he threw me into the water,

Mwesheshyafintufyanjiy give me back my things.

Wantamfya shani ? why do you drive me away ?

Unkonkelendo f why are you following me ?

Windeka {^i-n-lekd)^ do not leave me.

Kujwata koibe kundaleshya neibo^ your idle talking sends me to
sleep.

Wangumfwa ? do you understand me ?

IVomfwa f do you hear ? (understand).

Panonga {pano nga) napona^ I almost fell.

Panonga twqfika kwesu, we have nearly reached home.

Mwilukulaihila^ do not be talking.

Mukapulushyafintu^ you will scare things away.

Ulya wonaka, ndingaibutuka ne^o^ that man is weak, I can run.

Nduli ni nanda shiwili^ I have two houses.

Taishile kuno ni (or, neli) katnOy he never once came here.

Uli mutali pamo (or, aii) ni neibo^ he is as tall as I am.

Uli mutali ni (or, kuchild) ndbo^ he is taller than I.

Munama mkaya lisaf when will you go after game (go
hunting) ?

Tuipushyepo lokoso^ we are only asking.

MwcUokulaibila ati tukoya mailo^ you were saying to us that
'we will go to-morrow'.

Nchito yanji ni kusambiia cMldla^ my business is to learn Lala.

Tamulukumfwapo fitulukulaibiloy you do not understand what
we are saying.

Kuibepa lokosOy a downright lie.

Kwine nene^ quite true.

MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES AND SENTENCES 45

The Lord's Prayer (tentative translation),
A^atata ^esu, muli kwiulu,
I shin a lyenu lituike,
Ufumu wenu wise,
Amano yenu achitike

pansi nga peulu,
Mutupele lelo chakulya chesu icha lelo,
Mutulekele iitu^ifya fwe^o,

nga nafwe tuwalekela awatu^ifya^
Mwitutwale apakuyeshya,
Mutupokeshye apa^ipa.

The Ten Commandments (shortened),

1. Ne^o ndi Shikulu Lesa wo^e, wiwa na Lesa umbi, neVvro
nenka.

2. Wilichitila chintu chonse cha kupapatila, cha kulambila,

3. Wila^ila ishina lyakwe Shikula Lesa wo^e pa lokoso.

4. Kumbukila nshiku ya kasano na kawili> iwika pa yeka.

5. Chindikishya ^awiso ne ^anoko.

6. Wiipaya.

7« Wiichita uchende,

8. Wii^a.

9. Wi^epeshya muvyowe pa mulandu,

ID, Wikumbwa fintu fyonse ifyali nafyo muvyowe.

IIL

Stories.

These stories were taken down from dictation, and the meaning
obtained for the most part without an interpreter. Perfect accuracy
In transliteration or translation cannot therefore be expected.
Story-tellers are not all equally qualified, and (what appear to be)
confusions, repetitions, and inaccuracies occur. But they are fair
average samples of dialect and style, and may be used not only for
obtaining familiarity with grammatical forms and vocabulary, but
also, if read over to natives, for getting a right pronunciation of
sounds, and detecting local and dialectic differences.

46 tALA GRAMMAR

One piece (No. 6, Walala), due to Mr. J. E. Stevenson, appears
to be a graphic reminiscence of a bit of traditional history, most
carefully taken down ^nd certainly intelligible to natives, but its
full translation has to be left largely to a future student.

The first stories are rather more fully annotated than the
remainder. Lala (i-6), Lamba (7-8), and Wisa (9-12) are repre-
sented. Two fully-parsed Wisa stories will be found in the 'Wisa
Handbook'.

In the notes references are given to the paragraphs, numbered
consecutively, of the Grammar.

I. (Lala.) Kalulu ne nkalamu.

(i) Kalulu ekuimaka nanda pa mpanga. (2) AATankalamu ne
^akashi ekulokwiya, ^asanga ni nanda yakwe kalulu*. (3) Mwine
waya mu mpanga kalulu. (4) Akasua ichihgulo ati a^ele, asanga
mull nkalamu mu nanda yakwe.. (5) 'Shikulu, wafiima kwis&?'
(6) 'Twafuma mwenka mu chalo chesu.' (7) Ka^afuma luchelo
^ankalamu emiikuipay-e-namal (8) Ati a^ele ichingulo ne finane
ne kuipika chinongo chikulu, t^akalulu chinongo chinini. (9) Chi-
nongo chikulu adiilunga ku mwichele, ^akululu fyantonto, fyaku^ula
mwichele. . ,

(10) Uluchelo kalulu ati, * Twendeni kampele ichipa.* (i i) Waya
mu mpanga ^owilo, ^ankalamu na ^akalulu. Wafika mu lupili.
(12) Ati, 'Shikulu, ichipa chanji, kamwiya peulu pa lupili, ukunku-
lushye chibwe chise chipule.* (13) Ati kifuma ku lupili, kilesa ne
mafingwa, kalulu chenama. (14) Lomba chilokwisa chibwe, kalulu
kashyeta mavula, kapala mavula ku ibwe. (15) Hi nkalamu afumine
ku lupili, ati, * Isani kuno.* Kawesa. (16) Ati, ' Kamwichenama,
chipule mmala.' (17) Efyangapalako fyankamfi, i^ankalamu ati,
'Mmala chapula mwa kalulu.' (18) Na nkalamu chenama.
(19) Ati nkalamu chenama, ichibwe chifuma ku lupili, chilesa na
mafingwa nkulu-nkulu, ekupama apa pa meno a nkalamu, ameno
ne kukulauka. (20) * Um-m-m ! nafwa, kalulu. Kanshi wantuni-
paika.* (21) Ati, * Tamwichenamishye.* (22) Ameno onseashila.
(23) * Katuyeni kumushi, kamukande pa menda.' (24) Na kumushi,
ne finane fya mchele. (25) Ati, *Tuliepo.* Kafilukuwawa. Ati,
* Pele fyaku^ula mwichele.' (26) Kalulu ne kumupa fya muchele.
(27) Penkapo muluchelo i^ankalamu nekufwa. (28) Kawinda.

STORIES IN LALA^ LAMBA,.AND WISA 47

- ' The Rabbit ASt> the Lion.

(i) The rabbit built {imaka, v. infinitive of narrative, § 89) a
house in the forest.

(2) The lion {nkalamu is here used in the plural, of courtesy, of
Class I, the lion being regarded in the story as a person. Other*
wise nkalamu is a noun of Class 5, which does not change in the
plural) and (his) wife were passing {ya, iya, v. go, the infinitive
kuya^ kwiya, with prefixes used in narrative ekulo^kwiya^ §§ 68, 89),
and came upon (sanga, v.) the rabbit's house (lit. they found, it is
his house the rabbit). .

(3) The owner was away in the forest, i. e. the rabbit.

(4) In the evening (lit. sun (being) evening) when he came back,
he found there was {muli is idiomatic for Hi mu) a lion in his
house.

(5) * Sir (said the rabbit), where do you come from ? '

(6) ' We come just from our country ' (was the reply).

(7) The lions went out in the morning to kill game (tpaya, v. kill.
Emuku' indicates occupation or object. Ipaya inama is pronounced
ipayenama),

(8) When they came back in the evening with meat they cooked
( fiika, V. cook), (the lion) a large pot, the rabbit a small pot

(9) (The lion) seasoned (his) large pot with salt, the rabbit (had)
plain food without (ttfula, v. be without, /ya, of, agreeing with
fyantonto^ kwdfula^ infinitive mood) salt (mwichele is also pro-
nounced muchele^ umchele),

(10) In the morning the rabbit said, ' Come along (enday v. go^
tu-ende-niy lit. let us go, you, i. e. suppose we go) and let me show
you (lit. give,//?, V. kampele^ for ka-n-pehy -pele being the applied
stem of /a, give to, subjunctive mood) a trick.

(11) They went into the forest together (lit. the two of them), the
lion and the rabbit (the plural here of one individual). They came
to a hill.

(12) Said (the rabbit), * Sir, my trick (is this), go up the hill, (and)
roll down a big stone, (so that) it may come (and) pass into (my
mouth).' (Isa, v. come, pula, v. pass in.)

(13) (The lion did so and) when the stone starts, it comes on and
on with stones— and earth— and rubbish (kilesa, for ki-la-isay of

48 LALA GRAMMAR

regular continuous movement Mafingwcty of any worthless
material), (while) the rabbit (stood) with his mouth open (ckenama^
l^£»^pe) a descriptive adverb used as verb).

(14) Now the stone is coming. (Meanwhile) the rabbit chewed
[shyeta^ v. chew) some leaves, and spat out the leaves on the stone
(when it stopped) (chibwe^ ibwe^ may also be written ckilbey iibey
but the b sound is usually distinguishable).

(15) When the lion came {fumine, modified stem from /uma, v.)
from the hill, (the rabbit) said, * Come here.' He came (kcewesa for
ka-wa-isd),

(16) Said (the rabbit), ' Now you stand with your mouth wide
open, so that (the stone) may pass into your stomach.*

(17) (Seeing) the chewed stuff which (the rabbit) had spat there
{efyangapalako^ includes efi^ the very (things) which, angapala^
past tense oipala^ v. spit out, ko^ adverbial affix of place) the lion
thought, ' (The stone certainly) went' into the rabbit's stomach.'
(Mmalay or mufnala^ for mu tnala^ is treated as itself a noun, and
the preposition following is therefore mwa^ not a.)

(18) So the lion stood with mouth open.

(19) As the lion stood open-mouthed, the big stone starts from
the hill, comes rubbish and all with a rush, and struck full on the
teeth of the lion, and the teeth were shattered*

(20) * Um-m-m (mumbled the lion), I am dead, rabbit. I see you
have made a fool of me.' {fCanshi includes various degrees of
certainty, I know, I see, I think, I dare say, I £ancy, &c.)

(21) Said (the rabbit), 'You did not open your mouth wide
enough' {'ishyey the intensive stem oi chenama^ open very wide),

(22) All the (lion's) teeth were gone.

(23) * Let us go to the village and you can bathe them with water'
(kanda^ v., knead, foment).

(24) So they went (the verb of motion is often thus omitted) to
the village (taking) with (them) the dish of meat which had salt.

(25) Said (the rabbit), * Let us have a meal.' (The meat) makes
(the lion's gums) smart. Said (the lion), * Give me some without
$alt.'

(26) And he gave the rabbit the salted meat,

(27) And as soon as it was morning the lion died {penkapo,
i. e. paenka po^ just there, on the spot, at the very time).

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 49

1(28) That is the end. (Kawinda means the child bom last, and
no other afterwards. Hence, the end.)

2. (Lala.). A^akombolwe na AATakansuswa.

(i) Wakombolweekukatana ichi^uzana^akansuswa. (2) Kom-
bolwe ekuchelela kwa ^akansuswa, kafika. * Muvyanji uli kwisa ? '
(3) Mukashi wa ^akansuswa ati, * Mulume wanji lyalile kushyana
ngoma ya chinkalamutwi. (4) Kanshi ^akansuswa \^ainjila mmin-'
konka ya mukashi. (5) Wachipushi ati ^apye, ukuifununa pali
^achipushi, kaima ku minkonka. (6) Ati, ' Wona ! nali mmutondo
wa Wachipushi, neli kupya apo. Tauwene chipa, kombolwe, chipa
chanji ? Shipilepo Wachipushi Walya.*

(7) Uluchelo ati, * Naya.' Wakombolwe kaWaya kwaWo.
(8) Wakansuswa ati, 'Nane nekansuswa nakuchelela. Kamun-
teya.* Kawaya kawalala. (9) Uluchelo nekuchelela. Mkakom-
bolwe mkuswa Wachipushi. (10) Ati walete, nekutangishya
Wakombolwe kunshi na Wachipushi peulu. (11) Na Wakansuswa
kaWafika. * Kombolwe ulile kwisa ? ' Kumfwa mkakombolwe ati,
' Ulile kushyana ngoma ya chinkalamutwi.' (12) Lomba filokupya.
Ati fipye, nekufununapo. Wakofuma Wakombolwe, kanshi Wapya ?

(13) Lomba kawepula fichipushi, ati, *Pano twaipula.' Kafishila.

(14) Wasanga Wakombolwe Wapya. Mkashi mkakombolwe ati,
* Walitumpaikile mulume.' Ati, *0-o! walile kunshi. Kanshi
ulitumpile.' (15) KaWelela Wakansuswa. Penkapo Wakombolwe
Wafwa.

The Cock and the (Night-bird).

(i) A cock made friends with a night-bird {katanay recipr. stem
of kata^ V. seize, hold).

(2) The cock went to call upon (chelela^ applied stem of cha^
ckelay V. rise in the morning, pay a morning visit) the night-bird.
He arrived (and said), * Where is my friend ? *

(3) The night-bird's wife replied, * My husband has gone away
to a dance* {ngoma y a chinh^ name of a well-known dance).

(4) Really the night-bird had slipped into his wife's armlet.

(5) When the pumpkins (which she was cooking) were ready,
and she uncovered (the pot, in which were) the pumpkins, it had
got into her armlet.

50 LALA GRAMMAR

(6) (Then the night-bird appeared and) said, 'Look ! I was in the
pot of pumpkins, but not a bit burnt there (nelt^ not in the least).
Do not you see the trick, Mr. Cock, my clever trick? (tauweniy
negative form of modified stem of wona, v. see). I was not burnt
among those pumpkins {shipile^ negat. oi^yoy v. be cooked, burnt,
modified stem).

(7) In the morning (the cock) said, ' I am going.* And the cock
went home.

(8) The night-bird said, ' And I the night-bird will make a call.
So prepare for me ' (teyuy v. prepare for). They went and slept.

(9) In the morning he made his call. The cock's wife was busy
gathering pumpkins {mkuswa^ for mu kuswa^ infinitive of swa^ v.
break off, gather).

(10) When she had brought them (walete for awalete\ she first
put the cock (in the pot) at the bottom and (then) the pumpkins at
the top.

(11) And the night-bird arrived. 'Where is Mr. Cock?' The
cock's wife replied {kumfwa, used as connective only, here), ' He
has gone (ulile^ past tense oi ya, v. go) to a dance.'

(12) Now (the pumpkins) were cooking (/i is used as class-prefix
of a quantity of things, even when referring to a noun of another
class, as here ttfochipushi, Qt fichipushi, below). W-hen they
were cooked, she uncovered them. Will the cock come out, or is
he burnt ?

(13) Now she dished up (kawepula^ for ka-wa-ipula) the pump-
kins, saying, 'Now we have dished them up.' They were all
dished {shila, v. finish).

(14) She found the cock burnt. The cock's wife said, * You made
a fool of my husband.' Said the night-bird, ' Oh ! Oh ! he went
(himself) to the bottom (of the pot). Of course he was a fool'
{waltle, past tense oiya, v. go ; ulitumpile from tumpa, v.).

(15) And the night-bird went home again. The cock died on
the spot (/way v. die).

3. (Lala.) Shikiwangwe ne nkense.

(i) >^ashikiwangwe ekwiya kuli kalulu, ati, 'Wemwame, nkense

nshiishipo, umtwale nkaishiwe.' Kalulu ati, ' Ndiishi. Twende

nkaku^ule.' (2) Ekufika ku nika ikulu, kasanga ikiti kilile pa

menda. Ati, ' Nina uku kwiulu. Naya.' (3) Kakaya kalulu kuli

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 51

nkense. Ati, ' Ne^o, shikulu, nawonapo inama,' Wahkense atf^
' Ishina nindo ? ' Kalulu ati, ' Ki^awala ' (imbi ati ni shikiwangw^).
Kawaya. (4) Kalulu ati, 'Woneni.' Ichinshingwa chaya pa
menda, umwine uli kwiulu ku chiti chikontamine pa men4a.
Kalulu ati/Tamuwene?' — ukusonta ichinshingwa cha shikiwangwe^
chili pa menda. Wankense kawe^ila. (5) Kalulu ati, ^ Towene,
shikiwangwe, nkense iwipushya ? ' Shikiwangwe ati, * Shimwishi.'
(6) Wankense kawatumpuka. ' Wamtumpaika, kalulu.' Kalulu
ati, 'Ngilya nama epoile mwaishyapo pa menda.' Wankense
kawe^ila. (7) Kalulu ati| *Tomuwene, shikiwangwe, ngu uli pa
menda?' Wankense kawatumpuka, ati, 'Taipo.' Kalulu ati,
'Epoile, mwaishyapo. Tuchewepo, Wankense/ (8) Wasai^fa
epoile kanshi chinshingwa, inama ili kwiulu. Kawalema, ^ake&se
ati, ' Yakanga« Na^elela. Nga lukafike, kalulu.' Kawaya kwai^o
Wankense.

(9) Kalulu ati, ^ Seluka, shikiwangwe^ ngilya nkense. Toiwene
ngilya yaya ? Twende, nawe waishiwa.' Na kumushi. Shikiwangwe
ati, ' Naishiwa lelo nkense ituikata.' Penkapo chapela.

The Bushbuck and the Leopard^

(i) The bushbuck went to the rabbit, and said, ' My friend, I do
not know the leopard (by sight). Bring him that I may know
(him).' The rabbit said, 'I know him, come along and let me
show you.' (IsAtf ishiwa^ v. know ; ibula^ convey information, tell.)

(2) They arrived at a large river, and found a tree^ which spread
over the water. Said (the rabbit), * Climb up there. I'm off.*
{Sanga, v. come upon, find. Ka is used as a connective in narrative
without person-prefixes, la, v. go, past tense, 'Hie for li-ytle.)

(3) The rabbit went to the leopard, and said, 'I, sir, have seen
game.' The leopard said, ' What is its name ? ' The rabbit said,
' Ki^awala ' (another name for bushbuck). They went off.

(4) The rabbit said, * Look.' The reflection of the bushbuck fell
on the water, he himself was up in the tree which bent over the
water, {Ichinshingwa^ shadow, picture, here reflected image,
Kontamoy v. crouch over.) The rabbit said, * Don't you see him ? ' —
pointing to the reflection of the bushbuck in the water. The
leopard dived in. {Sonia, v. point, infinitive used as present
participle; i'd/ila^ v, dive, ka-wa-itbild,)

D2

ii L ALA GRAMMAR

(5) The rabbit said, ' Don't you see him, Bushbuck, the leopard
you asked about?' {Towene^ for ia-u-wene, from wene, wana,
V. see, Iwipushya^ i-u-ipushya^ which you asked about.) The
bushbuck said, * I don't know (him).*

(6) The leopard came to the surface. 'You have made a fool of
me, Rabbit.* The rabbit said, * That 's the animal, there 's where he
went, you have left him there in the water.* {Epoile, for epOj it is
there ; iyile, he went, from j^dr, v. go. Shya^ for shia^ leave.) The
leopard dived (again).

(7) The rabbit said, * Don't you see' him, Bushbuck ? that 's him
in the water.* The leopard canie up again, saying, *He is not
there.' The rabbit said, * That 's where he went, you have left him
there. Let us look carefully. Leopard.'

(8) They found where he went was really a reflection, the animal
was up above. The leopard was tired and said, ' It is too much
(for me). I am going back. Good-bye, Rabbit.' And the leopard
went off home. {Kanga, v. baffle, overcome. Nga lukaftke^ a
common form of leave-taking. *I hope your journey (ulwendo.
understood) may end well.* Jika, v. arrive).

(9) The rabbit said, * Come down, Bushbuck. That 's the
leopard. Don't you see it ? That *s it, going away. Come along,
and (now) you know (it).' So they came to the village, and the.
bushbuck said, * I know now (leloy to-day) the leopard which
catches us.'

That is the end.

4. (Lala.) Wanguni na ^ankwashi.

(i) Wanguni ekuikalana ichi^uza na \^ankwashi. Kasosa
ekwiya kuli ^ankwashi, ati, ' Wanguni ^^alukumtukeni, ati, Mush-
ipwa nkwashi. Neli kundetelapo isawi, woyu ! ' Ati, * Efyalukun-
tuka, ati fyenkefyo.' Kaima kasosa, kaya kuli Wanguni, kafika.
Ati ' Mwe^o ^alukumtuka wankwashi, ati, Mushipwa nguni, neli
kundetelapo ^uchi, woyu ! '

(2) Wanguni kawapinta mitondo ingi itatu ya ^uchi, ka^atwala
kwa wankwashi, ka^apika. *Wawoneka, Wanguni.' Na^o ati,
* Twawoneka.' Ka^ekala, nesawi ka^ateweta, i^akalya. Nguni
ati, * Mwemwame Wankwashi, nindo mwalukuntukila ? ' Ati, * Mbo
walawile.* Sdsa ati, *Nane, ni sosa, shambulile.' Ati, *Wufi.
New'o shyakutukilepo.' Wanguni ka^elela nesawi kwa^i'O.

STORIES IN LALA,' LAMBA; AND WISA 53

' ^ (3) Kakafika kasosa kwa^^anguni, ati, *Wailgunij m\ydna wa
^ankwashi wafwa ku luwola Iwa lushithu. Wankwashi i^alokwisa
mkukwipaya/ Kakafutnako kasosa^ kakafika kwa \^ankwasl;ii, ati,
'Wankwashi.* Ati, 'U wo*. Ati, 'Wanguni, mwana wao w^fwa
ku munga w-e-sawi, Walokwisa ukumwipayeni wankwashi.* Wank-
washi kawema na \^antu wa^o, a^engi kwakuti, wanguni kawema,,
a^engi kwakuti. (4) Kasosa kakaya mu nshila^ kaiocha kisompe
ne mulilo, kakafika kuli Wanguni, ati, 'Tamuweneko mulilo?*
Ekulanga i^angiini. Ati, * Ni wankwashi, e^vaocha. Walukwisa
a^engi ^ene nene kukuipaya Wanguni.* Kakaya kuli ^ankwashij
mu nshila kakocha kisompe, ku^alukutuliJa Wanguni. Kakaya
kakafika panshila kakakumana na Wankwashi. Ati, 'Tamweneko
mulilo ? Waocha wanguni, ivalokwisa ukumwipaya, tvankwashi*'

(5) Kafikumana, na Wanguni na \^ankwashi, ^alukulasana, i^alu-
kuipayana, ^alukuipayana. Umuntu wa kwa Wanguni kafwa,
muntu wa Wankwashi kafwa. Ne Iwine uluwo ku ishililo, ka^a-
chileka ukulwa ne kutula amata pansi.

(6) Wankwashi ati, * We chi^uza wanji, wenguni, nindo yatalefi ?*
Wanguni ati, * Chambula ni kasosa, e^ambulane.* Ati^ * Nane ne-
nkwashi, sosa waisa kwanji, ati, Mwana ^a nguni ulifwile, wafwa ku
munga w-e-sawi.' Ati, * Nane ewambula ni sosa, ati, Mwana wa
nkwashi wafwa ku luwola Iwa lushimu. Walokwisa Wankwashi
^w'amwipayeni mwe^anguni.* Ati, * Nane nenkwashi nane efyambula.
Ati, Walokwisa kuipaya.'

(7) Ka^amwikata kasosa, ka^amwipaya. Ati, ' Ewa wa^epa.'

The Honey-bird and the Stork.
(i) The honey-bird and the stork were great friends. The tell»-
tale {kasosa, a small bird) went to the stork and said, *The honey-
bird keeps on abusing you. He says, " The stork is a brute ! Not
to bring me a single fish! The wretch!'* (says he). That's the
way. he abuses you, just like that.* Off goes the tell-tale, and went
to the honey-bird, and arrived and said, * You, the stork keeps on
abusing you. He says, " The honey-bird is a brute ! Not to bring
me a scrap of honey, the wretch ! " ' {Tuka, v. abuse, with affix -eni,
of second person plur. as well as m, mu, of the object of the verb,
Kundetetapo, for ku-n-leiela-pd, ixova lefa^ bring. Woyu, an
expletive form of demonstrative.)
< (2) The honey-bird took a number of pots (three) of honey, and

54 LALA GRAMMAR

carried them to the stork, and arrived. * Is that you, Honey-bird ? *
He answered, *Yes, here I am.' They sat down, and he made
him a present of fish, and they had a meal. The honey-bird said,
*My friend Stork, why do you keep abusing me?' Said he,

* That 's the fellow who told (you).' The tell-tale said, * What, me !
I'm Tell-tale, I did not tell him/ Said the stork, * It's a lie. I
never abused you.' So the honey-bird went back home with the
fish.

(3) The tell-tale came to the honey-bird's house, and said,

* Honey-bird, the stork's child has died by the sting of a bee. The
stork is coming to kill you.' Then the tell-tale went off and came
to the stork's house, and said, * Stork.' *This is he' (said the
stork). * The honey-bird, his child has died by the prickle of a
fish. He is coming to kill you, Stork.' The stork started off and
his people, a great many. And the honey-bird started off (with)
a great many people. {Kaibefna^ for kaiba-ima^

(4) The tell-tale went along the road, and burnt some grass with
fire. And he came to the honey-bird and said, ' Don't you see the
fire there ! ' And he showed the honey-bird, and said, ' It is the
stork, he burnt (the grass). They are coming, a great lot of them,
to kill the honey-birds.' And he went to the stork, and on the
road he set fire to the grass (near) where the honey-birds were
camping. And he went and arrived, and on the road met the
storks, and said, *Do you not see fire there? The honey-birds
lighted (the grass). They are coming to kill you storks.' (Kuiha"
lukutulila^ from tulay v. lay down a load, rest, camp— present tense
of the applied stem, with ku as relative prefix.)

(5) They met, the honey-birds and the storks, and set to
wounding each other, and fighting and fighting. A man on the
honey-birds' side was killed, and a man of the storks was killed.
And (it was) a real hard struggle to the end, and at last they left
off struggling and laid down their bows and arrows. {Kqfikumanay
kumana^ v. meet together, Fi- is used of things large or numerous,
referring to nouns of any class. Leka^ v. leave off. Wuta^ n. bow,
plur. ntauta^ or mctta,)

(6) The stork said, * My friend Honey-bird, what is the cause of
all this ? ' The honey-bird said, * He who told me is the tell-tale,
it was he who told me.' Said (the other), * And I too, I the stork,

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 55

the tell-tale came to my house and said, ** The honey-bird*s child
is dead, he died by the prickle of a fish." ' Said the honey-bird,
^ And I too, he who told me was the tell-tale, he said, " The stork's
child has died by the sting of a bee. The storks are coming to kill
you honey-birds." * Said the stork, * And I the stork, I too, that *s
what he said to me. He said, " They are coming to kill you." '
(Yatcdefiy iox ya-tcUa-ifiy tala, v. make, cause. Ifiy these things.
Ewambulaney from iJbulay v. inform, with ^-, prefix of emphasis,
and "He (if rightly written) for riewo^ I. Thus e-wa-n-tbula-ne^
"He repeating and emphasizing the »-, person-prefix of object.)
(7) And they seized the tell-tale andi killed him. They said,

* You are a liar.' {fiwa^ perhaps e- of emphasis; wa^ v. be ; i. e. you
are indeed. Watbepa, he lies, he who lies, a liar.)

5. (Lala.) Infumu na kalulu.

(i) Infumu ekukumb-o-walwa. Kakalulu kakali kwakwe. Infumu
ati, 'Keteni ^kalulu ^ese ^anwe uwalwa.' Ka^esa kakalulu
ka^afika kunfumu. Ati ^afike, infumu ati, ' Muli ^anga ? ' Kalulu
ati, 'Tuli ^asano/ Infumu ati, 'Ni wani muli na^o?' Kalulu
ati, ^ Na \^anne, ne ^achilulu ishilu.^ Infumu ati, ^ Kalulu, kamwiya
ku muko wanji, mkampokele ng'ombe.* Kawanany-e-nshima, ati,

* Mpinte ne finane.'

(2) Na ^achilulu ishilu na kakalulu kachenjele ka^afika ku nika
ikulu. Kalulu ati, ^Mwe^me, na tuposepo inshima pa menda.'
Kakalulu kawa^la ichifwasa kakaposa pa menda. Wachilulu
ishilu ka^ula inshima kakaposa pa menda, ne kinane kaposapo.
Ka^alokwiya, ka^asanga inkomfwa (fisepo) mn chulu, fyankomfwa
fimbi filipile. Kakalulu ati, ^ Mwe^ame, koswa fiswetele, ifi fifitile
te fiweme.' Kamtumpaika kakalokuswa fifitile, Wachilulu ishilu
ka^alokuswa fiswetele. Ka^apinta, kakekala kalulu, ati, ^ Kuifu-
kuta lya mukulu, tako^ula kamba nkokoto.' \^achilulu ishilu ati,
' Watumpaika, naposapo pa menda ne chilulu ishilu, napos-e-
nshima pa menda.' Kalulu ati, ' Ulitumpile.' Kawapako kanini
kakalulu kachenjele ku chilulu chishilu.

(3) Ka^apinta, kalulu ati, ' Nga tuikale, tutushyepo, tangendyepo
inkomfwa shyanji.' Kaka^ula ishifitile ishipile, Wachilulu fiswetele
fiwisi. Chilulu ishilu ati ^ Watumpaika '. ' Kanshi ulitumpile.'

Ka^apinta kasanga ichani. Kalulu ati, ' Mwe^ame, kani watu-

56 - LALA GRAMMAR

tewete muninga, wise upokeko ichani tiiwawishye muninga tulie.'
Wakapinta. Kanshi ko kakalulu kapintapo ichani kawika kuifu^
kuta. Ka^asanga inchoncho (impampa). Kaka^ulako kakalula
ati, ' Chikulu ishilu, wise upokeko, kani watutewete inyangu, twise
tulieko. Towene inchoncho (impampa) ^une ? '

(4) Ka^afika kumushi ku chilukwa cha muninga. Kalulu ati, * Ka-
poke chani chilya chitwaona.* Wachilulu ishilu ka^aya mukupoka.
Kakashyala kalulu, kakawawa ichani icho chali kuifukuta. Kalulu
atij 'Palya tupapwa, palya tupapwa, palya, kukumanya yonse
ng'anda.' Ka^afika Wachilulu ishilu. Kalulu ati, ' Mwe^ame, a^ene
wa muninga ^alya. Towene mulya monse ? tolamo toto tuninga,
tu^ashyamo a^ene/ Wekala, tvawona kinongo cha nyangu.
Kalulu ati, 'Mwe^ame, kapoke mpampa kulya kutwaona, in-
choncho shyesu.* Ka^aya Wachilulu ishilu, wakashyala kakalulu.
Kakalia, palya tunini, palya kakaponyeshapo ^ yonse ng'anda.
Ukufika wachilulu ishilu. Kalulu ati, * Mwe^n^ame, towene ? ^alya
a^ene washiko nyangu. Shyashila nyangu.' (5) Ati ^ekaleko,
ka^achipuma chishima ne finane. Kaka^la lusanso, kalulu ati,
* Katape amenda, twise tusambe.' Kachiya chikulu ishilu, kaka-
shyala kakalulu kakalia inshima. Palya akakusu,palya napo akakusu
yonse ng'anda, kakakumanya. Kachifika chilulu ishilu, ati, * Ntape
amenda (ku lusanso).* Kaituluka. Kachi^ela chilulu ishilu, ati,
'Mwe^ame, wantana inshima penkapo.' Kalulu ati, 'Walia
awene.*

(6) Kawila ne mushiku, ne mbushi kawepaya kenka kakalulu.
Chilulu ishilu alilele, kakalula amala a mbushi kakawika mumukoshi
mwa chilulu ishilu. Ka^ucha ushiku, ne finane kalia kakalulu fya
mbushi, kakafundumuka ulu^ilo. Kalulu ati, ' Walia mbushi ya
ku ^ukoy taluwa, uli ne mala pa mukoshi i^achilulu ishilu.' Ati
wafume ne mala, ka^ekatana awamushi. Kakalulu kakainjila
umo mwajile mbushi. Wachilulu ishilu ka^angila pa wina,
ka^a^atula ka^a^epaya.

(7) I^akalulu kakaya ku nfumu iyakumbile uwalwa, ati, * Chilulu
ishilu walii^ile mbushi ya ^ene, ^alimwipeye. Ka^andasa ifumo
awai^ile mbushi ya^o.' Infumu kawakapa fituntulu ^anne, ati,
*Koya.'

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA; AND WISA ^57

The Chief and the Rabbit.

(i) The chief was brewing beer. The rabbit was at his house.
The chief said, ' Call the rabbit to come and drink beer.* The
rabbit came and arrived at the chiefs place. When he arrived, the
chief said, * How many are you ? ' The rabbit said, * We are five.*
The chief said, * Who are these with you ? ' (lit. you are with them).
The rabbit said, * There are four and the March hare.* The chief
said, * Rabbit, go to my son-in-law, and get me an ox.' He cooked
porridge and said, * Take this and meat (to eat with it).' ( Wachilulu
ishiluy lit. the mad Big-rabbit. Mkampokele, i. e. mu-ka-n-pok-eley
from poka, v. take, get.)

(2) The March hare and the crafty rabbit arrived at a large
river. The rabbit said, * My friend, suppose we throw our porridgife
into the water.' And the rabbit took a lump of earth and threw it
into the water. And the March hare took his porridge and threw
it into the water, and the meat he threw in too. They were going
,on, when they came upon a fruit growing on an ant-hill, and some
of it was fit for eating {filipiley from pya^ v. be ripe). The rabbit
said, * My friend, gather the light-coloured ones, these dark ones
are not good.' He made a fool of him (March hare) and was
gathering the dark ones, while the March hare gathered the light
ones. They passed on, when the rabbit stopped and said,* In a
great man's bag, he does not fail to have a scrap of something to
eat.' {Kamba nkokoto, remnants of an evening meal.) Said the
March hare, * You have made a fool of me. I threw it into the
water, I did, I threw my rice into the water.* Said the rabbit,
*You are a fool.' And the crafty rabbit gave a little bit to the
March hare. (Inkomfway a, kind of edible forest fruit (Msepo),)

(3) They went on, and the rabbit said, * Suppose we stop and
rest here, and let me eat my fruit (before going on).* {Tangendyey
for ntange fi'lie, let me first eat.) And he took the dark ones,
which were ripe, and the March hare the light unripe ones. The
March hare said, * You have made a fool of me.' * It seems you
are a fool' (was the reply).

They went on and found some grass. The rabbit said, 'My
friend, if the people make us a present of nuts, you come and get
this grass,, so that we may cook the nuts ^kod eat them.' They

58 LALA GRAMMAR

passed on. Really that rabbit carried off some grass and put it in
his bag. Then they came upon some (sticks used as) spoons. The
rabbit took some, saying, ^ March Hare, you come and get some,
if the people give us beans, and come and eat them. Don't you
see the beautiful spoons?' {Muninga and inyangu are common
articles of food, here called nuts and beans. Tuwawishye, intensive
stem from wawa, v.)

(4) They arrived at a village and (received) a basket {chilukwa^
properly a piece of bark, used to carry things on) of nuts. The
rabbit said, ' Go and get that grass which we saw.' The March
hare went to get it* The rabbit remained behind, and kindled the
grass which was in his bag. And the rabbit said, ^ There some
scraps, there some more, and there, all about the house.' The
March hare arrived, and the rabbit said, ' My friend, the owners
of the nuts have eaten them. Don't you see yonder everywhere?
Pick up the little scraps, which the owners left there.' They waited
and (presently) saw a pot of beans (presented to them). The
rabbit said, * My friend, go and get the sticks where we saw them,
our spoons.' Off went the March hare, and the rabbit was left
behind. And he ate, and threw here a little, and there, all about
the house. When the March hare arrived the rabbit said, * My
friend, don't you see ? the owners of the beans have eaten (them).
The beans are finished." (Both aibene, plur. of mwtne, and
ibashikOy appear to mean * owners*.)

(5) While they were sitting there they cooked some porridge and
meat. And the rabbit took a strainer and said, 'Go and draw
water, and we will wash' (lit. that we may come that we may
wash). Away went the March hare, and the rabbit remained
behind, and ate up the rice. Here he put a mouthful, and there
he put a mouthful, all about the house, and it was everywhere.
The March hare arrived (at the well), saying, * Let me draw the
water (in the strainer) '. And it ran out. So the March hare came
back, and said, *My friend, you have just kept all the rice for
yourself.' The rabbit said, *The people have eaten it.'

(6) It grew dark and night came on them (lit. mu ushtktt^
i. e. (they were) in the night), and the rabbit killed a goat all by
himself. The March hare was asleep, and (the rabbit) took the
goat's entrails and put them on the neck of the March hare. The

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 59

night came to an end {kaibucha^ from cha^ v. become dawn), and
the rabbit ate up the goat's flesh, and rushed off at full speed shouting,
* He has eaten the goat of the (chiefs) brother-in-law, (but) he
has not escaped (lit. is not lost, luway v.), he has the entrails on
his neck, the March hare.' When he came out, there were the
entrails (round his neck), and the people of the village all joined
together, and the rabbit ran into the house where he had eaten the
goat {mwalile^ for mu-cUile^ from lia^ v. eat), and the March hare
ran into a hole, and they dug him out and killed him.

(7) The rabbit went off to the chief, who had brewed the beer,
and said, ' The March hare stole some one's goat, and they killed
him. And the people whose goat he stole wounded me with a
spear.' The chief made (the rabbit) a present of four slave-women,
and said, ' Go away.'

6. (Lala.) Walala,
(i) Luchele ewalengele awantu, ukuwashya pano pesonde.
Elomba ekusandika, lomba ekukumana chalo. Lombwa kafwa,
katelapo Nkankomba. Lomba fyalo na fyalo kai^akomana
Ukankomba. Na wafwa, l^ashyala. Kawili a^a na^o kat^ate-
lapo. Lomba tushi na tushi. Ati ^awe tushi na tushi, lomba
ne ng^onkwa katelapo. Lomba ne ng'onkwa yati telapo, lomba
echipyano.

(2) Kumfwa ^ati, 'pa mipando ya ku lesa.' Kumfwa ^ati,
'pano nfumu shyakomana.' Kumfwa, /Fwayeni mpemba shya
ku Kankomba.' Kumfwa ^ati, 'Wakalama ^a ku Kankomba.'
Kumfwa ^ambi ^ati, * Wachishwila ^a ku Kankomba, na mute-
mela na ^achishika mulilo, na ^achishiswa ^a ku Kankomba.'

(3) Wati, ' Pano tufwaye wamwene masala, ' Kamwiya mukan-
kaulepo. Konkeni ^avyenu, mukasanse mukaposeko,'

' Ba muliweneshye ? Ningati kuli uku^ela.'

* lyoo, kuweme.'

* Ningati takulalwa ? '
^ lyoo, kulekalikwa.'

' Mwemwame, ningati ni mpanga ifi ?'

* lyoo, ingele-ngele.'

' Pakulala tulo ? ' *Alaa!'

* N ingat i yatuchenjeleka ? ' * Um-m-m ! '

' Ningati ilitufisamile ? ' ' A-a, ni kwambuya.'

60 LALA GKAMMAR

' Ningati ni ku ^ana mu^ela ? Ningati takulimwa ? '

' Lekeni ukusala.'
. >Mwi<^ushya mpanga. A-a, ^alukwenda ifiwi, mwi^ushya
mpanga, kuti kamulikwenda a^atekanishye. Ni pekotelo. Twali-
famine polokoso. Tapali nangu nkankoweshya. Kukana uko
twile, twashililapo. Tuliwoleleko ne t^ana mumala. Kulya kupu-
puntika. Kulya ni kwikulwe. Tapawoneka ne kutomboka.
Tulimanine.

Um-m-m. Wilukulasa. (Kumfwa kawili ati) Wilukulanguluka,
we mwaniche. Yatusesela, shyatunukula nsuka. Um-m-m. Bo
mwaniche, ifwe ^antu kawili ukulunduluka. Mapindo kokwete,
kawili ^apoka. Mbawe ^atupaula. A^a, kamulilishya ukufwa
kwa kale. Wachishile ^akulu, ne ^akufyalwa mailo. Waku-
chisanga, tachili cha lelo, chishawa mpeeka.'

'Pano apo twaishile^ tapali bwino, pawipile. Ifwe ^antu kulya

na ngufwa. Echikulu pano, esonde. Pantu pali ukwe^a ifiwi.

A ! kalya kanwa takafya ku ^antu. Tamukufyambaika. Waku-

fifushyapo lokoso. Fisalaulwa. Ni nkuni mwakufushya ku chipiko.

Tapali iiweme. Te pa luansa ? Be ku ^ana mubwelela. Ameso

akokola pa mutwe. Be ili yawa ne uluwo. li kanshi mama

nga walinshikile. Tulipelelwe pano, tukopauka lokoso. Wakulu

shyakulawila, mwafushya. Mwakupompapo ne kwapa. Mushi-

mene ^ando ? Mukokung'owila. Bo ku mulandu ? U-u, namuka

mulandu omfwe. Mwakulema ni mponwa. Mwakupona lukoso,

mwakupolomoka.'

Ekupeshya.

A Lala Chronicle.

This curious example of Lala has already been noticed (p. 46). It
appears to contain a traditional summary of tribal history, remin-
iscences of a great chief, Kankomba, and of a critical moment of
advance into new territory, perhaps when the tribe was pushed
southward by the Wisas, and occupied the Maswaka forests. It
begins with narrative and changes into dialogue, this last ending
with a kind of duel, in which it is difficult to distinguish the com-
batants, and easier to see the literal meaning of the figurative
expressions used, than their actual point. No complete or con-
nected translation is here offered^ bat notes and suggestions. on
some words and sentences may be of use to any who. may care

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 61

hereafter to study the text further. It was carefully taken down
from dictation by Mr. Stevenson, but may of course contain errors
in writing and division of clauses.

In (i) chronological stages are marked by the connective lomba^
* then, next, after this.' In (2) various speakers are distinguished
by kumfwa, * then, upon this,* kumfwa waii, * then people said,'
kumfwa wambi watt, * then others said.' But in (3) the divisions
have to be guessed.

^i) Luche/e seems to mean the First Cause, vaguely conceived
as (i) the Dawn (cf. c/ta, y. dawn, luchelo^ morning) ; (2) first chief,
so named ; (3) the Supreme Being, Creator.

EwalengelCy &c., created people (mankind), and scattered thenv
about here in the (outside) world (pesondsy pa isondey outside a
house).

Ekusandika, &c. Then they multiplied and filled the earth
(country, district).

Kafway &c He died, and Kankomba succeeded him.

FyalOy &c., (people filled) country after country and together
formed Kankomba's kingdom.

Wafway &c., on his death (others) remained alive, and in time
these too succeeded.

Tushiy lit. * small villages ' {kashiy dim. of musht)y perhaps used
of a shrinking of population.

Ati ijuawey &c. At the period of small villages, an infant was
Successor, and when this happened a (next) heir (was chief).

(2) This seems to contain a proposal to set up a paramount chief
again with all the state and power of the great Kankomba.

Pa mipandOy &c. (?) * Let us return to (restore) the throne of
God * (or a paramount chief. Lesa is used of thunder, lightning.
Providence, a great chief).
Pano nfumUy &c. * Now (here) chiefs are everywhere.'
Fwayeniy &c. * Seek out' (all the attendants and various officials
of Kankomba's court, including) mpembay councillors, head men,
ibakalamay bodyguard, attendants, ihachiswila (?) door-openers,
porter, mutemelay wood-cutter, ibachishika mulilOy fire-lighters,
tjbachishtswa (?).

(3) The rest of the piece seems to describe graphically the
despatch of a pioneer party to find and report on ground for new

6a LALA GRAMMAR

settlements, and the discussion on its return, ending with an
exchange of lively (and no doubt forcible, but not very intelligible)
repartees.

Pano tufwaye^ ' now let us search for • • / {masaiay ? mashyala^
deserted plantations).

Kamwiya^ &c« ' Go and make a clearing.*

Konkeniy &c. ' Follow your friends, and lop trees, and make an
offering there.*

(Then follows a cross-questioning of the pioneer party on its
return.)

Ba muliweneshye^ &c., 'But did you look at it. carefully? Perhaps
it is (only a matter of seeing and) coming back,*

Lyoo kuweme, ^ No, it is a good country.'

Ningati takulcUwa^ 'Perhaps it is not a place to sleep (in),'
{Lalway lit. be slept (in).)

lyooy kulekalikwa^ * No, it is regularly inhabited ' {ku'la^ikal-ik^
way from ikala^ dwell).

Mwemwamey &c., ' My friend, perhaps it is just jungle.'

lyooy ni ngele-ngeUy * No, it is quite healthy.'

Pakulala tulOy ' a place to sleep in (comfortably).'

* Ala / ' * Of course ! ' — expressing surprise.

Ningati yatuchenjelekay * Perhaps it is deluding.'

Um-m-m / * Oh, no ! '

Ningati ililufisamiWi 'Perhaps it is hid from us' (? difficult to
find).

Aa / ni kwambuycy * No, it is excellent.*

Ningati ni ku ibana^ &c., ' Perhaps it is for your children you
come back (i. e. why did you come back, then ?). Perhaps it is not
(fit to be) cultivated.'

Lekeni ukusala^ ' Stop your insulting questions.'

The rest may be left to a future translator. Many of the words
will be found in the Lala-£nglish Vocabulary, but it is often
difficult to gather the metaphorical from the literal meaning.)

7. (Lamba.)

(i) Akantu kakaya ne muvyakwe mumpanga, ne kuli-o-uchi
^owilo. Ati ^a^ele, nekusanga twenda mwifwasa, Ati kumfwa

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 63

muvyakwe, ' Mwemwame, nwapo amenda.* Ati kumfwa muvyakwe,
' Kani nwepo, ndukushila amenda.* Uyo muvyakwe nekunwapo.
Ati anwepo, ichiso kalishyala pa menda. (2) Ne kumushi nekuiika.
A^akumushi kat^ema ^onse, 'Tukalipile ichiso, tuliikate.' Ati
i^aye, ^asanga chishiwa ne chiso pakati. Eli ^anga^elako.
Ati, ^Weleko enka.' Asanga twat^ela mwifwasa utwenda. Eli
angayapo, nakuinamapo, ne kut^ela mumutwi chiso.
Chapwa.

Translation*

(i) A man {akantuy dimin. for muntu) went with a companion
into the forest, and they ate honey together. As they came back,
they came upon a tiny pool of water formed on a small ant-hill.
And his companion said, ' My friend, take a drink of water * ; said
the other, ' If I drink, I finish the water.' And the man drank it.
When he had drunk, one of his eyes remained in the water.

(2) They went on to the village, and got there. All the people
of the village started off (saying), * Let us pay for his eye, and get
it.' When they had gone they found a lake of water and the eye
in the middle of it. Then they went back again, and said, ' Go
back by yourself.' He found the water had shrunk up (into a tiny
pool) on the ant-hill. Then he went up to it, and bent down, and
his eye went back into his head.

That is the end.

(Ichiso, so here written, represents a pronunciation of the word
for * eye \ also heard as liso, linsoy iliso, diso, dyiso^ jiso, idyiso,)

8. (Lamba.)

(i) Ikanga kalifyala masana. Ati alifyele, ne lusato. Kumfwa
ikanga ati, ' Tamwenda ^antu muno.' Kuli ^ansofu ka^esa, ati,
' Nindo kulila?' Ati, 'Wana ^anji ndukulila. Sombanki ichi
chapoka ^ana.' Kumfwa ^ansofu ^aloleshye ati, ' K&nshi ekiki.'
Pakufulumuka ulu^ilo. Eli wanges-e-nkalamu, ati, ' Nindo kulila,
muntu we^o ? ' * Ndukulila ^ana.' * Wemuntu, nindo ? ' * Som-
banki ikilipo.' Epakufulumuka ulu'^ilo.

(2) Ekushyala kuli ^ampashi, * Nindo kulila?* Ati, *A^ana
^anji.* * Nindo ikakatishye ? ' * Sombanki ikilipo chalusato.'
Mpashi pali walusato na minwe, ekuikata. Ukufungauka, ekufu-

64 LALA GRAMMAR

mapo pa masana. Na ikanga kalisotwa pa masana, aliko. Ati,
' Towene finachita, na kulwila ^ana ^owe ?'
Chapwa.

Translation.

(i) A guinea-fowl laid eggs. When she had laid them, there
was a python I Then the guinea-fowl thought, ^ People do not
pass this way/ (Tamwenda^ this seems a case of idiomatic change
of suhject-prefix to object, i. e. tamuenda munOy for ta-wa-enda-mo
fnuno.) An elephant came up, and said, *What are you crying
for ? ' She said, * My children I am crying for. I think this thing
here gets my children.' Then the elephant looked hard and said,

* Sure enough, that *s it.* And he went off at full speed. Then
a lion came and said, * What are you crying for, woman ? ' * I am-
crying for my children.' * Woman, what is it ! * * I think it is this
thing here.* Away he went at full speed.

(2) There remained the ant. He said, 'What are you crying
for ? ' Said she, ' My children.' ' What will get hold of them ? '
I think that big python there ' (cAa-f prefix of size). The ant
went at the python with his haods and grabbed it. It uncoiled
itself, and went away from the eggs. And the guinea-fowl flew
down to where the eggs were. Said the ant, * Don't you see what
I did, and how I fought for your children ? '

That is the end.

9. (WiSA.) NSIAWUFL

(i) Muntu waupile mizi iwili. Nomba wantu tawalikwenda ;
walikuikala mwilinga. Mbu usiku Nsia^ufi ati, ' Nkoya nje kuwona
mukashi wanji.' Ngo Nsiai^ufi waima. Pa kati pa nzila waku-
mana na njove nkalamu, aiti, ' We^o, nga wafumakwi ? ' Ati, * Ni
kumuzi nafuma.' ' Tautina ne^o ? ' ' Ndatina.' Nkalamu ati,

* Isa nkuno, nkulye.' Muntu ati, * Yai, linda. Awalinda, nje ku-
wona mukashi wanji, ana^ela, elyo ukoiza kundya.' Nkalamu ati.
' Yai, wachenjela, wemunanji. Tawai^ele.' Muntu ati, * Yai. Ne^o
ine Nsia^ufi. Ukoisa kundya.' Nkalamu ati, * Chawama. Kaiye
iye kuwona mukashi wowe. Nga nkoikalila kwi ? ' Muntu ati,
'Wikale mwisamba lya ichiti muli amenzi ayatalala, emu nku-
sange.'

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 65

(2) Ngo muntu na kumuzi. * Njizuileniko.* A^ati, * Nga wapi-
takwi ? ' Ati, ^ Naizave mu nzila/ Wamwizuila, na ku mukashi,
ati/ Nsikofwaya kulala« Njipikileni insima, mpinte. Nawizya nka-
lamu, aiti, Njize nkulye. £po nakana nati, Ukoiza ukundya,
ana^ela. Naiwizya n-e-zina, nati, Ine Nsia^ufi.' Ngo mkazi wakwe
waipaya nkoko ziwili, wanaya n-e-nsima, nokup-o-mulume, ati,
^ Mwe ^alume \^anji, ukoya kufwaya ukufwa. Laleni, mwakwiza
mailo.' Mulume ati, *Yal Ine Nsia^ufi, nsikofwaya ukuwepa
nkalamu.'

(3) Njo nsima nokupita na mu nzila. Ati, ' wenkalamu we,
ninawo, naiza. Iza undye. Ine Nsia^ufi.' Nkalamii yaiza, ati,
* hide, niwe Nsia^ufi, naiziwizya.' Ngo muntu na mwisamba lya
ichiti, momuli amenzi, waikala pansi. Nkalamu aiti, 'Nomba
kankulye/ Muntu aiti, *Yai. Leka nane mbale-ndye insima,
nane nga undye.' Nkalamu ati, ' Inde, lia insima yowe/ Umuntu
pa nsima walya, wapwa, wanwelapo na menzi, ati, ' Nomba iza
undye.' Nkalamu yaula ngu muntu, yalya.

(4) Nomba nayo aiti, ' Kanwelepo amenzi pali ngu muntu ngulya
Nsia^ufi.' Moyanwa amenzi ati, * Njimilile.* Yamvwa pun !
Muntu waikala pansi, Nsia^ufi, ati, TWela undye. Nine Nsia-
^ufi.' Nkalamu ati, 'Ndolesye.* Yasanga Nsia^ufi na kambi
ngove muntu nunove. Yalya, ati, * Mbwele, • nwelapo amenzi.'
Yanwa pa menzi, ati, * Njokwiya.* Na kambi yanya. (Umuntu) ati,
'Wela undye, nine Nsia^ufi, na kambi ^ela undye.* Nkalamu
ati ilolesye, mwenzo waiza ku nkalamu, aiti, 'Nsilawona i^antu
^onse nasila ukulya. Lelo we^o waneng-o-mwenzo. Nomba
nakulya liwili, nomba nsikofwaya kukulya. Nkowomba njokwiya.'
Muntu ati, ' Yai. Ine Nsia^ufi, mbula na kambi undye.' Nkalamu
ati iwone aiti, ' Ngo muntu akonjipaya, Nsia^ufi.' Nkalamu na pa
lu^ilo. Nomuntu ngove Nsia^ufi na panuma ya nkalamu, ati,
' Ninda undye, ine Nsia^ufi.* £po njo nkalamu waiwutuzya
amazua asano na limo, akopenda masano na awili, nkalamu aiti,
'Napapata, nsia^elele ku mizi ya kumwenu, nsia^eleleko yai.
Nomba naya ukutalL'

(5) Ngo muntu wat^elele ku muzi kqmwa^o. Wati, ' We^o, nga
vindo wondele ? Wa way a ku muzi wa ^antu ? ' Ati, * Yai. Nali-
kutamfya nkalamu.' A^antu ^ati, * Wufi, wa^epa. Ngapo itaku-
lile ? ' Ati, * Chawama* Amkoti nko^epa, akufumileni kunze y-e-

L.-L. H. E

66 LALA GRAMMAR

linga.' A^antu nsiku ikumi ^akoyenda kunze y-e-linga. Infumu
ati, * Muntu wa bwino Nsia^ufi.' Nokuula nzovu ziwili, ati, * Nsia-
^uR, uli muntu wa bwino. Watamfya nkalamu. A^antumba ng^
ii^apwa kulinjo nkalamu. Nomba wachita bwino. Wakoyenda
ichende-ende.'
Chapwa.

Translation.

(i) A man married into two villages. At that time the people
did not go outside the village, they stayed within the stockade.
One night NsiaiJbufi (meaning * Truthful *) thought, * I will go and
see my (other) wife.' So Truthful started. On the road he met
the very lion (the terror of the village), (and the lion) said, * Hullo 1
where do you come from ? ' Said the man, ' It *s the village I come
from.' * Aren't you afraid of me ? ' * Yes, I am afraid.' The lion
said, ' Come here and let me eat you.' The man said, * No ! wait.
If you wait, while I go to see my wife, when I come back, then you
shall eat me.' The lion said, ' No ! you are playing a trick, my
friend. You will not come back.* Said the man, * No ! I am
Truthful, I am. You shall eat me.* * Very well,* said the lion, * go
along and go and see your wife. Where- shall I wait for you ? '
The man said, * Wait at the foot of the tree by the pool of cold
water. There let me find you.'

(2) So the man went on to the village (and said), * Let me in.'
They said, * Which way did you pass by ? ' * How did you get by ? '
He said, * I have just come along the road.* They let him in and
he went to his wife, and said, * I don't want to sleep (here). Cook
me some porridge to take with me. I have promised the lion. It
said, " ril come and eat yoii," so I remonstrated and said, " You
shall eat me when I come back." And I told him my name, too ; I
said, " I am Truthful." ' His wife killed two fowls and made porridge
too, and gave them to her husband, and said, * O, my husband, you
will be sure to meet your death. Stop here to-night. You shall go
to-morrow.' * No,' said her husband, * I am Truthful. I refuse to
deceive the lion.'

(3) So he took the porridge and went along the road. * Lion,'
said he, * here I am, I have come. Come and eat me, I'm Truthful.*
The lion came and said, * Sure enough, it is you, Truthful. I recog-

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 6;

nize you.' So the man came to the foot of the tree by the water
and sat down. The lion said, * Now let me eat you.' ' No/ said
the man, ' let me first eat my porridge, and then, you can eat me.'
Said the lion, * Very good. Eat your porridge.' So the man took
his porridge and ate it and finished and drank some water after it.
Then he said, ' Now come and eat me.* So the lion took the man
and ate him.

(4) After that he said, * Let me wash down that fellow Truthful
with a little water.* When he had drunk the water, he said, ' Let
me wait a minute.' He heard a bang ! There sat the man
Truthful on the ground, saying, * Come back and eat me. It is I,
Truthful.* Said the lion, * Let me have a look,' and he found it
was Truthful, the very same man over again just where he was. He
ate him (again), and said, * I'll just go back and take a drink of
water.' He drank some water, and said, * Now I am going.' And
again a bang ! (There was the man) saying, * Come back and eat
me, it is I, Truthful,* and again, * Come back and eat me.' When
the lion had looked, fear came over the lion, and he said, * Never
yet have I seen (one of) all the people I have finished and eaten.
But to-day you make me afraid; I have eaten you twice, and
I don't want to eat you any more. I will run and go away.' Said
the man, * No, I'm Truthful, take and eat me again.' But when
the lion saw him, he said, * This fellow will kill me.' And the lion
set off running. And that man Truthful set off after the lion,
crying, * Stop and eat me. I'm Truthful.' Then that lion ran as
hard as he could six whole days, and he was counting the seventh,
when the lion said, * Please forgive me, I will never go back to the
villages in your country. No, I will never go back there any more.
I am going a long way off.'

(5) The man went back to his village. The people said, * Why,
what are you so thin for.'* Have you been to other villages?'
' No,' said he, * I was driving away the lion.' The people said,
*It's false. You are lying. Why did it not eat you?' 'Very
well,' said he, * if you catch me lying, go along outside the stockade.'
For ten nights people went outside the stockade. Then the chief
said, * A good man is Truthful.* And he took two tusks of ivory,
and said, * Truthful, you are a good man. You have driven away
the lion. These people here would all have come to an end by

£ 2

68 LALA GRAMMAR

that lion. You have done a good deed. Now they can walk about
as they please.'
That is the end.

lo. (WiSA.) Zyambakale.

(i) Umuntu n-o-mkazi wakwe na ^anyina-vyala ^^atatu ^afumile
mu muzi mu ^ana^o nokuya kuimaka ng'anda pa chonde. Mpo-
^aikala, ngove mwezi ^anyina-vyala nokufwa. Ngo muntu ati,
* Yenda, tukafwaye umunda.' Mkazi ati, * Endeni.' Nokupita
u^ule muchisele, nokuya ku munda wai^o. Wati i^afike ku munda,
nokukawila ui^ule mu munda ^a^elela ku muzi, nokuya kulala.

(2) Mailo mukazi wasyala ku muzi, umwanalume waya enka,
wasanga ku munda u^ule wapya isiku limo mbo u^ule. Nokupu-
tula nokukaka mmutolo. Paku^ela ku munda pa nzila nokukumana
na a^ena msumba. Ai^ena msumba a^ati, * We^^o wafuma kwi-
lakwi lelo ? ' Ngo muntu ati, * Nafuma ku munda wanji, mwe
\^ananji. Ne^o nalimile mmunda mailo imbuto zyonse, lelo njeko
nasanga imbuto zyapya, ne^o epo nakaka mmutolo.' A^ena
msumba ati, * Uko^epave.' Ati, * Yai, chine kantu.' A^ena
msumba ati, ' Kakula tuone.' Nkukakula ivikungo n-e-nsalu.
A^^ena msumba ati, * Wai^a ivintu vya mukazi wa nfumu.' Ngo
muntu ati, ' Yai, nine Zyambakale, nalimile imbuto, akazua kamo
nokupya zyonse. Mwe^o tamulaona mvi yai.* Ati, * Ku^epa.'

(3) Nokumkata n-o-mutolo, Capita ^akoti kumuzi, awati, * Twa-
kaka muntu waii^ile ivintu.* Infumu aiti, * Mko^epave. Kaleteni
mutolo tuone.' Waliletele mutoto, wasanga u^ule n-e-mbuto
zyonse. Infumu aiti, * Oneni nomba mulandu woyo umwaleta.'
Infumu nokukaka mbo ^antu wamwikete ngo muntu, infumu
nokuula ai^antu ^awili, umwanalume n-o-mwanakayi, n-o-mtumba
umo nokumfuta ngo muntu u^aikete, ichifukwa i^amwikete utaiwa.

Nomba waimaka umuzi ukulu Zyambakale woyo. Chapwa.

Translation,

(i) A man and his wife and his mother-in-law, three (altogether),
left the village of their people and went to build a house in the
forest. There they stayed, and the same month the mother-in-law
died. Then the man said, 'Come, let us make our way to our
field.' His wife consented, and they took some millet in a basket

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 69

and went to their field. When they arrived at the field, they sowed
the millet in the field, and went back to the village and went to
sleep.

(2) Next day the woman stayed in the village. Her husband
went by himself, and found the millet in his field ripe in one day,
that millet (he had sown). He gathered some clusters and tied
them up in a bundle. As he was returning from his field along the
road he fell in with some of the chiefs men. The men said, * Say,
where do you come from to-day ? ' Said the man, * I have come
from my field, my friends. I planted my field yesterday with all
the seed I had ; to-day when I came I found the seed had ripened,
and so I fastened some up in my bundle.' The men said, * That's
just a lie.' * No,' said he, * it is quite true.' The men said, * Undo
your bundle and let us see.' He undid the string and cloth. The
chiefs men said, * You have stolen the property of the chief's wife.'
' No,' said the man, * 1 am Zyambakale, I planted my seed, and in
one day it was all ripe. You never yet saw anything like it.' They
said, * Lies ! *

(3) So they seized him and his bundle, and went and got to the
village, and said, * We have caught this man, he has stolen things.*
The chief said, * You are just telling lies. Bring the bundle and let
us see.' They brought the bundle, and found the millet was all
seed. The chief, * Look now, that 's the business you have brought.*
And the chief tied up the men who had seized the man, and the
chief took two (slaves), a man and a woman, and a bale of calico,
and gave them in payment to the man they had seized, because
they had. seized a man who was not a thief.

Afterwards this Zyaipbakale built a large village (of his own).
That is the end.

II. (WiSA.) INSIMA.

(i) Inzala yaponele pa chalo chonse. Nomba umuntu ati, * Naya
ukuwamba muchonde.* Nko uku waya wasanga insima nomunane,
zili zinji zine, zili mulongo, zikoenda munzila ummozipita. Ali
no^uta wakwe nemimvwi. Wawula ^uta, wafisa. Ati, *Napa-
pata, ndi nenzala, nkofwaya mumvwe vinkososa.' Umuntu waya
kuchelelapansi ati, * Napapata, imilileni.' Insima ekulu ati, 'Mwe^o

70 LALA GRAMMAR

mwensima zinanji, imilileni. Umuntu ali nenzala.' Zyafumapo zinne,
insima nendilo zya munane zinne, zyaya palingo muntu. Ngo
muntu wawula insima akolia. Nzi zyasyalako, wasia zitatu. Ati,
Nkopita ntwale a^ana nomkazi wanji ^aye kuliako. Wakaka
nokupita kumuzi.

(2) Ku mbali ya muzi wakumana nomunakwe umwanalume.

* Wewo, ngezi insima wafumyakwi ? * * Kunzila ukuwaila.' * Zikochita
siani?' 'Zikoyenda.* Ngo uli nensima walifikile kumuzi. 'Wemwana
wanji na wemkazi wanji, lieniko insima.'

(3) Ngo awakumene na munakwe ati, * Newo eko nkoya nkulya
uku waile.' Tawizizye munakwe. Wapita no^uta wakwe, wazi-
sanga insima zikopita munzila ummozipita. Ali nomvwi no^uta
wakwe ati, * Ndase insima.* Insima zyavulumuka uluwilo. Umumvwi
walasa pansi. Mimvwi yali iinji ine. Wakotamfya uluwilo insima.
Mimvwi yapwa yonse. Ati, * Nga nchite siani ? * Insima zyawela
pepi, aziti, *Nomba tapali mimvwi, yasile mimvwi.' Mpa pepi
zyawela, ati, 'Mwule ^uta, mpume insima.' Uwuta wavunika,
wasyalave mvino. Insima zyaya pepi, ati, * Njikate.* Insima zyato-
woka uluwilo. Ngo muntu usiku waila, walala. Insima zyaiza
pepi. Awikile minwe pa nsima. Muwawuka, insima yawutuka.
Ngo muntu tapali ku^uka akazua.

(4) Ngo wawene nzo nsima, mwine waziwene, uwaziwene nzo
nsima ati, ^ Kanje nje kuwamba nkulya nko nawene insima.' Wasanga
ngo munakwe ulilele. * Nga wachitile siani ? ' * Nalikufwaya ukui-
lasa insima. Insima zyalikene nkuzilasa.' Ngo munakwe ati,
' Walipusile, nga walitekenye. Ukulia insima kunakilila.'

(5) Munakwe ngo mwine wa insima waziwene wafisa u^uta
nemimvwi yakwe. Ati, * Napapata, mwenfumu zyanji, ndi nenzala.'
Insima zyawela izinji zine namenzi pamo. Wawula menzi wasamba.
Munakwe ati, * Wuka, wechipua cha muntu, alanzi insima izyo ziwa-
liwutuzya nazyo.' Munakwe wawuka. Insima waya kanya, ati,

* Wula, nane nzino zyanji, nawe insima zyowe. Ukulia insima kuna-
kilila.' Mbo wantu waliako insima, ngo muntu na munakwe.
Mutima waikala, wawula menzi wanwelapo. Munakwe ati,. * Yenda
kumuzi. Nomba tapali kuwelezyapo.' Waya kumuzi. Awati
ukufika, nenzala yaya. Munakwe ati, * Wona I nga walifwilc'
Chapwa,

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WIS A 71

Porridge.

(i) A famine fell upon the whole country. A man said, *I am
off to hunt in the forest.* He went and there (lit. there where he
went) he came upon porridge (in pots) and seasoning (side dishes),
in great quantities, quite a mass, passing along the path which
was their regular track. (Porridge is often in stiff lumps for hand-
ling and carrying. Here * pots * is used in translation.) He had
his bow and arrows, but he took his bow and hid it, and said, ' I beg
pardon, I am hungry, I want you to listen to what I say.' The
man went down humbly on his knees and said, * I beg you kindly
to stop.' The chief porridge-pot said, ' Fellow porridge-pots there,
stop. The man is hungry.* Four porridge-pots came forward, and
four dishes of seasoning, and went to the man. And the man took
porridge and ate it. Of those that remained, he left three. And
he said, ' 1 will carry off (these) and take them (to) my children and
wife, that they may eat them.* He tied them up and carried
(them) to the village.

(2) Outside the village he met a man he knew. This man said,

* I say, where did you get that porridge from ? ' * On the road '
(that he went along). * What are they doing there ? ' * They are
walking along.' The man with the porridge came to the village
and said, ^ Children and wife, come and eat porridge.'

(3) The friend who had met him thought, ' I will go to the place
he went to yonder.' He did not tell the other man. He took his
bow, and found the porridge-pots going along their usual track. He
had his arrow and bow and thought, * Let me shoot a porridge-pot.'
The porridge-pots rushed off at full speed. The arrow hit the
ground. There were a great many arrows. He kept running
after the porridge-pots, (till) all the arrows were finished. Then
he thought, * What am I to do ? * The porridge came back close
to him, saying, * Now there are no arrows, the arrows are all gone.*
When they came back close, he thought, * Let me take my bow,
and strike a porridge-pot.' The bow broke in two, and there he
(or, it) was left. The porridge-pots came near again, and he thought,

* Let me seize one.' Away hopped the porridge-pots at full speed.
Night came and the man lay down. The porridge-pots came near.

72 LALA GRAMMAR

He laid his hand on one, but as he woke up, the pot ran away. The
man did not wake a (whole) day.

(4) The man who found the porridge-pots, the one who found
them himself, who actually found the porridge-pots, thought, ' Let
me go and hunt yonder where I found the porridge.' And he
found his friend asleep. ' Well, what did you do to them ? ' 'I tried
to shoot. a porridge-pot. But they refused to be hit.' Said the
other, ^ You were a fool. You should have been gentle. To get
porridge to eat is quite easy.'

(5) His friend, that is the man who got the porridge-pots, who
found them, hid away his bow and arrows, and said, ' I beg your
pardon, my masters, I am hungry.' The porridge-pots came back,
great numbers of them, and water too. The man took the water
and washed. Then the first one said, ' Wake up, you fool of a
fellow, here they are, these are the very porridge-pots you chased
away.' The other woke up. His friend went and divided the
pots, saying, ^Take them, I take these as mine, and you (take)
your pots. To get porridge to eat is quite easy.' So the men ate
their porridge, the man and his friend. Their appetites were
satisfied, and they took water and drank it. Then his friend said,
* Come to the village. Now we need not come back here again.'
They went to the village. When they arrived, the famine came to
an end. Said his friend, ' See ! you would have died.'

That is the end.

12. (Wis A.) Kalonga Kalulu.

(i) Kalulu nenama zyonse amenzi aliavizye, inama tapali kunywa
menzi yai. Nomba nkalamu yaikele pa menzi pa mumana. Nomba
nkalamu inama zyalikutina pamenzi. Nomba kalulu ati, ' Mwe^o
mwenama, nindo pakuti tapali kunywa menzi ? ' Nomba inama
aziti, ' Kalonga kalulu, fwe^o tatunwa menzi yai, chifukwa nkalamu
yaikala pa menzi.' Nomba kalulu ati, ' Lelo ^onse mwenama kawi-
yeni mwiye munwe amenzi.' Nomba inama aziti, ' Kalonga kalulu,
tukotina ukunwa amenzi.'

(2) Nomba kalulu ati, ' Kawiyeni kumumana. Amwafika kumu-
mana, mwiyokuti, Katunwepo amenzi, infumu italaiza.' Inama
zyonse nokwiya kumumana, zyaliisangile nkalamu mpove pa mu-

STORIES IN LALA, LAMBA, AND WISA 73

mana. Nomba inama aziti, ' Katunwepo nomba amenzi, infumu
italaiza.*

(3) Nomba nkalamu aiti, ' Ndindo inama zyonse pakuti aziti, tu-
nwepo amenzi, infumu italaiza ? Newo tapali kuikata inama, kuntu
njo nfumu ayaiza, njize njikate njove nfumu/ Inama zyonse zyapwa
ukunwa menzi. I nkalamu yaonda nenzala, tapali kuikata inama
yai. Nomba panuma kalulu waiza ati, ^ Kanwepo amenzi, nenfumu
ne'^o.' Nomba nkalamu aiti, 'Kalulu, niwe infumu wa kuchila pali
ne^o ? Nomba pamenzi mpano syalapo wewo, kalulu. Ne^o nsi-
kofwaya ukuikala mpano yai, chifukwa we^o, kalulu, auti, ndi
nfumu ne^o, nenkalamu nsili nfumu. Nomba ne^o tapali kuikala
mpano yai. Kalulu, awaiza kuikala kumbi uku nku nkoya, awai-
zako, nkoiza kukuipaya, chifukwa uli nechipwata. Nomba newo
naya kumbi.'

(4) Inkalamu yalile, yafumapo pamenzi. Nbmba inama zikonwa
amenzi zyonse. Tapali kutina. Kalulu watamfya nkalamu.
Chapwa.

•

Lord Rabbit.

The rabbit and all the animals could get no water. The animals
had nothing to drink. There was a lion living by the water where
the animals were. And the animals were afraid of the lion by the ,
water. (At last) the rabbit said, * You animals, why is it you do
not drink water?' Said the animals, 'Lord Rabbit, we do not
drink water, because of the lion living by the water.* The rabbit
said, ' To-day all you animals just go along and go and drink
water.' But the animsds said, ' Lord Rabbit, we are afraid to drink
water.'

(2) Said the rabbit, ' Go along to the stream. When you get to
the stream, keep on saying, " Let us drink water, the chief is not
yet come." ' All the animals went off to the stream, and found the
lion just there by the stream. So the animals said, ' Now let us
drink water, the chief has not yet come.'

(3) So the lion thought, * What do all the animals mean by say-
ing, " Let us drink water, the chief has not yet come ? " I won't
catch an animal till that chief comes along, and then I'll just catch
that chief.' All the animals finished drinking. The lion was thin
and hungry. Not an animal did he catclu After a time the rabbit

74 LALA GRAMMAR

comes along and says, ' Have your drinks there. I am the chief.*
Then the lion said, ' Rabbit, are you a bigger chief than I ? Now
this water here, you just stop by it yourself. Rabbit. I refuse
altogether to stop here, because you, Rabbit, say, '' It is I who am
king," and I, the lion, am not king. Stop here I will not, there !
Rabbit, if you come and live at another place where I am going, if
you come there (I tell you), I shall kill you, because you have
insulted me. Now I am going away.'

(4) Away went the lion, and left the place where the water was.
Now all the animals have water to drink, and are not afraid. The
rabbit drove the lion away.

That is the end.

PART III
LALA (LAMBA)-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

PREFACE

The general arrangement of words in this Vocabulary is as
follows : —

Nouns are given in alphabetical order under the singular prefix
of the class to which they belong, and the prefix in the shorter
(monosyllabic) form, viz. Mu (mw), Chi (Ch)y Ka (K), /«, /w,
Lu {lw)y U (w), /, JCu {kw). The plural forms are indicated in
brackets.

Adjectives and Verbs (simple stem) are given under the first
letter of the root. Derived stems are occasionally given, but in
general can be readily supplied by the rules given in the Grammar
(Parti).

If a word is not found under any given letter, reference should
be made to the note on the letter itself.

With few exceptions (perhaps lo per cent.) the Lala and Wisa
tribes use the same or very similar words, the differences naturally
being greater in the districts most distant from each other, e. g.
the Wisas east of the Luangwa and the Lalas (Maswaka) on the
Lunsenfwa,in North-Western Rhodesia, from whose information this
Vocabulary was mostly compiled. Some words which seem speci-
ally to belong to this district are marked (W. L.), i. e. West Lala.
Thus this Vocabulary may be usefully regarded as supplementing
and supplemented by the lists of words given in the * Wisa Hand-
book' (Oxford, Clarendon Press, Frowde, 1906). But it should be
remembered that in Wisa —

(i) Z, Zhy Zhya very commonly represent 5", Sh^ Shya in Lala,
and i^the F sound in Lala.

(2) The longer (dissyllabic) forms of the noun-prefixes are still
more commonly heard, i. e. Umu^ Awa, Ichi, Ivi, A ma, &c.

76

LALA GRAMMAR

(3) The adjectival form of the verb is supplied by the simple,
rather than the modified, stem ; e. g. Wisa -fita^ black, Lala -fitile.

(4) The applied stem always ends in -Z^, and the modified in
-/f, even when in Lala -nay -«^.

(5) Some important common words are difTerent ; e. g. —

Lala.

Wisa,

Forest Mpanga

Chonde.

River Inika

Mumana.

Water Amenda

Amenzi.

Fowl Insumbi

Nkuku.

Egg Isana

Ilini.

Millet Amawe

- Uule.

Maize Matawa

Chitonga.

Thiret Chilaka

Chipemba.

Door Chiwi

Chisasa.

Relish Wuchisa

Ndiwo.

For nothing, gratis Lokoso

Waka.

Where ? Kwisa ?

Kwani t

Yes Inya

Inde.

No lyoo

Yai.

My friend, fellow Muvyanji

Munanji.

An old man Mupemba

Mukote.

Follow Londa

Konka.

Be white, clean Tuwa

Wuta.

Consent Sumina

Zomela.

ABBREVIATIONS

n.

■1 noun.

conj. »

conjunction.

a.

» adjective.

s. =

singular.

V.

-■ verb.

pi. =

plural.

pr.

ss pronoun.

pfx. =

prefix.

adv

, » adverb.

cf.

compare, refer to.

prp

. as preposition.

foUg. =

the words following.

int.

*= interjection.

Various Verb-stems

( are indicated by —

S.- » Simple.
Md. = Modified.

Ap.

■■ Applied.

Cs.

Bs Causative.

Ps. w Passive.

Int.

•* Intensive.

Act. = Active.

Rp.

^ Reciprocal.

Nt, « Neuter.

Rv.

■■ Reversive.

E.L. s= East Lala, near the Wisa Country.

W.L, - West Lala, the Maswaka Country.

Swa. ■» Swahili.

For. s= Foreign, not Bantu.

Note,—Ki\<ti many words a reference is given in brackets to other words,
illustrating or connected with them in form or meaning.

.i<

LALA (LAMBA)-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

-a, prp. Of, — alwa3rs with a
concord-preBx| and so in one of the
forms wuy yUy cha, fya^ ka, twa,
shoy a (for a-a), lwa\ /ya, kwa, mway
pa,

A-a, int. Expresses assent, ' Yes/
' It is so.' (Cf. inya.^

AIwA, Afytk, V. See Avwa,
Avya.

Aka-. The longer form of the
class-prefix /Ca-, used frequently
before some nouns.

Aka, 7aka, v. (i) build (house,
hut), Md. -akile. (Cf. imaka.)
(a) be kindled, blaze, bum. Cs.
ashya. (Cf. koshya.)

-akwe, a. His, her, its.

A-laa, int.' Of surprise, dis-
pleasure, disgust

Aluka, v. See Alula.

Alula, V. Change, alter, make
different, put differently, turn aside
(round, back), overturn, correct,
convert, translate. Md. -aluile^
Nt. alukat change, be changed,
change into, become (something
else). Ap. tiluktla, Cs. alushya,
Rv. alulula, (i) turn over, upset,
(a) let off, pardon, with "St^a/ulu^a,
be pardoned, acquitted, Ap. alulu-
kila, Alulula mulandu^ hear (judge,
settle) a case. (Cf. sangula^

Ama, Y. Cry out, shout, Md.
'ine, Ap. -ina, Amina fyuniy
shout at (scare away) birds.

Ama-. The longer form of the
pi. class-prefix Ma-^ used frequently
with some words.

Amano, Mano, n. PI. (no
s.) (i) Sensci intellect, ability,
wisdom ; (a) plan, system^ method,

ANA

design; (3) purpose, resolve, will,
orders, directions ; (4) advice, warn-
ing, counsel. Muntu wa mano
{ukwat-a-niano, uli ne amano) y a
sensible, capable man.^ Takwete
amano f he is a fool. Wula amano ^
advise, warn, Chita amano, form
a plan, give directions. Sunga
amanOf attend to orders. (Cf.
mulangwe, kalango,)

Amawo, Mawo, n. (S. Iwo)
Millet (plant and grain). Wiala
{minsa) amawo, plant millet. Chesa
amawo, cut (the ripe) ears of millet.

Amba, Yamba, v. Begin, make
a beginning of. Md. -He, Ap. -«7a.
(Not W.L. Cf. tendeka, iatika,
tangila, tanga, wala, tula.)

Ambakana, v. Be (come) in
contact, form contact, stick to,
adhere, be joined, clasp. Also
Ambakanya. Md. -ene, -enye.
(Cf. following verbs and kuma,
kambatana.)

Ambala, v. Come close to,
associate with. (Cf. ambaula,)

Ambana, v. Come into collision,
quarrel, contend together, fight.
(Cf. kumana, Iwana,)

Ambaula, v. Associate with,
visit, converse with, talk together.
Cs. Int. ambawiskya, have a long
talk.

Ambika, v. Be in contact with,
touch, graze.

Ambukishya, v. Infect (of
disease), be contagious.

Amenda, Amenshi, also Menda,
Menslii,n. (no S.) Water. Tapa
menda, draw water.

Ana, V. Ana ibuia^ string a

-ANAKASHI

78

AWA

bow. j4fta nganat make a (grass)
pad. Md. -inef Ap. -ma, Cs.
'ishya,

-anakashi, a. Female. (Cf. kasht,
nnvana-kashif -lyakashi.)

-analume, a. Male. (Cf. -lufm,
mwana-Zume, 'lyalunte.)

Andamuka,v. Get up and start
off, start up, wake up. Also
Undamuka,

Andika, v. Be (come) near,
draw close to, sit by. Md. -He. Cs.
'ishya, Andika na, andikana^ show
sympathy (pity, fellow-feeling) for.

Anga, y. Shine, glitter, gleam.
(Cf. wa/a.)

Angala, also Anga, v. Be
happy (playful, cheerful, in good
spirits), play games. Md. -angeie.
(Cf. sangala, sangalalay seka^

Angama, "Wangama, v. Be hot
(of water). Md. -angenUy Cs. anga-
mishya, {Ci, wila, kawa, selaka.)

Anguf^a, "Wangufya, v. Make
haste, hasten, do quickly, be in a
hurry. Cs. Int. -fishyuy make great
haste. Also Angufyanya, (Cf.
wangUf endeshya, kuiumishya.)

Anguka, v. Be light (in weight,
substance, worth), be of poor ouality
(worthless, trifling, mean, despic-
able). (Cf. following and pua,)

Angula, y. Treat lightly, dis-
parage, despise, be disrespectful to,
abase, scorn.

Anika, Tanika, v. Put out in
the air or sun, expose, dry, air
(clothes, &c.). Ry. anuna, Nt.
anuka, (See below, and cf. tanika,)

-anji, -angi, a. My, mine.

Ansa, y. Lay out, put evenly,
spread flat, lay down (e.g. grain-
stalks, grass, thatch). (Cf. follg.
and sanama,)

Anaama, v. Be flat, extended,
lie eyen. Md. -ansemey and as a.
broad, flat, outspread, extensive
(e. g. plain, river).

Anshika, v. Spread out, lay out .
flat, extend (e. g. mat). (Cf. ansa,
tandika^

Anshula, v. Fold up (e« g. mat).
(Cf. ansa,)

Anta, V. Anta ntafu, play at
ball (throwing and catching).

Anuka, v. (i) Mention, speak
about; (2) be excited, show strong
feeling (word or act); (3) be ex-
posed, Sfet dry, be aired. (Cf. anika,
and follg.)

Anuna, v. Get dry (by sun or
air). (Cf. antka, anuka.)

Apa, Apo, adv. Here, now,
this (time, place), there, then, that.
Penkapay now, at once, on the spot.
(Cf. mpa, eko»)

Apuka, V. Answer, reply. Md.
'ile, (Cf. asuka, ipushya,)

Apula, V. (i) Get on credit, get
an advance (of goods in trading),
borrow, Md. -apwile^ Cs. apwishya,
advance (goods, money), give on
credit, lend. (Cf. ashima^ kongola.)
(2) Draw out of danger, rescue, save.

Aahima, v. Borrow, lend,
(of something to be itself returned.
Swa., and cf. apula,)

Ashya, v. Cause to bum, light
(fire), kindle. (Cf. kdshya, oka.)

Aanka, Taaiika, v. Answer,
reply. Md. -ile,

Atata, watata, n. Father. (See
Tata.)

Ati, a subordinate conjunction
of very general meaning, (saying,
thinking) that, as (that), as if, like,
so (that, as), when. Ati ni, as if
(it were), like, as though. (Cf. /i,
kutiy kuwatif pakuti.)

Atimiina, v. Sneeze. Md.
'Otimwine, (Cf. luaii,)

Aula, v. Yawn. (Cf. mwau,)

Avwa, Afwa, v. Help, assist,
aid, succour. Ngavweni^ Muka-
ngavwe^ help me.

Avya, Afya, v. Be hard (difH-
cult, puzzling, a problem, a fix), be
hard to get (settle, find, do), be lost,
be scarce, be dear. Md. -aviU, Cs.
Int. avishya, (Cf. unia^ kanga.)

Awa, (w)awa> v. Allot, dis-
tribute, divide. Nt. awika^ Ap.

A^IKA

79

OHEKA

awila^ Rp. awafta, awanya, (Cf.
kawUy kanya,)

A^ika, v. Soak, souse in water,

^^P- A.

Awiflhi, Wawishi, n. Father.
(See Wishi, and cf. atata,)

-ai^o, a. Their, theirs. (Cf.
kwcedfo,)

A^hika, also Baihika, v. Pass
across (river), cross over, get across.
Cs. a-dbushya^ take across, put across.
(Cf. foUg.)

Aihila, V. Save from drowning.
(Cf. pokeshya^ pulumushya.)

Note* Words not found under B
may be looked for under "W. (Cf.
Part I, § 5.)

Ba, a particle of emphasis,
commonly introducing a question,
translatable by ' How about, but as
to'. Often combined with word
following, a being dropped before
a vowel or contracted with it, e. g.
bokulUa for ba ukultla, becho for
ba ichoy bifi for ba ifi^ bukumfwa or
bakumfwa, (Cf. foUg.)

Bakmntiy JBukumn, adv. At
once, soon, quickly.

Bupamo, adv. Together.

Bwato, Bwela, Bwino. See
under W.

Ch-, Chi-, is here used for the
sound of the class-prefix of nouns
which (without involving difference
of meaning) is also heard in some
nouns regularly as ichi^ and also as
tchy tyy and as iky^ kyy and kiy
especially in "W.L.

Oha-, used as augmentative prefix
(s.) of size, quantity ; pi. fya ; e. g.
chalijala, chamnkulu,

Oha, V. Dawn, rise (of the sun),
bring morning. Md. 'Ckelty Ap.
chelay chelelay Cs. cheskya. (See
Chela and Chelwa, Luohelo,
Ktunacha.)

Cha, prp. Of. (See -a.)

Chaka, n. (Jyaka), Year. (Cf.
tnwaka^

Chakata, Chaikata» n. {fya-k,)
Fruit. (Cf. ikatay chatwala,)

Chakiilya,n.(j3^a->&.) (Lit. a thing
of eating, i. e.) anything eaten, food
(in general). (Cf. lia, lya.)

Chala, n. (Jyala). Nail (of
finger or toe), claw. (Cf. iaiay
chalyaia.)

Chalo, n. ifyalo). District,
region, land, country, the earth,
world. (Cf. mutala, mulundu.)

Ohalyala, n. {fyamala). Large
claw (e. g. of beasts of prey), talon.
(Cf. -chalOy cha-.)

Chambo, n. {fy-a.) Bait.

Chambwa, n. {Jy-a,) Cake (of
tobacco).

Chamunda, n. Colic. (Cf. lu-
ibunda,)

Chandwe, n. {fy-a.) (i) fish-
dam, weir; (3) a kind of parrot.
(Cf. chansa.)

Chani, iohaxii,n. {fyant). Grass
(in general). (Cf. chisompCy chipiyay
malenjiy mapelele,)

Chankamfl, n. {fya-n,) Any-
thing chewed and spat out.

Chansa, n. {fy-a.) Fish-dam,
weir. (Cf. chandwe.)

Chantonto, n. (Jya-n,) Food
eaten plain, without seasoning or
relish.

Chapewa, n. (European) hat.
(For. *Cf. chisotiy chombo.)

Chatwala, n. {fya-t.) Fruit (in
general), produce of tree. (Cf.
twalay chahata.)

Cha'^n, n. {Jyaibu). Landing-
place (of canoe), place of crossing
a river ; (hence, place of) ford, ferry,
bridge.

-che, a. Little, small, weak,
feeble, thin, few, insufficient. (Cf.
chepa, uchty kache^ chichCy mwanike,
-nini.)

Cheohi, Cheoho, Int. Used
interrogatively, asking leave to enter
or approach, May I come in ? The
answer is, Ingilay come in. (Not
W.L.)

Cheka, v. Cut up, chop up.

CHSIiA

80

CHIFUA

Also Chekaula, (Cf. tema for
synonyms.)

Chela, n. {Jyela). Piece of iron,
iron.

Chela, V. Ap. from cka^ v., dawn
(cf. cha^ chelwa). Also, Chelela,
(i) Rise early, be in good time
(quick, too soon). Chelela kcUe,
get up very early, (a) Pay a
morning visit, make a call. Chelela
pansij salute humbly (prostrate).
(Cf. ckeshya,)

Chelwa, v. Be late (too late,
slow, behindhand), not arrive in
time. (Cf. ckaj kokola,)

Chembela, n. (Jy-e.) Herdsman,
keeper of cattle, goats, &c. (Cf.
embela^ mwembeshu)

Chena, v. File the teeth.

Chena, n. (Jyena), Place of
abode. •

Chenams, v. Gape, grin, stand
with mouth wide open, show the
teeth. Md. 'cheneme, Ap, chena-
mtna, Cs. -ishya. Also used as
adv., open-mouthed, agape. (Cf.
follg.)

Chenawila, v. Gasp for breath
(as in drowning). (Cf. chenama,)

Chenohemesi, n. Sexual sin,
adultery. (Cf. ukunushif uchende.)

Chenchenta, v. Peep about, look
here and there, glance around, be
inquisitive (curious, prying). (Cf.
chewUy loleshya, lengelela, lengaula,)

Chenda, Chinda, v. Commit
adultery, rape. (Cf. kununa,pom-
bola.)

Chende>exide, n. Going as you
please, acting as you like, freedom.
(Cf. enda,)

Chenjdla, v. (i) Be (speak, act
as) clever, shrewd, sensible, wise ;
(2) be cunning (crafty, deceitful,
unscrupulous), cheat, delude ; (3) be
happy, pleased, contented). Nt
chenjeleka, Cs. chenjeshya (as above,
also), punish, correct.

•chenjele, a. Clever, deceitful,
&c. (See above.)

Chenya, v. Make a large plan-

tation, hoe much ' gromid. Cs.
chenyeshya,

Chepa, V. Be few (little, scanty,
short, small), be insufficient, be
wanting, fail, run short, be less.
Cs. chefya. Also Cs. and Int.
ckepeshya^ e.g. (i) be very de-
ficient; (a) lessen, diminish, make
smaller. (Cf. pungula^ atfya,
-che,)

Chesa, v. Cut off (ears of
sorghum), clip, reap. (Cf. tetna,)

Cheahya, v. Pay a visit to, call
upon, appeal to. (Cf. cha^ chelela,)

Cheshyo, n. {fy-e,) (Act or
means of) trying, testing, measuring,
measure, gauge. (Cf. eshya.)

Cheso, n. {Jy-e,) Gourd divided
lengthways, used as a ladle or spoon.
(Cf. Ituhoncho,)

Chewa, v. Fix eyes on, look
carefully at, look for, search after.
(Cf. loleshya^ chenchentayfwaya,)

Ohe'^o, n. (Jyeibo), (i) Ex-
pression, saying, word; (a) subject
of talk, affair, matter, business;
(3) cause, reason, argument. (Cf.
mtilandu, etifa.)

Chewula, v. Beckon, make
signs, call (recall^ by gestures.
Also Chemaula, ana Cs. chewushya.
(Cf lowola, lemba,)

Ohibwe, n. See Ohi'^e.

Chiche, n. (JUhe). A little
thing, a small piece, a bit (Cf.
kache, 'che, chepa.)

Chiohila, v. (i) Stop, obstruct,
block the way, make obstacles;
(a) stop a blow, ward off, guard
oneself. (Cf. chilika^ tamula,
shinka, ley a,)

Chienge, Kienge, n. {fi'€,)
Lighted stick, firebrand, torch.

Chifiso, n. {Ji'f.) (i) Place or
means of concealing, case, cover ;
(a) secret, mystery. (Cf. mzvihOj
Jisa.)

Chifti, Ichifa, n. (i) Stomach ;
(a) lump of earth (cf. hq/Uf chif-
wascL) ; (3) (kind of) falling trap.

Chiftia^ n. {Ji-f^ Chest, breast.

CHIFUKO

8i

OHIKITNQIT

chest ailment (pneumoni&, phthisis).
(Cf, katiwi.)

Chifako, n. {fi-f,) Cap.

014fakulo, n. (//.) Thing to
dig with. {Ctfukuia.)

Chiliikwa, n. Cause, reason,
argument; also couj. because of.
(Not W,L Cf. mulandu, cheihOj
pakuti,)

Chifulo, n. (/-/.) (I) Village
community under one chief; (2) circle
of relations, and friends ; (3) smithes
anvil. {Ctfula.)
. Chifunda, n. Bundle, package,
parcel, load of things tied together.
(Cf. follg.)

Ohifandu, n, (/-/.) (i) A knot ;

(2) a strong feeling, e. g. {a) grudge,

scruple, spite, anger, resentment,

{b) pity, compassion, shame. (Cf.

fundikila^ insonu)

Chifungo, n. {fi-f^ Fastening,
e.g. button, lock, buckle. (Cf.

Chifuniko, n. ( /f-/.) Lid, cover,
covering. (Cf. Junika, funukila^
chifiso,)

CMfuntu, n. (Ji"/*) Comer,
angle, sharp turn, -a fifuntUy zig-
zag. (Cf. funta,)

Ohifushi, n. {fi-f,) Shoulder.
(Cf. chipikiii, chipiko^ kaweya.)

Chifutenuxna, adv. (Walking,
moving) backwards. (Cf. numa,)

Chifato, n. {fi-f.) Peculiarity
of speech or manner, odd, idiomatic
characteristic phrase, or way of
speaking.

Chifw-asa, n. {fi-f.) Small hard
heap of earth, thrown up by ants in
grassy open patches. (Cf. chulu.)

Chikaka, n. (fi-k.) Angry word
or act, anger. (Cf. chikanif nkansa^
chipili, chipwata.)

Chikalango, n. {firk.) Earthen
cooking vessel. (For others, see
Inongo.)

Chikalo, n. {fi-k.) Mode of
living, condition, state. (Cf. ikala.)

Ohikani, n. {fi-k,) Word or
act of refusal, contradiction, angry

rebuke, perverseness, obstinacy. (Cf.
kana.)

Chikasa, n. {fi-k.) (i) Large
foot, footmark (mostly of animals.
Cf. lukasd) ; (2) mucuna (stinging)
bean ; (3) animal in good condition
(fat, sleek).

Chikata, n. {fi-k,) Anklet,
bracelet. (Cf. chikungu^ utale,)

Chiko, n, {fiko). A thing, article,
object. Mwine wa chiko, a great
owner, wa chiko adding the idea of
importance. (Cf. chintu.)

Chikoka, n. (fi-k,) Brushwood,
bush, underwood, thicket (trees or
grass).

Chikokolwa, n. (fi-k.) Pro-
tuberance of tree stem, where a
branch has been cut off. (Cf.
kokoia.)

Chikoleka, n. {fi-k,) Load
carried on stick over the shoulder.
(Cf. temba.)

Chikoxne, n. {fi-k,) (i) Lower
part of the back (cf. ukome)\ (2) blow,
knock, rap (cf. komay,

Chikondo, n. {fi-k,) Bark
canoe. (Cf. ilbato.)

Chikonko, n. {fi-k,) Anus, vent.
(Cf. muni,)

Chikonkote, n. {fi-k.) A grass
yielding salt.

Chikope, n. {fi-k,) Eyelid. (Cf.
nkope,)

Chikoshya, n. {fi-k,) Phlegm
coughed up. (Cf. kola.)

Chikulimba, n. {fi-k,) Pigeon-
house. (Cf. inkulimba.)

Ohikumbi, n. Ch, cha mwera^
cold drizzle and light rain in July
(cold season).

Chikumbula, n. {fi-k,) (Kind
of) bird of prey (? kite).

Cliikumo, n. {fi-k.) Thumb,
big toe. (Cf. kakumo,)

Ohikungo, n. {fi-k.) Cord, string,
thong (of twisted bark). (Cf. /«-
shishi.)

Chikungu, n. {fi-k,) Ornament,
usually of brass, for arms or anklets.
(Cf. chikaiay munkonka, uiale*)

4tf«*4tf* H*

F

0HIST7KEU

8a

CHINDIKA

Chikunku, n. {fi-k,) Mist. (Cf.
fufuta.fuwey kamfwa,)

Ohikupa-kupa, n. {fi-k.) Tick
(animal).

Ohikwelelo, n, (^fi-k.) Ladder.
(Cf. kwela.)

Chila, V. Be above (over, higher,
longer, more), overtop, project, ex-
ceed, excel, surpass, overcome. Ps.
chilwa,

Ohila, n. (^fild). Dance. (Cf.
shana^

Ohilaka, n. Thirst. (Cf. nmlakay
ulaka.)

Ohilala, n. {fi-L) (i) Deserted
plantation (cf. lalaS\ (a) the Lala
language (cf. mulala),

Ghilalo, n. (^-/.) Case, cover,
sheath. (Cf. lala^ chifiso, chitwdbu.)

Ghilambu, n. (fi-L) Wages, pay,
hire. (Cf. hmbula.)

OWlela, n. {fi-L) (i) Reeling,
staggering, unsteady gait ; (2) cluster
of bees (swarm). (Cf, Ida.)

OhilQlu, OMlelwl. n. {fi-l.)
Shade, shadow, (Cf. ^nto, chinshi-
ngwa.)

Chilema, n. {fi^l.) A lame
person, cripple.

Chilila, V. Block the way, ob-
struct, oppose, hinder. Nt. chiiika,
Cs. chilikishya* (Cf. chichilat shi-
nkila,)

Ohililo, n. {fl-L) Fire, blaze,
light (candle, lamp). (Cf. mulilo,
munika.)

Chilindi, n. (y?-/.) Deep place,
hole, pit, chasm, ditch.

Chilindo, n. (>?-/.) Watchman's
shelter (poles ahd thatch).

Chilola, n. {fi-L) Looking-glass,
glass article, glass. (Cf. lola.)

OhUolo, n. (>/.) Skilled work-
man, mechanic. (Cf. mashiri, chi-
patikOy ckulumanoJ)

Ohilonda, n, {Ji-L) Sore, ulcer,
wound.

Gliiluka> Chuluka, v. Jump
(over), leap, spring.

Ohilukwa, n. (/-/.) (Kind of)
basket, (Cf. chi^^ lukway mwikwa,)

Ohiln^i; n. (>/.) Blockhead,
simpleton, dunce, fool. (Cf. luHfa.^

Ohimanto, n. {fi-mS) (Smith*s)
pincers, tongs.

Ohimasimasi, n. (fi-fn-) Spider's
egg-bag.

Chimbala, n. (fi-m,) Food put
away after a meal. (C£ mulaia,
ishyala,)

Ghimbolo, -n. {fi-m.) Hyena.
(Cf. insuntwe.)

Ohimbwete, n. {cukum,) Zebra.
(Cfl imbishu)

Ghime, n. {fime). Dew. (Cf.
munu.)

Ohimeko, n. (fi-m.) Showing-
ofT, conceit, vanity, boastlulness,
arrogance. (Cf. meka.)

Ghimttnda,Ghlmen8]ii,n. {fi^m.^
fya-m») Water in abundance, water
added, e. g. flood, food boiled with
water. (Cf. menda^ enda.^

Chimfim8hi,n.(>i-^.) Knuckles,
clenched fist. /Vifna r^., strike with
fist.

Ohimina, n. {fi-m,) Mucus of
nostrils. (Cf. fninaf mona,)

Chime, adv. Alike, same. (Cf.
'tnOypamOt palana.)

Ohimpeleshya, n. {fi^tn^ Deep
hole, recess. .

Cbimpalwe, n, Cooked (dish
of) beans, eaten as seasoning with
other food.

• GhimuTitu, n. {fiibantu), A big
man. (Cf. muntu.)

Ohimuti, n. (Jfimiii)^ A big
tree. (Cf. muti.)

Chlmwala, n. {fimyald). Large
rock, big stone. (Cf. kamwala, chiibe.)

Ohinanda, n. {fi-n.) Ornament
wom on upper lip. (Cf. utundu,)

Chinane, n. {fi-n.) Relish eaten
with other food, (especially) meat.
(Cf. ibuchisa^ chitorjutlo.)

Chlnanswa, n. (yS-/{.) Rubbish,
sweepings, anything useless or
thrown away. (C£ chishyala,
ifingwa,)

Chindika, v. Honour, show
respect (for), be civil (courteous,

CHINDO

83

OHtPSI

respectful) , com pliment , praise. Int.
•ishya. (Cf. muchinshi^uUmeJemya^

Chindo, Chindu, interrog.
What? why? (Cf. -ndu, -ndo.)

Chine, n. {fine). Truth, fact,
reality. (Cf. -ne,)

Chinga, v. Stop the way, bar,
hinder. Cs. chinshya, (Cf. chichila^
ckiltkishya.')

Ohinga, n. {fingwa). Broken
piece of pottery, sherd.

Chingulo, n. Evening.

Chingwali, n. Smallpox. (Cf.
inkanga^ intomba.)

Chingwe, n. Ifingwe). Cord,
string. (Cf. inshishi, mwando,
chikungo.)

Chinka, n. (ftnka). Goat-house,
or pen. (Cf. chipata.)

Chinkawala, n. (fl-n.) Edible
(kind of) caterpillar. Pepa finka-
wala^ gather caterpillars.

Chinkoli, n. {fi-n^ Heavy
knobbed stick, club. (Cf. inkoli,
kakolif kati, lusako.)

Cbinknli, n. (fi-n.) Gourd or
calabash used for drinking, water*
bottle. (Cf. chipanda^

Ghinkunda, n. {fi-n.) Pigeon-
house. (Cf. inkunda,)

Chinona, n. {fi-n,) Whetstone,
grindstone. (Cf. nona, mtipelo.)

Cbinsa, Ikyinsa, n. {fi-n,)
Bird's-nest.

Chinsala, n. {Ji- n.) A (kind of)
trap. (Cf. chifu, chit em bo.)

Chinsengwe, n. {fi-n.) Present
given to dancers.

Chin8hingwa,n.(^ ».) (i) Shade,
shadow J (2) likeness (picture),
image, statue ; (3) ghost, spirit
(goblin, fairy) ; (4) dizziness, giddi-
ness, daze. (Cf. shtngwa, mushimu,
mupashif chiwanda. ckinto, chilelu.)

Oliinshoto, n. {fi-n.) Pinch (with
fingers, nails). (Cf. shot a,)

Chinso, Ichinso, and Shiso, n,
{finso). Face. (Cf. chisOj linso.)

Chintantu, Ohintantwe, n.
{fi-n.) Step of ladder. (Cf. ckitan*
tilot ckikweleh.)

Chinto, n. {finto\ Shadow,
shade. (Cf. kanio, chinshingwa.)

Chintu, n. {finiu). Thing, ar-
ticle, object. (Cf, chiko, muntu.)

Chinwa, n. {finwa). Jibe, sneer,
insult. (Cf. kanwaf chipwcUa^ inseUf
chipongwe,)

Cbipa, n. {fipa\ Clever plan,
trick, dodge, device, novelty, marvel,
wonder.

Ohipala, n. {fi-p.) Bare rock or
patch. (Cf. ipaia.)

Cbipale, adv. Perhaps, possibly,
it may be, or else, or. ((5f, kaniy
kanshif sambt,)

Chipanda, n. {fip,) (i) Gourd
or calabash used for drinking (bowl,
cup) ; (a) fish-weir. (Cf. chinkuli,
inkombo!)

Cbipande, n. (>?•/.) (i) Piece
(split or cut off), part, fragment, bit
{ci. panda y ckichejkache) ; (2) oblong
piece of bark used for carrying (cf,
mukwd),

Chipango-, n. {fi-p^ Fence, of
enclosure, (Cf. iushito, chishipa^
icheche.)

Ohipanta, n, (AA) P&im, of
hand. (Cf. chisasattlo,)

Chipapa, Chipapwa, n. {fi-p^
Outer integument, iskin, shell, rind,
bark. (Cf. impapa.)

Chipapo, n. {fip.) Skin or
cloth used for slinging a child on
the back. (Cf. papa,^

Ohipapulwa, n. {fi-p^ Part of
the head shaved bare. (Cf. chiweyo^
ipaia,)

Chipapwa, Chipapa, n. {fi-)
Skin, bark, rind, shell.

Chipata, n. {fi-p») Cattle-pen.
(Cf. chinka.)

Chipatano, n. ifi-p.) Mutual
hatred, feud. {(Zi. pata^ chipaio^

Chipatiko, n. {fi-p.) Skilled
workman, mechanic. (Cf. chiloioy
mashili.)

Chipato,n..Cy5-/0 Hatred. (Cf.
pata, chipatano!)

Chipe, n. {fipe). (i) A (kind of)
basket. Others are known as ulupe

F 2

CHIPBIiA

84

GHIBAMBT^E

{chiiupe^ kahtpe), chtwia {kawid),
chitundu {katundu), chilukwa '{ka^
lukwd)i kakwiy museU {chisele^ ka-
seie), luangOt msansOy insako^ kasa-
nkawalaf musantu, &c. Also (a)
used generally of a load carried in
basket or otherwise.

Chipela, n. {fi-p.) Charm hung
on a house, to keep off wild animals,
rain, &c. (Cf. chiputa^ chipupo.)

Ohipembela, n. {fi-p.) One who
watches, guards, pries about, keeps
an eye on; watchman, guard, spy.
(Cf. pemba,)

Chipexnbele, n. {wachip,) Rhi-
noceros. (Cf. ukoii.)

Chipembwe, n. {Ji-p*) Village
in which chiefs or ancestors died.
(Cf. kawtmgo^

Chipsxnpe, n. Desire for indul-
gence (e. g. beer, tobacco), lust.

Cbipeni, n. (fi-p.) Eyebrow.

Chipepe, n. (AA) ^^°*

Chipasi, n. {fi'p^ Light hole,
window, fissure, crack. (Cf. mbelo,
chtpunda, pesula.)

Chipssu, n. (>?-/.) Reed-mat.
See Mupasa.

Ohipeswa, n. {fi-p.) Bit broken
off, scrap, chip, fragment. (Cf.
pasuka, chtpanae,)

Chipeto, n. {fi-p.) Fold, crease,
wrinkle. (Cf. peta.)

Ghipiano, n. (Ji-p.) Heir, suc-
cessor, inheritor. {Ci.piana.)

Ohipikiti, n. {fi-p,) Shoulder.
(Cf. chifushi.)

Chipiko,n, (y?-/.) (i) Cooking-
vessel (cf. pika, inongd) ; (2) left-
hand direction, e.g. ku chipikoy to
the left (cf. lulyo).

Ohipili, n. {fi-p.) Angry word
or act, anger, irritation, resentment.
(Cf. chikaka^ chikani^

Ghipini, n. {fi-p.) Nose-ring or
stud.

Chipiniko, n. {fi-p.) Tusk of
boar. (Cf. ingili.)

Chipishya-xnenda, n. (1) Water-
boiler, i.e. maid-of -all-work ; (2)
chiefs youngest wife.

Chipokolo, n. {fi-p.) Pouch (on
belt).

Chipolo, Chipolopolo, n. (>?-/.)
Bullet. (Cf. imbaia.)

Chipolyongo, n. {fi-p.) Hole,
pit. (Cf. chilindi.)

Ghipomo, n. {iba-ch,) Clip-
springer (buck).

Ohiponge, Chiponje, n. {fi-p.)
Loop, noose. (Cf. muponje.)

Ghipu, n. (Jipu). Bug. (Cf.
chisumi,)

CMpukuta, n. {fi-p.) Core of
maize-cob.

Ghipumbu, n. {fi-p.) Cluster
forming the ear of millet or sor-
ghum.

Ghipuna, n. {fi-p.) Stool, seat
(chair). (Cf. kandela.)

Ghipunda, n. {fi-p^ Hole (in
general), aperture (window), fissure,
rent, tear. (Cf. chipesi, imbelcy
uliangOy chilindi.)

Chipupa, n. {fi-p^ Angry out-
burst (word or deed), retort, rebuke.
(Cf. chikaka^ chikani, chipili.)

Ghipupo, n. {fi-p.) Ceremonial
offering (commonly meal or grain,
for rain, &c.). {Ci, pupa.)

Cliipupu, n. {fi-p.) (i) Ghost,
spirit, rush (or sound) of wind
passing; (2) cluster (e.g. flowers),
bunch. (Cf. pula, pulula.)

Ghipusbi, n. {a-ch^ A (kind of)
gourd, calabash. (Cf. mungu.)

Chiputa, n. {fi-p.) Bit of horn,
worn as charm (tied to head or arm)
against sickness,, enemies, &c (Cf.
chipeloy kaputa.)

Chiputi, n. {fi-p.) Plantation
of ground-nuts {inshawa), nut-
patch.

Chipwata, n. {fi-p.) Violent
(insulting) word or act, injury,
oppression, insult. (Cf. chikakay
chipili y chinwa.)

Ghipyango, n. {fi-p.) Broom,
brush. (Cf. pyanga^

Chipyapya, n. Cfi-p.) A new
thing, novelty. (Cf. -pya^

Chirambwe, n. {fi-r^ Swamp.

tJHISA

8i

CHISITILA

Chisa, n. Kindness, liberality,
sympathy. (Cf. ufyele^ insoni.)

Chisakulo, n. {fi-s,) Comb.
(Cf. sakula.)

Chisalo, n. {fi-s,) Hot season.

Chisangala, n. {fi-s.) Open
wicker basket, or cage, for fowls.
(Cf chipe,)

Ghisankunta, n. {fi-s.) Cluster
or ear of sorghum {masaka),' (Cf.
chipumbUf muson/e.)

Chisansa, n. (^-s.) A cloth (of
any kind). (Cf. tn£uo, insalu.)

Chisapa, n. (fi-s.) River, pool.

Chisasa, n. Cfi-s.) A thing old,
worn out, useless, decayed (e. g.
cloth, basket, mat).

Chlsasatilo, n. (fi-s.) Palm of
hand. (Cf. chipanta,)

Chiaawi, n. {fi-s^ Large fish.
(Cf. isawi.)

Chisawo, n. (fi-s.) Edible wild
vegetable, or fruit, used in famine.
(Cf. chisepo^ sepa.)

Chisele, n. (fi-s.) Large basket.
(See Ohipe.)

Chisengu, n. (fi-s.) Pit, chasm,
ravine. (Cf. chilindi.)

CMsensa, n. {Ji-s.) Source of
stream. (Cf. chtsomboUf chisewelela^
lusensa, iniulo.)

Chisepo, n. (Ji-s.) Edible wild
herb, fruit. (Cf. chisaiho^ sepa.)

Chiseso, n. (fi-s.) Cutting or
sawing instrument. (Cf. sesa^

Ohisewa, n. (fi-s.) Skin, hide.
(Cf. chipapa, impapa,)

Chisewa-sewa, n. (fi-s.) Bare
open space in forest.

Ohisewelela, n. (fi-s.) Source
of stream. (Cf. chisensa.)

Chishika, n. (fi-s.) Ck. tnuHlo,
lighter of fires, i.e. house servant
(cf. foUg. and shika^. Ck, maiwi,
a deaf person (cf. chishinga),

Chishiko, n. {fi-s.) Stick used
for making fire by friction, fire-
stick. (Cf. shika.)

Cliishima, n. (fi-s^ Well, water-
hole. (Cf. mukalOy mushima.)

Chishimiko, Chishimikishyo,

n. (fi-s.) Story, narrative, account,
report. (Cf. shimika.)

Chishimpwilo, n. ifi-s^ A (kind
of) cooking-pot. (Qi.inongo,shtm'
pula.)

Ohishimu, n. (fi-s.) Rainbow.
(Cf. kongolo.)

Chishina, n. (fi-s^ Root (of tree).
(Cf. mushy a.)

Chishinga, n. (fi-s.) (i) Stump
of tree ; (2) stump of leg, arm, &c. ;
(3) stick alight, firebrand. (Cf.
chienge^

Chishipa, n. (fi-s^ Fence, for
catching game. (Cf. lushito, chi-
pango.)

Chishiwa, n. {fi-s^ Pool, pond,
lake. (Cf. chisapa^ chirambwe.)

Chishiwilo, n. (fi-s.) Mark,
sign, token, proof, indication, in-
formation. (Cf. ishiwa.)

Chishya, n. {fishy a). Flame,
blaze, blazing fire. (Cf. mulilo.)

Chishyala, n. (fi-s^ Something
left, remnant, remainder. (Cf. shy-
ala, ishyala^ chimbaia.)

Chiso, Ichiso, n. (fiso). Limb,
member, (esp.) upper part of leg.
FisOj physical strength, force, power.
(Cf. inkosa.)

Chisokoso, n. (fi-s.) Noise, up-
roar, shouting. (Cf. chiwawa, saia.)

Chisola, n. (fi-s.) Game played
with holes and counters.

Chisombole, n. (fi-s.) Source
of stream. (Cf. chisensa^ chisewelela.)

Chisompe, n. (Jfi-s.) Long
standing-grass. (Cf. chant.)

Chisongo, n. {fi-s^ Gun, rifle.
(For the usual word see infuti,)

Chisongola, n. (fi-s.) Bare
patch on head, hair cut short (not
shaved). (Cf. chipapuhva.)

Chisongwelo, n. ifis.) Sharp
stake for digging holes. (Cf. im-
puku.)

Ohisoti, n. {fi-s>) Head-covering,
cap. (Cf. chapewa.)

CJhisuila, n. (fi-s.) House-
servant (of chief), door-opener,
porter. (Cf. isula.)

OHISUMI

86

oHiwr

Ohisumi, n. (Ji-s,) Bug. (Cf.
suma^ chipa.)

Chisungu, n. {fi-s.) Grown-up
girl, adult. (Cf. mumoye, kamwali ;
and for younger girl, musimbi, mu-
lindUi imbuii.)

Chita, V. (i) Do, make ; (a) (of
feelings) show in act, exhibit, dis-
play \ (3) cause pain, hurt. Ch,
mufwi, aim an arrow. Md. •chitiie,
Ap. 'ila, Nt. 'ika, Ps. -iVwa, Cs.
and int. ^ishya, {CLpanga^ l^nga,
wala.)

Ohita. n. (fita). War. (Cf.
inkondOf and Swa. viia.)

Chitala, n. {fi-t.) Insult, de-
rision, mockery, importunity, annoy-
ance. (Cf. chikaka^ chipwata,
chinwa.)

Chitalo, n. {fi-t.) A (kind oi)
cooking-pot. (Cf. inongo.)

Ohitantilo, n. {fi-t.) Step of a
ladder, rung. (Cf. chitantwe^ chi-
kweielo.)

Ohitembo, n. (/-/.) A (kind oO
noose trap, snare, gin.

Ohitendwe, n. {fi-t.) (i) Soli-
tary, deserted condition, loneliness ;
(2) idleness, doing nothing.

Chitenge, Chitenje, n. {fi-t,)
Open shelter, roof on poles only.
(Cf. muienj'e.)

Chitewa, n. {fi-t.) Raised plat-
form for watching crops, stage,
scaffold. (Cf. lupingwe,)

Ohiti, Ichitl, n. (JUi), Tree,
wood (substance), beam, pole, post,
p'.ank. (Cf. muiii kati.)

Chitimbo, n. (^-/.) Burial-
place of chiefs or ancestors. (Cf.
milyashiy kaibungo^

Chitowelo, n. {Ji-t^ Seasoning,
relish for food. (Cf. chinatUi
iowela.)

Ohitufl, n. {fi-i.) Dung, ordure,
excrement. (Cf. iiufi.)

Chitumbl, n. {fi-i.) Dead
creature. (Cf. tnfwa.)

Ohitundu, n. {fi-t^ Large
basket. (Cf. katundu^ chipe,)

Chitupo, n. (>/.) Place for

keeping fowls, pigeons, &c. (Cf.
chinkunday chinkulimba.)

Ohitusu, n. {fi-t,) Airs, affec-
tation, conceit (Cf. ckinuko.)

Chitu'^, Chitufyu, n. Sheath,
case, cover. (^Cf. ckifiso, chilalo,
ichuibo.)

Ohitwi, Ichitwi, n. (fitwt).
Angle, comer, projection, peak, tip.
(Cf. mutwe, cht/unta.)
' Chiwa, Ichiwa, n. {wachiwa)
Dove.

Chiwalwa, n. (Ji'W,) Big drink
of beer. (Cf. uxvalwa.)

Chiwambt, Chuambi, n. (fi-w,)
Patch, to repair a rent or tear. (Cf.
wamba.)

Chiwanda, n. (fi-w.) Ghost,
goblin, demon. (Cf. chinsingwa,
mtishimti^ mupashi,)

Cbiwawa, n. {fi-w,) Uproar,
noise, brawl, shouting. (Cf. ckisO"
koso.)

Ohi'^awala, n. {fi-ib.) Bush-
buck. (Also imbawala^ shikiwang-
we, cAiwosa.)

Gbiwe, Ichiwe, n. (fiwe).
(I) Sweat (cf. matukuia); (2)
warmth, heat (of fire or sun'^.

Ohi^e, lohibwe, n. {fiite).
Large stone, rock, boulder. (Cf.
titfgf kcpdbe^

Chiwelfi^ n. (fi-w.) Garden-
plot, patch. (Cf. c/iiputi.)

Chiwele, n. {fi-w,) (i) Loud
shouting, cry (cf. kaweh) ; (2) large
udder (cf. iwele),

, Chiwelo, n. {fi-w,) Upper part
of leg, thigh. (Cf. chiso,)

Chiwexne, v. It is well, very
well (Cf. pawemCt fiweme\ and
see "Wama.)

Chiwenga, n. {fi-w.) Sore place,
ulcer, wound. (Cf. chilonda.)

Chiweshi, n. ifi-w,) Large
knife. (Cf. luweshi, kaweshi^

Ghiweyo, n. {fi-w,) Bare
(shaved) patch on the head. (Cf.
weya^ chipala, chisongola, chipa-
pulwa.)

Ohiwi, Ichiwi, n. {fiwi)* (i)

OHIWIA

87

BNDA

Door (cf. tnuliango) ; (2) a crime,
evil deed (cf. -wi,,

Chiwia, n. See Chi^a.

Chiwila, n. (Ji-w.) Coney.

Chiwinda, n. {fi-w,^ Hanter.
(Cf. inkombalumey mupalu.)

Chiwomba, n. ifi-w,) Inner
bark of tree, used for cord. (Cf.
lushishiS)

Chiwowo, n, (Ji-w,) Insult,
rudeness, discourtesy. (Cf. . cki-
f7vcUa.)

Chi'vhi, n. {fid}u). Liver.

Chi^ulu. n. (/-«&.) A deaf
person. (Cf. ckishika,)

Chiihilu- wulu, Chiwulungena ,
n. {fi-'tS),) Anything rounded oflF,
round lump, knob, protuberance.

Chi^umba, n. {fi-ih.) (i) Mud
wall of hut; (2) high river-bank.
(Cf. wdfumba, ibumba.)

Chi^hiaa, n. {fi-ib.) ( i ) Friend,
companion, comrade; (a) friendship,
acquaintance.

Chi^a, Ikiv^, n. (A«^-)
(i) Basket; (2) load. (Cf. chipe:)

Chocho, n. {fy-o,) Spike at butt
end of spear.

Chokolo, n. {fi-k,) Belongings
of person deceased (wife, goods,
&c., passing to the heir). (Cf.
piana^

Chombwe, n, ify-o-) Forest,
jungle, wilderness. (Cf. impangay
mayamba, Chonde is also used by
E.L.)

Chono, n. (fy-o.) Large (kind
of) fish-trap. (Cf. mwano.)

Choshi, n. {fy-o.) Dream. (Cf.
lota^ chilota,)

Chulo, n. (fy-u.) See Ulo.

Chulu, n. {fy-U') Ant-heap.

Chulumano, n. {fy-uL) Skilled
workman, mechanic (i.e. chiibulor
mano), {Cf. chiloio.)

Chuma, n. Personal property,
wealth. (Cf. malt, wdbuitanu)

Chumbwe, n. ify-u.) Grave.

Chungwa, n. (jy-u.) Simpleton,
blockhead, dunce, fool, (Cf. mum-
pulUf chiluH/i.)

Chunl, n. {Jy-u.) Bird. (Cf.
koniy tftguni.)

Chiifihi, n. (fy-u,) Steam,
smoke, vapour. (Cf. us At.)

Chusu, n. {tita-^k,) Waterbuck.

CJhu^o, n. C^-«.) Case, sheath.
(Cf. chituibo.)

D is sometimes used for Ii,
especially at the beginning of nouns
of the Li {Hi) class, e. g. dango^ for
{i)l(mgo.

E-. Often prefixed as a particle of'
emphasis to verbs and other words.

Sfyefyo, iEfyo, adv. Just so,
thus, exactly, that is the way. (Cf.

-eka, -enka, a. (i) Alone, only,
by itself, unique, singular, this and
nothing else; (2) bare, plain, simple,
unadorned. Often with ndololo or
lokoso following, emphasizing the
idea ; or -mo preceding, e, g. imo
yetika, just one, only one.

Sko, Eku, adv. There, then.
Emphatic . form of ukoy uku. (Cf.
emu, emo, epo, elyo^ ekuii.)

iEkuti, conj. (common connective
in narrative). And so, so, then,
thereupon, and then. (Cf. epo, lomba,
kawilty kumfwa, na.)

Sla, V. Separate husks from
grain, winnow. Ap. eleia,

Slela, V. Float, on water. (Cf.
sela.)

EluBhya, v. Expla'n, make
clear, settle a dispute, decide a law-
suit imulandu). (Cf. pinduia, alu-
lula, which are more used in W.L.)

Elyo, adv. emphat. Then, it
was then. (Cf. eko, i/i, iiyo, ulo,
ndulo.)

Smba^ V. Watch, keep an ^e
on. A p. embela, esp. tend cattle,
net as herdman, goatherd, &c. Cs.
Int. embeshya. (Cf. mwembeshi,
and E.L. JVeta.)

Enda, Yenda, v. Go, move,
pass, depart, walk. Ap. endtla,
e.g. pay court to, visit, woo. Nt,

ENDXZiA

«8

FOTOIiA

endeka^ e. g. be fit for walking on,
be passable, be a good road. Cs.
Int. endeshya,enshyaf e.g. (i) hasten,
move; (2) go fast, hurry. Kwenda
mutende {uivifto), live in peace
(happiness). (Cf. mulwendo, luendo,
yUf ima,jnnta.)

Endela, v. Taste, take a taste
of. (Cf. sonda, iaibula, tepela.)

Enga, y. Make smooth on sur-
face, rub smooth. (Cf. follg.)

Engula, y. Skim a liquid (beer,
&c.), make smooth.

•enka, a. See -eka.

•enu, a. Your (pi.), yours.

Epepi, ady. (for epa-ipi). Just
here, close by, quite near. (Cf.
-ipi,)

Epo, ady. emphat. Here, there,
now, then. Often as connectiye,
and so, and then. (Cf. apa^ eko^
mpano!)

Eshya, Yeshya, v. (i) Try,
endeavour, attempt, make an effort ;
(2) test, proye, examine; (3)
measure, weigh, estimate. (Cf.
pima, penday mweshyo.)

-esu, a. Our, ours.

E'^a, y. Speak, say, talk. Ap.
edbela, (Cf. cheibOy kedfo, lawila,
sosot ti.)

-fi, a. Bad, false, counterfeit.
Usually of moral badness, i.e. of
persons, and then commonly -a
iJbufi^ seldom of things. (Cf. ibufii
ntbifiy -wi, wipa, wifi.)

Fika, y. (i) Arriye, reach, get
to (a place). Cs. fikishya^ fishya ;
(2) place (a thing) across (another,
crosswise), put right, adjust.

Filwa, y. Be overcome (de-
feated, baffled, beaten, exhausted).
(Cf. kangay and per. chila, chilwa.)

Fimba, v. Put thatch on (hut),
thatch; (2) swell, swell up. (Cf.

follg.)

Fimbula, y. Ry. oifimha^ take
thatch off (hut).

Fiua, V. See Finya.

Findo, Findu, intern^. What?
why? how? (Cf. -ndu and
chindo.^

Fine, ady. and n. (sing, chine)*
In truth, really, truth, fact, reality.
Fim nerUy quite true, the real thing,
absolutely right. (Cf. -fw, -ine^
kwifUf utUf chine.)

Finga, y. Check, threaten, re-
buke. (Cf. pinga)

Fingula, y. Cut up (esp. of
firewood). See Tema, Tewa.

Finya, Fina, y. (i) Pinch,
squeeze, press hard; (2) be narrow
(tight, heavy, oppressive) ; (3) cause
pain, hurt, be painful, ache. Md.
-finine.

Finyangwila, v. Squeeze out,
rub out, e.g. of something in the
eye. Also Filangula.

Fipaika, y. Beat, give a beating
to. (Cf. pamaS)

Fisa, y. Hide, conceal, cover.
(Cf. chifiso and follg.)

Flsama, v. Be in hiding, hide
oneself, lie in ambush. K^.Jisamina,
hide from, lie in wait for.

•fishi, a. Of dark colour, black,
handsome. (Cf. JUa^ imfinshiy
ufishit ila,)

Fishya, v. (i) Accuse, bring

charge against; (2) make proposal

(to parents) of marriage, i. e. fishy-

e-lashi {fishya ilyast), (Cf. fika^

fikishycU) •

Fisunga, n. pi. (i) A thin
kind of porridge, gruel ; (2) a light
sweet kind of beer. (Cf. uwalwa.)

Fita, n. (sing, chita). War,
fighting, battle. (Cf. Swa. vita^
inkondo,)

Fita, v. Be (become) black
(dark, dirty, soiled). Cs. fitishya,
Md. -iU, (Cf. follg.)

-fltile, a. Black, dark, dirty.
(From fitUy cf. fishi. ^

Fiweme, adv. Well, rightl3r.
(Cf. wamOj -weme, paweme,)

Fiwi, adv. Badly, wrongly.
(Cf. -wi, -fi, ifiwi.)

Fotola, v. Rub skin off, chafe.

FUFITTA

«9

PITinTNA

. Fufata, n. Fog, haze, mist.
(Cf. ckikunku, fuwe.)

Faka, v. (i) Smell badly, stink ;
(2) dig up, dig out. (Cf. fukula^
fukila,)

Fukama,. v. Bend the knee,
kneel, squat on heels. Ap. -ina^
e. g. sit on eggs. {Ci.fukawila and

follg.)

Fukamulca, v. Unbend » straight-
en, stretch out. {CLfukama, tanda-
muka, tambalala^

Fakana, v. Play, play games
(as children). {Qi, angala,pukuta,)

Fukawila, v. Bend the knee,
kneel, squat. {Ci, fukama,)

Fukila, V. Dig at (into, for,
up). {Ci, fuka and follg.)

Fukula, V. (i) Dig out, dig up
{cLfuka, fukila); (2) talk against,
slander. (Cf. ibepa,^

Fukuta, V. (i) Stow away, put
away, e. g. in bag, pocket {ci.futika,
ifukuteC) ; (2) blow (smith*s bellows).
(Cf. muuwa.)

Fula, V. (i) Abound, be in plenty
(numerous, copious, full, flooded,
overflowing), be enough, be too
much, overflow (cf. isuld) ; (2) ham-
mer (metal), do smith's work (cf.
mufushi), Md. -fuliU, l^X,fulika,
Ps. fulilwa, be hammered, be beaten.
Cs. fuHshya, fushyay e. g. fill up,
pile up, do more and more, increase,
add to.

Fulukila, v. Fall into (a hole).
(Cf. kulukila,)

Fulumuka, Fonduxnuka, v.
Rush away, rush off, make a dash,
escape hastily.

Fulungana, v. Roll over and
over.

Fulwa, V. Loathe, hate, be dis-
gusted with. (Cf. fulat i.e. be
filled up, have too much of. Also
paia,)

Fulwe, n. (jha-f,) Tortoise.

Fuina, V. Go (come) out, go
(start, depart) from, go away;
(2) (of feelings) l)e roused (excited,
stirred). Md. 'ine, Cs. -ya^ -ishya,

take (put, send) out (off, away,
from).

Fumba, v. Ask question, inquire,
ask. (Not W.L. Cf. ijnishya.)

Fumbata, v. Close the fist (on),
grasp.

Fumbika, v. Cover with hot
ashes or embers, put in a hot
place.

Fumpa, V. Be short (low, shal-
low). Md. 'fwimpiky Cs. fwitn-
pishya. (Cf. -ipi,)

Fumpumuka, v. Fall by chance,
be let drop, slip from hand.

Funa, V. F, ihutay draw a
bow. Md. -ine,

Funaika, v. Be feeble (weakj
relaxed, exhausted). (Cf. naka,)

Funama, v. Lie on the face
(face downwards). (Cf. tuwama.)

Funda, v. Strip off (e. g. skin,
bark). (Cf. fundula.)

Fundi, n. {-dba-f, ) Metal-worker,
smith, mechanic. (Swa. Cf. chiloloy
mashirit ckiwulumano.)

Fiindika, v. Tie in a knot,
fasten. Ap. -ila, (Cf. chifundu,)

Funduift, V. Strip off (e. g. hide,
bark). {Ci, funda.)

Funga, V. (i) Curl (fold, bend,
coil) up, e. g. Itfungay curl up arms
and legs; (2) fasten, tie, bind, make
fast (otherwise than the common
way, i.e. bark cord) (cf. Swa.
funga); (3) miss, regret, feel loss
of, long for (cf. taskya). Rp. fun-
gama, Ap. -amina, be in the coils,
be curled up, e.g. as snake. (Cf.
follg. and tfungu,)

Fiingula, Fungulula, v. Rv.
of funga, uncurl, uncoil, unfold.
Also Nt. fungumay be uncurled,
uncurl itself.

Funika, Ifonika, v. Cover,
cover over, put lid on. (Cf. funu'
kuia, ckifunikoy fununa,)

Funta, V. Be mad (crazy, an
idiot). (Cfl 'Shilu, ushiluy chu
funtu,)

Fununa, Funukula, v. Un-
cover, take lid off. (^Cf, funika.)

TVNXJNXJNIL

90

IPX

Fununiina, y. (Of liquid in
motion) bubble up, pour forth,
ripple along. Ps. jununwina.

Fapa, V. Make an offering or
present. See Pupa.

Fapula, V. Jerk (a fish out of
the water).

Fusa, V. Eject from mouth, spit
out. (Cf./fl/a.)

Fuahya, v. See Fula, Fulishya.

Futa, V. Pay a fine, give com-
pensation, settle a claim, e. g. futa
fnulandu\ (2) ! for fula^ be
abundant.

Fuwe, n. Drizzle, light rain.
(Cf. imfulay mulochu)

Pwa, V. (i) Die, be finished,
be disused (worn out, useless). Md.
•fwile, Qs.fvuishyaf\i\\\\ (2) strain,
filter, Cs. fwisAya, (Cf. Swa,
lusanso.)

Fwaka, n. {iifa-f,) Tobacco.
(Cf. kanshai^ tongwe^ intekwCj
chambwa.)

Fwala, V. Put on clothes, wear,
dress (oneself). Md. -fwite, -fwalile^
be dressed up (smart, in fine clothes).
Aip.fwalila, dress up. ^\.,fwalikay
also Act. dress (a person). (Cf.
fwika, fwuia.)

Fwandula, v. Seize with claws
{fw. niala)^ scratch, tear. (Cf. tinay
jfwena.)

Fwata, V. Babble, chatter, talk
nonsense.

Fwaya, Fwaa, v. (i) Want,
like, desire, wish for, intend; (2)
seek, search for, look for; (3) find
(after search), get. Md. -//?, Cs.
Int. 'ishya,

Pwe-, -fwe, pr. We, -used as
prefix and affix. (Cf. fweiSfO.)

Fwempa, v. (Used of a springy,
up and down, bending movement,
as of hammock-pole, dancing, &c.)
Bend, rebound, be springy. Rv.
fwempula, Md. 'fwempwile^ bend,
make bend (something springy,
elastic). (Cf. foUg.)

Fwemunuka, v. Be elastic,
springy.

Fwena^ v. Scratch (for relief).
Also Fwenya. (Cf. fwandula.)

Fwenfwentela, v. (i) Sweep
up, clear up, make tidy ; (a) stalk
game.

Fwenkula, v. Fw» itufa, draw
a bow.

Fwe^o, pr. We. (Ct/u/t-j-esu.)

Fwika, Fwalika, y. Put clothes
on, dress (another). {Ci,/u/aia.)

Fwimpa, y. Be short (low,
shallow). (Cf. 'ipiyfumpa^ talimpa,)

Fwiila, V. Undress (oneself),
take off clothes. Md. -futU, (Cf.
fwala.)

Tysk: Used as a plural prefix

to express quantity, numbers, size,

e. g. fyanika^ a number of rivers;

fyamapeUf many creases (folds,

wrinkles). (Cf. cha-»)

Fyala, v. Produce (offspring),
bear (fruit), beget. Ps. fyalwa^
^\.,fyalika, Md. -Jyeie, K^.fyalila,
e. g. be a native of, be born at.
(Cf. iwala, katat setna.)

Fyenkefyo, adv. Just so, ex-
actly thus (i. e. fyenka ifyo)* {Cf.
•eka.)

Fyom.pa, v. Suck, suck up, lick
up. (Cf. onka.)

Fyona, v. Blow the nose. (Cf.
mona.)

Fyuka, v. Run off, run away,
fly, escape. (Cf. itfutuka, Iw&ilo.)

Gwapi, int. of incredulity or
contempt. Nonsense! rubbish!

Words not found under I may be
looked for under 119' or N or ILI.

I-, Iii-, 111-, class-prefix (sing.)
of nouns with plur. prefix Ma, See
Iii.

lala, Ijiala, n. {mala). Claw,
talon. (Cf. chaloy chalyala.)

lamba, Iiiaxnba, n. {triamba).
Scale (of fish).

loheche, n. {ma-cA,) Fence (of
enclosure). (Cf. chipango,)

Ifl, adv. Thus, so. (Cf. ifyo^
efyo.)

IFINA

9^

IIiI

Ifina, n. Usu. in pi. i. e. mafina^
matter, pus. (Cf. chifina, finya.)

Ifingwa, Iliflngwa, Mafingwa
(plur.), n. Anything thrown, rolling,
falling, e.g. stones, sticks, earth,
rubbish.

Iflwi, n. (plur.) Crime, evil-
doing. (Cf. chiwiy -wi,)

Ifukuta, n. (/;/a-/.) Bag, pocket.
(Cf. tiumba, fukuta.)

Ifumbi, Ivumbi, n. {ma-f.)
Size, dimensions, length, thickness,
girth, height. (Cf. mutambo,)

Ifumo, Ivumo, n. {ma-f.) (i)
Womb, belly, pregnancy. (Cf.
ipafu,)

Ifumu, n. (ma-f.) Spear. (Cf.
infumUf ufumu.)

JfaneOfldfinigo,n.(ma-f.) Bag,
bundle. {Cf. fun^a, ifukuta,)

Ifungu, Ivungu, n. {ma-f.) (i)
Empty space under bed, stool, &c. ;
(2) coil, roll, fold (e.g. of snake).
{Qi,funga.)

Ifupa, Pupa, n. {ma-f.) Bone.

Ifusu, n. {morf) Wooden mortar
for ponnding grain, &c . (Cf. mtmshi,
itt/a, iwende.)

Ifwasa, Ifwaza,n. {ma-f) Stone
tised for fire-place, three supporting
a cooking-pot. (Cf. ishiko, chif-
wasa.)

ItyOf Ityifyo, adv. Thus, just so,
exactly, truly, indeed. (Cf. tji, efyo.)

Ika, V. Come (get, go) down,
descend (e. g. from hill, tree). . (Cf.
tantamuka^ seluka.)

Ikala, Kala, v. Be, continue,
remain, dwell, stop, sit. Ik. mii-
landUy hear a dispute, decide a case.
Md. -icheUi Ap. kalila, Nt. kalika,
e.g. be inhabited, be inhabitable;
alsoCs. makesit down. Int. kalishya^
sit quite on ground.

Ikanga, Kanga, n. {ma-k,)
Guinea-fowl.

Ikani, n. {ma-k.) Usually in the
plur. makani, talk, news, gossip,
conversation, argument. (Cf. iliasAi.)

Ikata, Kata, v. (i) Hold, seize,
catch hold of, grasp; (2) bear

(fruit), produce. (Cf. twala^fyah.)
Md. 'ikete, Cs. ikatishya^ ikashyay
Rv. katana, e.g. katana ckiiJbuzay
form friendship.

Ikoko, n. {ma-k.) Stalk (of
sorghum).

Ikombo, n. {ma-k.) Navel.
(Cf. viukmva.)

Ikonde, n. {ma-k.) (i) Marks
tatooed on side of face (cf. nettibo) ;
(2) banana (plant and fruit.)

Ikonko, n. {ma-k.) Fruit (edi-
ble) of the mukonko (tree).

Ikosa, Ikoza, n. {ma-k.) Ivory
ring, worn as bracelet.

Ikoslii, Ikosi, n. {ma-k.) Nape
of neck. {CL mttkoshi.)

Ikowa, n. {ma-k.) Oar. (Cf.
kowa.)

Ikowelo, n. {ma-k.) Usually in
plur., stockade (of village), palisad-
ing, fence. (Cf, iltnga.)

Ikiifi, Iiikufi, n. {ma-k.) Knee.

Ikumbi, n. {ma-k.) Cloud.

Ikumi, n. {ma-k.) Ten.

Ikundwe, n. A preparation of
bark used in dressing the hair.

Ila, Iiila, n. {mala). Usually in
plur., contents of abdomen, bowels,
entrails. (Cf. ifumOt ipofu^ chi-
fu.)

Ila, V. Get dark, dusky, gloomy
(of twilight). (Cf. mailo, lelo.)

Ilala, Wilala, n. The Lala
country, i. e. of the Lala people.
(Cf. mulaia, chilala, wilala.)

Ilamba, n. {ma-l,) (i) Usually
in plur., iron ore, for smelting (cf.
luibe) ; (2) belt (but W.L. com-
monly use mukwandala) ; (3) the
Lamba country, also Wilamba,

Ilangaluko, n. {ma-l.) Thought,
remembrance, care, anxiety. (Cf.
langaluka.)

Ilango, (also) Dango, n. {ma-l.)
(i) Direction, advice, order; (2)
plan, scheme. (Cf. langa, kalangOy
mulangwe.)

Ili, Iji, conj. When. (Cf. lisa,
lino^ ilyo.) Also class-prefix sing.
(Cf. /-, //-.)

ILIASHI

9.2

IHBITSA

Iliashi, n. {ma-L) Talk, con-
versation, gossip, rumour, news.
(Cf. makani.)

Ilili, n. See MaliU.

Ililila, V. Go on business (errand ,
engagement), be sent away, be gone
away (for something). (Cf. ilishya^
and perh. ya^ v. go. Ap. {y)ilila,
{y)tlilika. Also tlishyaf ililwa,

Ililo, n. {ma-l.) ^i) Usually in
plur., mourning for dead, lamenta-
tion (cf. lild) ; (2) something burn-
ing, candle, lamp (cf. mulild),

Ililwa, v. Be employed, be on
service, be engaged. (Cf. ililiiaS)

Ilima, n. {ma-L) File, rasp.

Ilinga, n. {ma- 1.) Stockade,
village fence. (Cf. ikowelo.)

Ilino, Iiino, Dino, n. (nieno).
Tooth.

Ilinso, Iiiso, Diso, n. {mensOy
meso). Eye. (Cf. chinso.)

Ilipi, n. {maliH). See Malili.

Ilishya, v. Send, employ, cause
to go (on errand, business), (Cf.
ilililay and follg.)

Ilombe, n. {ina-l^ Child (male
or female). (Cf. mwana.)

Ilowa, liilowa, n. Soil, earth.

Una, n. {ma-l.) Flower, blossom.

Ilundo, n. (ma-/,) Joint, join-
ing, knot (in tree or reed). (Cf.
/unda.)

Ilungu, n. (ma-L) Treeless,
grassy depression in forest with a
stream through it. (Cf. /usensa.)

Ilyo, adv. Then. (Cf. ///, e/yo,
u/o, ndulo.)

Im-. Words not found under IM
may be looked for under M.

Ima, V. (i) Rise up, get up, stand,
be erect (upright, steep) ; (2) make
a start, go off, go away, depart ; (^)
stand still, stop. Md. -iminey also
as a. upright, steep. Ap. imina,
tminina, Nt. (and Cs.) iminikay
e.g. set up, fix upright, Cs. imiyay
imyay e.g. raise up, lift, take up,
also imishya, make upright, make
go away, send off. (Cf. imaka,
imdkana.)

Imaka, v. Build (a hut, house).
(Cf. oka:)

Imakana,' v. Stand still, stop.
(Cf. ima.)

Iinba, V, (i) Dig (cf. chimbd) ;
(2) sing. (cf. luimbo),

Imbako, n. ( — ) Snuff-box.
(Cf. intekwe.)

iTxxbBXt^yU.. (tna-m,) Bullet. (Cf.
chipoio.)

Imbalale, n. ( — ) Leopard.
(Cf. inkensey shiluwe,)

Imbaliwali, n. ( — ) Jigger.
Also I^^ndu.

Imbaso, n. ( — ) Adze. (Cf.
wasa.)
. Imbata, n. {nia-m.) Duck.

Imbawala, n. ( — ) Bnsbbuck.
Also Chiwawala, Sbikiwanfirwe.

Imbelele, n. ( — ) Sheep.

Imbelo, n. ( — ) Light-hole,
window. (Cf. chipesiy chipunda.)

Imbeshi, n. ( — ) Herdsman (of
cattle, goats, &c.). (Cf. embela,
mwembeshi.)

Imbewa, n. (-— ) Field-rat.

Imbia, n. ( — ) Earthen cooking-
vessel. (Cf. inongo.)

Imbifi, n. ( — ) A bad man,
rascal, rogue. (Cf. -fi.)

Imbill, n. ( — ) Rumour, news,
fame, renown.

Imbilo, n. (sing. Iwdfilo), Used
as adv., running, with speed, quickly,
hastily. (Cf. iwdfilo,)

Iiubislii, n. ( — ) Zebra. Also
Chimbwete.

Imbokoma, n. ( — ) Tobacco-
pipe. (Cf. kawokomay intuntu.)
. Imboiii, n . ( — ) ( i ) Pupil of eye ;
(2) eyewitness, evidence, proof.
(Cf. wonay ? (2) not W.L.)

Iznbono, n. ( — ^ Castor-oil.
(Cf. mbonOy muwono^

Imbote, n, ( — ) A sweet beer,
fermented honey. (Cf. uwalwa,)

Inibuli, n. ( — ) young girl (not
adult). (Cf. chisungu,)

Imbusa, n. ( — ) Infant, baby.
Also mwana, mbusa. (C£ ng^o-
nkzva,)

IMBITSHI

93

IMCTNA

Imbushi, n. ( — ) Goat.

Imbuwu, n. ( — ) Buffalo. (Also
MbowOy Inyati^

Imbuya, Mbuya, n. (wa-m.)
Grandmother. (Also Mukuku.)

Ixnbwa> n. ( — ) Domestic dog.

Imcbelwa, n. ( — ) Fireplace of
smelting-fumace. (Cf. tnyumbu)

Imflnslii, n. ( — ) Darkness,
blackness, gloom. {Ctfita, -fishi.)
: Imfula, n. ( — ) Rain. (Cf.
niainshay mulochi^ loka,)

Imfumu, n. ( — ) See Infumu,
chief.

Imfangauslii, Mfungoshi, n.
Cluster of bees. (Cf, chileia.)

Imfuti, n. ( — ) See Infuti, gun.

Ixnfwi, n. See Iiumfwi, grey
hairs.

Imia, o. Obstinacy, stubborn-
ness, self-will, (Cf. ima,)

Iminda, n. {ma-m.) Rising
ground between streams, water-
shed.

Iminina, Iminika. See Ima.

Imita, V. Be heavy (with child,
pregnant), (Cf. ifumo, ipafu,)

Imkopa,n. ( — ) Wallet (of skin),
satchel, pouch. (Cf. inkomzve,)

Impafwa, n. ( — ) Lung.

Impaka, n. ( — ) A (kind of)
wild cat.

Impampa, n. ( — ) Stick, used
as ladle or spoon, for stirring. (Cf.
luchoncho.)

Impande, n. ( — ) Shell used as
ornament.

Impanga, n. ( — ) Forest, jungle,
bush. (Cf. iyamba, mayamba.)

Impapa, Impapwa, n. ( — )
Skin, hide. (Cf. chipapa^ chisewa!)

Impashi, n. ( — ) A (kind of)
ant. (Cf. muswa,)

Impele, n. ( — ) Sores, skin
eruption.

Impelembe, n. ( — ) Sable
(buck).

Impelo, n. ( — ) Grinding-stone
(for grain). (Cf./^/a, and cAtnone.)

Impepe, n. ( — ) A small (kind
of) bat. (Cf. muiimo.)

Impepo, n. (— ., and Pia-p.) (i)
Air (in motion), wind, cold, draught ;
(2) spirit (disembodied). (Cf. ww-
sAtmu, mupas/ity and pepa.)

Impete, n. ( — ) Ring. {Cf.peia,)

Impiano, n. ( — ) Inheritance,
estate of deceased person. (Cf.
plana,)

Impindi, n. (sing, lupindi).
Period of time, occasion. Shino
mpindiy now, on this occasion.

Impinga, n. ( — ) A (magic)
charm, worn for security, defence.
(Cf. inshita, piiigcty chipela.)

Impini, n. ( — ) Adder.

Impoyo, n. ( — ) Reed-buck.

Impuku, n. ( — ) Sharp stake
for digging holes. (Cf, chisong-
welo.)

Impulu, n. {ma-m.) Silly
mistake, blunder, folly. {Ctpusa,
pua, and follg.)

Impumfya, n. ( — ) Foolish
pride, conceit, impudence, rudeness,
insult. (Cf. impulu.)

Impumi, n. ( — ) Forehead.

Impundu, n. {ma-m,) Twins of
the same sex. Also Mupundu,
(Cf. mapasa.)

Impunga, n. ( — ) Rice (grain
and plant).

Impwishi, n. ( — ) Cow. (Cf.
in^ombe.)

Xmsitu, n. ( — ) Thicket, under-
wood, bush.

ImsuDguza, n. ( — ) Contents
of egg (esp. yolk). (Cf. isana.)

Imtoto, n. ( — ) Colouring-
matter (earth, plaster, paint), colour,

Imtulesua, n. Ku miulesua^ (to)
sun-rising, east, eastward. (Cf.
tula^ kasua.)

Imtungu, n. ( — ) Cattle-disease.

Imuka, y. Come out« be drawn
out (of hole). (Cf. imuna»)

Imumba, n. ( — ) Steep, river
bank (of clay, earth). (Cf. chi'
tifumba,)

Imuna, v. Open (a hole, aper-
ture, gap), unstop, take out plug.
(Cf. shinkulUy imuka,)

IMXrNIKO

94

INGUMBA

Imoniko, n. SeeMuniko.

IN-. Words not found under In
may be looked for under ISS or I.

Ina, Inya, adv. Yes, very well,
it is so.

Ina, y. Be (get) fat, be sleek.
Md. 'inine^ used as a., fat, plump,
in good condition.

Inama, v. Bend down, stoop,
slope down, bow down. (Cf. inuka,
Md. 'ingme, Cs. inamishya,)

Inama, n, ( — ) (i) Animal,
brute, beast; (2) game, buck; (3)
flesh, meat. (Cf. ntunefuy chinang.)

Inanda, Ing'anda, Nanda, n.
( — , and md'ft.) Native hut, cottage,
bouse.

Inchense, n. ( — ) Licopard.
(Cf, inkense,)

Inchisa, n. Kindness, liberality,
pity ; also other strong feelings, e.g.
anger. (Cf. chifundot chisa,)

Inohiwa, n. (— ) Dove. Also
Chiwa, '

Inohonoho, n* plur. oHuchoncho,
q.v.

Inda, n. ( — ) Louse.

Indala, n. ( — ) Eye-glass, field-
glass. (Cf. waia^ ?lit. something
shining.)

Indslama, n. ( — ) Coin, cash,
shilling.

Indalawa, n. ( — ) Rust.

Xndalila, n, ( — ) Brass anklet,
bracelet. (Cf. ^Hitaie,)

Indewelewe, n, ( — ) Ear orna-
ment.

Indoshi, n. ( — ) Wizard, witch.
(Cf. lowat muloskiy tnjwiti.)

Indowo, n. ( — ) Fish-hook.
(Cf, insanta, Iowa,)

Indiune, n. {iba-n.) Brother,
son (in relation to sister or mother).
(Cf. inkashi^

Induwnlula, n, ( — ) Bird-call
made with a piece of horn {musembe),
{Ci» iusangTva,)

Indu'^ulwa, n. ( — ) Rescuer,
preserver, ransomer. (Cf, luiSmla!)

-ine, -ne, a. Good (in any sense) :
(i) pleasing, nice, pretty, fine,

sweet; (a) right, true, honest, kind,
just; (3) real, genuine, actual; also
(4) self, the very one, the particular
one, by oneself (itself). (Cf. mwitu,
ttune, ibunino,)
InftiU, n. (— ) Gun. (Cf. chi-

SOftgtf,)

Infwa, n. ( — ) A dead thing,
(Cf./wa, chiiumbi*)

Infwi, n. plur. See IiiunfWi.

Infwiti, n. (— ) Wizard, witch,
(Cf. ufwitiy indoshi.)

Ingala, n. {ma-n.) Feather.

Ingami, n. ( — ) Innocent party
(in a case of witchcraft).

Ingana, n. ( — ) Fad (of grass
for carrying load on head or
shoulder). (Cf. inkata,)

Ing'anda, n. ( — , and ma-n.)
House. See Inanda.

Ing'anga, n. ( — ) Doctor,
medicine - man, (Cf. mung^anga^
shing^anga,)

Ing'ansa, n, ( — ) Piece of bark
cloth. Also Insansa, (Cf. lukwa,)

Ingawa, n. {ma-n^ Debt.

Ingawo, n. (—) Shield.

Inge, n. ( — ) Scorpion,

Ingele-ngele, n. ( — ) Health,
healthy condition, a good climate,
a healthy spot.

-ingi, -inji, a. Many, much,
enough, plenty, too many, too
much.

Ingila, Injila, v. Come (go)
in, enter, pass into. Md. 'ingiU,
Ap. ingililay Cs. Int, -ishya, e. g. put
(take, place, force) in, admit ; (a) in-
terfere, intrude.

Ingolwa, n. ( — ) Horn used as
wind-instrument. (Cf. lusengo.)

Ing*oma, n. ( — ) Drum.

Ing*ombe, n. ( — ) Ox, cow,
cattle. (Cf. impwiskit muckende,)

Ing'ondo, n, ( — ) Bark cloth,
(Cf. lukwa.)

Ing'onkws, n. ( — ) See In-*
konkwa.

Inguluwe, n. ( — ) Bush pig.

Ingumba,. n, ( — ) Barren
woman.

INQITNI

95

INONDO

Inguni, n. (— ) Honey-bird.
(Cf. chuni,)

Insuo, Nguo, n. ( — ) Any
material for clothing, bark cloth,
cloth, calico. (Cf. insaiu.')

Ingwena, n. (— ) Crocodile.

Inika, Niks, n. (ma-n., fya-n^
River, stream.

-inji, a. See «ingi.

Injili, Ingili, n, (— ) Wart-
hog.

Inkakashl, n. Acidity, sourness,
bitter taste.

Inkalamba, n. ( — ) Messenger,
one sent with a summons or invita-
tion. (Cf. ishingoshi,)

Inkalamu, n. ( — ) Lion. Also
Shumbwe, (Cf. skumfwa.)

Inkana, n. ( — ) Share, portion,
part. (Cf. kanya,)

Inkanda, n. ( — ) Skin, hide,
leather, strap, bark. (Cf. impapa,
chisewa.)

Inkanga, n. ( — ) Small-pox.
Also Chingwali,

Inkansa, n. (sing, lukansd).
Anger, fury, cruelty, passionate acts
or words. (Cf. ukaltf ululu.)

Inkasalo, n. ( — ) Sweat. Also
ChiwCy MatHkuia.

Inkashi, n. (jva'tt,) Sister,
daughter (in relation to brother,
father). (Cf. indume,)

Inkashya, n. ( — ) Unseasoned
(tasteless, insipid) food, lack of
relish (flavour), (Cf. chanionto,)

Inkasu, n. ( — ) Niggardliness,
greed, meanness, selfishness. (Cf.
utani,)

Inkata, n. (-»-) Gr^s pad (for
carrying load on head or shoulder).
(Cf. ingdna,)

Inkenae, Inohense, n. Leopard.
(Cf. imbalale^ shiluwe,)

Inkoka, n. .( — ) (i) Bunch,
knot, protuberance (cf. chikckolwa))
(2) cluster of bees (cf. chiUla),

Inkole, n. ( — ) Captive in war,
prisoner.

Inkoli, n. ( — ) Knobbed stick,
club. Also Chinkoli, Kankoii,

Inkombalume, n. {i&a-n.)
Hunter of elephant. (Cf. chiwinday
mupalu,)

Inkombo, n. ( — ) Dry shell of
gourd, calabash. (Cf. chipanda,
chinkuli.)

Inkomwe, n. ( — ) Wallet,
bag, satchel, pocket. (Cf. mukopa.)

Inkonde, n. ( — ) Cry, note,
voice (of man, animal, bird. £.L.
tshiwi),

Inkondo, n. ( — ) War, fighting,
battle. (Cf. chita.fita:)

Inkone, n. ( — ) Fist, knuckle.
(Cf. ckimfunshi.)

Inkonkwa, Ing'onkwa, n.
Sucking cMld. (Cf. konka^ onka.)

Inkonshi, n. ( — ) Hartebeest.

Inkontwe, n. ( — ) A (kind of)
monkey.

Inkope, n. ( — ) (i) Eyelash.
In plur. (i) appearance, look;
(2) modesty, shame, discomposure.
(Cf. insoni.)

Inkosa, n. (-«-) Physical strength,
force, vigour, health, power. (Cf.
ifisOt kosa»)

Inkiilimba^ n. ( — ) A (kind of)
pigeon. (Cf. tnkunda*)

Inkulunkulu, adv. Violently,
hastily, with a rush.

Inkumba, n. ( — ) Pomestic pig.
(Cf. inguluwe.)

Inkumbu, n. (^ (i) Consider*
ation, attention, care, compassion ;
(a) pity, sympathy. (Cf. kumbuka,
ichisa,)

Inkunda, n. (^ Pigeon.

Inkunde, n. (— ) A (kind of)
bean.

Xnkniii, n. Firewood. See
Iiukuni (sing.).

Inkunka, n. (— ) Hut, hovel
(poles resting on the ground and
meeting overhead).

Inkunkila, n. ( — ) A (kind of)
monkey.

Inkwashi, n. ( — ) A (kind of)
hawk.

Inondo, n. (— ) Anvil, piece of
iron set upright. (Cf. chifuh.)

INONGO

96

INSI7MBI

Inongo, n. ( — ) Earthen vessel,
for water and cooking, &c. (For
other vessels, cf. chipikOy chitalo,
chisimpwilOy chikarango^ imbia, cki^
pi kilo y lulilo, munkombe, muiondoy
mwiipika.)

Insaka, n. ( — ) Open shed
(circular roof, no walls), used as
common resort for talking, hearing
cases, &c. (Cf. chitenjc.)

Insako, n. ( — ) A (kind of)
basket i^Cf. chipe.)

Insala, n. ( — ) Hunger, famine,
scarcity of food.

Insalu, n. ( — ) Any woven
material, calico, cloth, clothes. (Cf.
inguOf chisansa.)

Insamba, n. ( — ) Otter. (Cf.
samba.)

Insambo, n. ( — ) Brass wire.

Insamu, n. ( — ) Old (torn, worn
out) clothes, rags, tatters.

Insanguni, n. ( — ) A water-
snake.

Insansa, n. ( — ) Bark cloth.
(Cf. chisansaj lukwa^

Insanta, n. ( — ) Fish-hook.
(Cf. indowo.)

Insase, n. ( — ) Rays of light,
dazzling light, glitter, radiance.

Insawi, laawi, n. ( — ) Fish (of
any kind).

Inseko, n. ( — ) Laughter, smile,
joy, mirth, happiness. (Cf. seka,
sangaia.)

Insela, n. (— ) Tassel (of cap).

Insele, n. ( — ) Used of any
forcible, pointed, telling utterance,
or expression, e.g. argument, re-
proof, retort, remonstrance, sarcasm,
&c. Also Isele,

Inaelelo, n. Ku nseleloy down
stream. (Cf. ku nyanshi.)

I]iaembe,n. ( — ) Husk (of grain).

Insengwe, Insengu, n. Open
space, outside a house. Pa nsingwCy
out of doors, outside, in the open,
(Cf. isondcy lusensa.)

Insenselo, n. ( — ) Bell, worn
on leg, or for huntmg-dogs. Cf.
luiiifu,)

Inseuls, n. ( — ) Pookoo (buck).

Inshawa, Nshyawa, n. ( — )
Ground-nut. (Cf. chipuii,)

Inahenahi, n. ( — ) Cane-rat.

Inshiku, la'siku, n. (— ) Day,
period of twenty-four hours, be-
ginning at sunset. Inshiku shyonsey
every day, always. Nshiku shino,
these days, nowadays. Nshiku
shya katcy old times, long ago. (Cf.
ushiku, kasuay lusua.)

Inshila, n. ( — ) Path, roid, way.
(Cf. museuy mukwakwa.)

Inahima, n. ( — ) Porridge.
(Cf. chishima, a large plate of
porridge.)

Inshimba, n. (— ) A (kind of)
wild cat

Inshimu, n. Bees (sing, lushimu),

Inahinko, n.* ( — ) Stopper
(cork, bung), anything to fill a nole.
(Cf. shinki/a, shinkula.)

Inshiso, Inohiso, n. SeeOhinso.

InBhita, n. (-^) A (magic)
charm, worn for security. (Cf.
impinga.)

Inshye, n. ( — ) Locnst Also
Insombe,

InBofii, n. ( — ) Elephant, ivory,
tusk (as article of trade). Elephants
are also called, michila kawilt,
mafimbwa nguo, (big males) inkun-
guluy imgohy (young male) chiluwa
wapaluy (female) nina njovuy (tusk-
less) mungwa.

^osoka, n. ( — ) A snake (of any
kind).

Insoki, Insochi, n. ( — ) Prickles
(from grass, &c.).

Insombe, n. ( — ) Locust. Also
Inshye.

Insongo, n. ( — ) Eland.

Insoni, n. ( — ) Sh3mess, modesty,
shame; (2) depression, wretched-
ness; (3) compassion, pity. (Cf.
ink(^e^ chifundo.)

Insonta, n. ( — ) Poles used as
rafters. See Iiusonta, sing.

Insuka, n. ( — ) Tail (of bird).
(Cf. muchila.)

Znaumbi, n. ( — ) Fowl.

INSUMBU

97

ISA

Instunbu, n. ( — , and via-s^
Island.

Insuntwe, n. ( — ) Hyena. (Cf.
chimbolo.)

Insnnunu, n. ( — ) A (kind of)
bamboo. (Cf. intele,)

Inswindi, n. ( — ) A man who
has no children (impotent). (Cf.
ingumba.^

Intafa, n. ( — ) Ball of india-
rubber. Anta ntafu, play at ball
(throwing and catching). (Cf.
mupila.)

Intalangrwa, n. Game with
arrows and pnmpkins.

Intanda, n. ( — ) Star. (Cf.
kawangawangaj katandala.)

Intandwe, n. Girdle, waistband.
(Cf. mukwandala.)

Intekwe, n. (— ) Snnff. (Cf.
fwakay imbako,)

Intele, n. ( — ) A (kind of)
bamboo. (Cf. tnsununu,)

Intenda. n. ( — ) Sickness,
disease. (Cf. igfufa, uhvele,)

Intenguliuliya) n. Kanwe in^
tengulushyaj the little finger. (Cf.
munwe.)

Intinina, n. ( — ) Bead necklace.

Intiwi, n. ( — ) Breast, chest.
Also Katiwi, (Cf. chifua,)

Intoxnba, n. ( — ) Small-pox.
(Cf. inkangu, chtngwali.)

Intulo, n. ( — ) First appearing,
origin, sonrce, rise, beginnii^. (Cf.
tula,)

Xntundn, n. ( — ) Line, row, of
women only. (Cf. mulongo.)

Intnntn, n. ( — ) Bowl of pipe,
(Cf. tmbokoma.)

Inuks, y. Rise np (from bending,
stooping), straighten oneself. (Cf.
inamay inuna.)

Inuma, Numa, n. ( — ) Back of
body (cf. musana) ; (2) back part,
rear, backward direction. Also adv.,
back, behind. Kufui-e'numay to walk
backwards. Londa numa^ follow
behind. (Cf. kunuma, panuma,)

Inana, v. Lift up, raise up.
Md. •inuile. (Cf. inukaynyamuna.)

Inungi, Inyunji, n. ( — ) Por-
cupine.

Inya, adv. Yes, it is so, very well.
Also Ina.

Inyambwe, n. ( — ) A mode of
swimming, hand over hand.

Inyanga, n. (rna-n,) Tusk of
elephant. Also Munyanga.

Inyangu, n. See Lwinyangu.

Inyati, n. ( — ) Buffalo. Also
ImbowOy Imbtiwu.

Inyenda, n. ( — ) Native needle.
(Cf. kanyenehy shingano.)

Inyisa, n. (— ^ Ferule of spear.

Inyumbi, n. (— ) Iron-smelter*s
furnace.

Inyuxnbu, n. ^ — ) Gnu.

Ipa, v. See wipa.

Ipafii, n. {ma-p.) Belly, womb,
pregnancy. N-t-pafUy pregnant.
(Cf. ifumOy intitay kapafu, lupafu.)

Ipala, n. (ma-p,) Baldness, bald
head.

Ipanga, n. {ma-p.) House of
chief. Also Mwipanga (i.e. mu
tpangd),

Ipapiko, ipapatiko, Ipapami-
ko, n. {ma,) Wing. (Cf. ipdkoy
ipindo,)

Ipaya, v. Put to death, kill,
murder. Md. -ipeyCy Rp. ipayana,
fight, Nt. ipayika, Ps. ipayiwa.
Lipayay commit suicide.

Ipewa, n. ( — ) Roan (buck).

-ipi, a. Short, low, shallow.
Pepi {pa ipt)y near, close, nearly*
(Cf. Jwimpay muwipiy and foUg.)

Ipifya, V. Make short, shorten.
(Cf. -ipi.)

Ipula, V. Take out (of cooking-
pot). (Md. -ipwile^

Ipunde, n. (tna-p,) Curse, oath.
(Cf. lapa,)

Ipushya, v. Question, inquire
of, ask. Cs. tod Int. ipushishya,
question closely. {CL fumba.)

Isa, V. Come, approach, arrive.
Md. 'ishile, -a kuisa, coming next,
following, future.

-isa, a. Which? (Cf. lisa,
kwisa^

L.-L. H.

ISAEO

98

ISTTNU

Isako, n. {mas,) Feather, fur
(animal), hair, wool. (Cf. mushishiy
ingaia,)

Isala, V. Shot, close (entrance,
door). Md. 'iseU, (Cf. isula.)

Isamba, n. {mas,) Lower part,
foot, bottom (of tree, hill. W.L.).

Isamiko, n. {mas,) Ornament,
decoration, fittings, furniture. (Cf.
sama.)

Isaxnpi, n. {mas,) Branch (of
tree), bough.

Isana, Iiisana, n. ( {mas,) Egg.

Xsanshi, n. {mas.) Child's toy-
house.

Isawi, n. {mas.) A large fish.
(Cf. tnsawi.)

Isati, n. {mas,) Stalk (of maize,
millet, sorghum). (Cf. ikoka,)

Isaiiko, n. {mas,) Haraship,
suffering, misery. (Cf. sauka.)

Ise, n, {mase). Hoe. (Cf. luse,)

Iseko, n. {mas,) Laughter,
joke. (Cf. seka,)

Isele, n. {mas.) See Insele.

Isembe, n. (Large) axe. (Cf.
katemo.)

Ishi, T. (i) Know, be acquainted
with, have in mind; (2) know how,
understand, be able. Md. sshile,
Cs. and Int. ishishya^ ishya^ e.g.
remind, remember, know well. (Cf.
ishiwa, ishiwilay uisAi, ultsAt.)
JVisAiy Ulishi, one (who) knows,
a clever (expert, well-informed)
person.

Ishiko, n. {mas,) Cooking-
place, kitchen. Peshiko {pa ishik^y
cooking-place. (Cf. shika,)

Ishililo, n. {mas,) Ending, end.
(Cf. shila, mushilo.)

Ishilu, n. {mas,) A madman.
(Cf. shiiuy ushilUy funta^

Ishilya, n. {mas,) Side (of
river, i. e. one of two sides, and
usually) farther side, other side,
i.e. psshilya. Lino ishilya, this
side. (Cf. iuwaliy itala.)

Ishimba, n. {mas,) Foot of
elephant, hippopotamus, or rhino-
ceros.

Ishina, n. {mas,) (i) Name;
(2) root (of tree, above ground).
(Cf. muskyu,)

Ishingoshi, Ishingaoahi, n.
{mas.) Messenger, one sent about
on errands. (Cf. shinga, inka-
iamda.)

lahiwa, n. {mas,) Pool in river,
broad sheet of water. (Cf. chishiwa,)

Ishiwa, V. (i) Know, know
of, be acquainted with, understand ;
(2S know how, be able (to). Ap.
-wfl5, Cs. 'ishya, (Cf. ishi and foUg.)

Ishiwi, n. Sound, utterance,
voice, cry (of any kind). (Not
W.L. Cf. ishi>^

lahiwila, v. Be accustomed to,
familiar with, used to, tamed,
domesticated. (Cf. ishivfa,)

. Ishiwilo, Ishiwishyo, n. {mas.)
Sign, mark, token, indication, in*
formation, advice, hint, warning,
direction, order. (Cf. ishi, ishiwa,)

Ishyala, n. {mas^ Rubbish
heap. Usually in plur., leavings,
remains, scraps, rubbish. (Cf.
shyala, shia,)

Ishyamo, n. {mas,) Disaster,
failure, ill-luck, misfortune, accident,
loss in trade. (Cf. shyama and

follg.)

Ishyuko, n. {ma^s.) Advantage,
success, good luck, gain, prosperity.
(Cf. skyuka.)

Jsonde, n. Outside. JCwisondc,
pesonde, outside, inside out, upside
down. (Cf. insengwtt panse,)

Isonga, n. {^as,) Sharp point,
tip (of tool, weapon, &c.). (Cf.
sanga,)

Isono, Isunu, n, {mas,) A
helping of food, mouthful, bite,
morsel taken in the fingers. (Cf,
suna, tantOy ktisa, mukusu,)

Isula (sometimes iula), v. (i) Be
full, be filled up (of a river), be in
flood; (a) open (door, box, &c.),
Md. 'isutUf Cs. isushya, isulishya,
Ap, isuila. (Cf. (i) jfida, kula^
(a) isala^

Isunu, n. See Isono.

ITA

99

KAOHE

Its, V. Call, snmmoD, invite.
(Cf. iiawa,)

Itako, n. {ma-t.) Bnttock, haunch,
ham.

Itala, n. {?fia-t.) Side, (of po-
sition) far side, other side. Adv.,
kwitala, petala. (Cf. ishilya,
uluwali^

Itawa, n. {ma~t,) Indian com,
maize.

Itawa, V. Answer a call, re-
spond, rej)ly. (Cf. ita.)

Itenga, n. {ma-i.) Riyer-pool.
(Cf. chishiwa.)

Itete, n. {ma-t,) A (kind of)
reed. (Cf. itowo,)

Itila, V. Pour out, pour away.
(Cf. tulitla.)

Itipa, n. Usually in plur. matipa^
mud.

Itongwe, n. {iba-t^ Tobacco
(plant and leaf). (Cf. fwahiy
kanshai.)

Itowo, n. {ma-i.) (i) Cheek (cf.
lutawo ; (a) a (kind of) reed (cf.
itete),

Itoyi, n. {ma-t,) Ash (of fire),
ashes. (Cf. mulaio.)
. Itufl, n. {ma-t.) Dung, ex-
crement. (Cf. chitufi,)

Ituka, n. {ma-t!) Abuse, bad
languaj^e, insult. Usually in plur.
(Cf. matushiy tuka.)

Itumba, n. {ma-t,) Bag, bale,
bundle, sack. (Cf. ifukuta, lu-
pafu,)

Itosbi, n. {ma-t,) Abusive ex-
pression, insult. (Cf. tuhi, ituka,)

IulU| n. Upper part (region,
portion, side, top). (Usually with
prep, kiviulu, peuiuy mwiuiu, Cf.
mulu.)

Ivuxnbi, n. See Ifiiinbi.

Iviuno, n. See Ifluno.

I^a, V. Steal. Md, -iHfite. (Cf.
pompwe^ mungo,)

Iwala, n. {ma-w,) (i) Spot,
band {pi colour), stripe ; -a mawala,
striped, speckled, spotted. (Cf.
iwanga^

Iwalla, n. {ma-w,) Plantation,

G

cultivated field, garden. (Cf.
munda.)

Iwanga, n. {ma-w.) Spot,
streak (of colour), band, stripe.
(Cf. iwala,)

I^e, Ibwe, n. {maibe^ mabwe).
A stone. (Cf. chiibe, kaibe, luibe.)

Iwele, Iiiwele, Iliwele, n.
{ma-w,) Breast (of a female),
udder.

Iwende, n. {ma-w,) Wooden
mortar for pounding grain, &c.
(Cf. ifusu:)

Iwilo, n. Usually in plur., Ma-
wilOf meeting-place of rivers, paths,

&C.

I^o, pron. person. They, them.

Iwo, n. Usually in plur., Mawo,
amawoy millet.

Iwondo, n. {m^i-w,) Foot (ol
animals), hoof. (Cf. lukasa,
ishimba,)

I^iiohishya, I^nkishya, v.
Remind. (Cf. ibushishya^ Cs. of
•dbulay ibushya, li-ibushishya,)

I'^la, n. {ma-). Leaf.

I^iilu, n. {ma-ib.) House of
chiefs first wife. Also Mwiibulu
(i.e. mu-iibulu,)

I'^xunba, n. {ma-ib.) (i) Clay,
used for pottery, plaster; (a) group,
crowd, throng, company, herd, flock.
(Cf. chiibumbay imumSa.)

lihindu, n. {ma-ib,) Jigger.
Also Mbaliwali,

lyamba, n. Usually in plur.,
mayamba, forest, jungle, bush. (Cf.
impanga,)

lye, Ye, pron. person. He, she.

lyoo, adv. No, not so, by no
means. (Other negatives are: cka,
mya^ pya^ tau^ ka-ka^ ko-ko^ mo-mo,
pa-pa, wa-wa,)

Class-prefix of nouns, often
also Aka-, and often used with a
diminutive sense before other class-
prefixes.

Kaobe, n. {tuche), A very small
thing, a little bit, morsel, atom,
(Cf. -che,)

KAOHEOHE

loo

KAMBIIiA

Eaoheohe, n. {tu-ch,) Little
child. (Cf. kana, tmbusa.)

Kaohekulu, n. (tu-ch.) A very
old man or woman.

Kaohete, n. {tu-ch.) (i) Boy
slave of chief (cf. muchete) ; (a) a
(kind of) monkey.

Kaohiti, n. {tufiti) (i) A small
tree, shrub, bash ; (2) small pole,
stick, switch. (Cf. kati, chitif mutt,
lusako,)

Eafi, n. {itfa-k.) Cobra.

Kafu, n. {tufu). A grain of soil,
atom. (Cf. ckifu,)

-kafti, a. Poor, destitute. (Cf.
kawa, sauka,)

Kafungo, n. {tu-f.) Bad smell,
stink. {Ci.fuka,)

Eaiohe, Eaike, n. {twaiche).
See Eaniohe.

Eaka, v. Tie, fasten, bind. .Ap.
kakikty e. g. tied up, kakiltiay tie all
round; Cs. and Int. kdkishya^kashya^
tie tight, make fast; Rp. kahana^
e.g. be in a tangle; Rv. kakula^
untie.

Ka-ka, int of denial, contempt,
or rejection. No, not a bit, rubbish !
(Cf. iyoo^

Eakokolwa, n. {iu-k.) Shoot,
bud, sprout. (Cf. musonga,)

Kakoli, n. {iu-k,) Rafter-pole,
one of those first placed and secured
in position to carry roof. (Cf.
lusontUj mupanda.)

Eakula, n. Rv. of kaka (which
see), untie, unloose.

Kakumo, n. (tu-k.) Toe. (Cf.
chtkumo,)

Kala, V. See Ikala.

Ealama, n. (ijba-k,) Attendant,
page. (Cf. lama.)

Kalango, n. (Ju-l,) (i) Plan,
system, direction, order; (a) sense,
intelligence. (Cf. ilango^ mulangwe,
langa, amano.)

Kale, n. and adv. Past time,
(i) long ago, old times; (a) lately,
already, some time ago. -a kale^
old, ancient, past, (Cf. -a mwq-
cheso,)

Kalefola, Esnefiila, n. {tu4,)
Chin.

Ealenda, n. (/»-/.) A (kind of)
pig. (Cf. inguluwe,)

Kalende^ula, n. {tu-L) A
large (kind of) axe. (Cf. isembe,
katenio^

-kali, a. Unkind, cruel, severe,
strict, ill-tempered, cross, savage.
(Cf. ukali, lukansa^ ululu, kulipa^

Kalimba, n. (/»-/.) Musical in-
strument (metal tongues mounted oti
gourd).

Kalipa, v. (i) Be unkind (in
word or act), angry, threatening,
fierce, severe ; (2) be painful, ache,
hurt. Ap. May e. g. scold, reprove ;
Cs. and Int. -ishya, offend, provoke,
exasperate, be very angry. (Cf.
lula, inkansa.)

Ealola, n. {tu-L) Looking-glass,
glass. (Ci lola,)

Kalombe-lombe, n. {tu-L) A
dandy, one who makes a display of
finery or appearance. (Cf. ulombe-
lombe.)

Ealomo, n. {4u-L) Sharp end,
point, edge. (Cf. mulomo, isonga.)

Kidulu, n. {^a-k. or /»-/.)
Rabbit.

Ealume, n. {iJba-k,) Male slave.
(Cf. mushy a.)

Kaluwula, n. {tu-l^ Blood,
gore, bloodstain. (Cf. mulopa.)

Kama, n. Press, squeeze, wring,
milk (a cow). Ap. kaminay Cs.
kamishya.

Kamba, Eambaa, n. Kamba
nkokotOy kambala (/«-/«.), dry, hard
remainder of food, put away over-
night. (Cf. ckimbdla.)

Kambatana, v. Embrace, clasp
each other, stick (hold) together.
(Cf. kumbcLtay ambakana,)

Kambeleka, n. {tu-m,) Light-
hole, window. (Cf. mbelo,)

Eambi, adv. Another time,
again, besides, also, and farther.
(Cf. -mbL)

Kambila, Iiambila, v. See
Iiamba.

KAMBITLA

lOI

EANTn

Kambula, v. Stir about (in
cooking porridge). (Cf. nay a,
wanya, kumbula,)

Kaxnbwiriy n. (Ju-m.) Hoe
(with short blade). (Cf. ise^

Kamfwa,, n. Mist, haze. (Cf.
fuwcy fufutay chikunku.)

Kamimba, n. {tu-m.) Spirit-
house (like a small hut).

Kamini, n. (Ju-m.) A biting
insect (also kapilili).

Kamo, adv. One time, once.
Following a negative, not once,
never. KamokamOf occasionally,
not often, seldom, sometimes, -a
kaniOy single, not repeated. (Cf.

ffUh.)

Kamo, n. {tumo). Razor. (Cf.
weya.)

Kamona, n. (Ju-m.) Nostril.
(Cf. tnona.)

Kampelelwa, n. A swinging
game.

Kampesiy n. (Ju-m.) Lightning.
(Cf. lesa,)

Kamxina, v. Take up (out) with
fingers, take up.

Kamusenga, n. {tu-tnis,) A
particle of sand (single grain). (Cf.
musenga, )

Kamushiki, n. Diving (in play),
ducking under water. (Cf. tift/a.)

Kamwali, n. {tuibali). Grown
up (adult girl). (Cf. chisungu.)

Kamwana, Kana, n. {tuilfafm,
twana). Small child. JC, nanda^
domestic cat. (Cf. fnwana, kana.)

Kana, n. {twancC), Small child.
See Mwana.

Kana, v. Deny, contradict,
refuse, say no. Md. -kene, Cs. Int.
kanya^ kanishya, kanshya^ kansha.
See Kansha, Kanya.

Kanda, v. Knead with fingers
or knuckles, shampoo. (Cf. follg.)

Kandaula, Kandola, v. Knead.
,Cf. kandulula.)

Kandela, n. ' tu-n.) Native
stool, seat, chair. (Cf. chipuna,)

Kandolo, n. {"iba-k.) Sweet
potato.

Kandulula, v. . Break up by
kneading. (Cf. kandaula,)

Kane, adv. See Kani.

Kanga, v. (i) Cause a shock,
amaze, surprise, puzzle, perturb,
confound ; (2) thwart, oppose, baffle,
defeat, be too much for. Md.
-kangilCy Ps. kangwa^ Ap. kangila^
'ililat Cs. -shya^ Ps. -ishwa, Rp.
kangana, e.g. form a difficulty, be
hard to deal with.

Kani, Kane, adv. (i) Perhaps,
possibly, probably, I daresay, I
don't know; (a) if; (3) or again,
or else, or perhaps, or. Kani . . ,
kaniy either ... or. (Cf. kaya^ kan-
shif linOy sombi^ chipale.)

Kanika, v. Be in doubt (per-
plexed, anxious), waver, hesitate, be
at a loss.

Kanika, n. (iu-n.) Stream,
brook. (Cf. inika.)

Kanike, n. {iw-an.) Small
child. (Cf. mwanicke, kana.)

Kankaka, n. Furious storm,
hurricane, whirlwind.

Kankamala, v. Frown, look
surly (as if baffled, disappointed,
insulted).

Kankamuka, v. Show surprise
(fear, anger), be excited, tremble.

Kankata, v. Cut down, chop
down. (Cf. follg.)

Kankaula, Kankamaula, v.
Cut down on all sides, make a
clearing in forest. (Cf. tetnaula,)

Kanongola, n. {iba-k.) Leader,
guide.

Kansha, v. Cs. of kana. Also
Kanishya, Kanya, scold, rebuke,
threaten. (Cf. kana.)

Kanshai, n. {iba-k.) Tobacco.
(Cf. /waka.)

Kanshi, ndv. Perhaps, probably,
no doubt. (Cf. kayaf kani,)

K.vnto,n.{iunlo). Shade, shadow.
'^Cf. chimingzva, chiUlu, chinto.)

Kantu, n. {tuntu). (i) A small
thing (object, article) ; (2) for
kamufttUy a little man. (Cf. chintu,
muntu.)

KANTir

103

KATEMO

Kantu, adv. Especially, par-
ticularly, very. (Cf. kuntu,)

Eanwa, n. (Junwa) . ( i ) Mouth
(or anything similar), orifice ; (2)
quarrelsomeness, abusive language,
bragging. (Cf. nwa.)

Kanwe, n. (Junwe), Little finger.
(Cf. munwe, intengulushya,)

Eanya, v. (i) Cs. of kana,
oppose, contradict, refuse; (2) divide
in portions, allot, distribute, share.
(Ct. inkana^ awa.)

Kanyambi, n. {tu-ft.) ? Special
drinking-vessel of chief. (Cf. mun"
yamhi.)

Eanyense, n. {wa-k,) A (kind
of) bean.

Eanyenyeni, n. (/m-».) A (kind
of) ant.

Kapafu, n. (tu-p,) Belly, womb,
pregnancy. (Cf. ipq/Uj lupafu^
tfumo,)

Eapapulwa, n. {lu-p.) Hurri-
cane. (Cf. kankunku,)

Eapapwa, n. {tu-p.) Outer bark,
shell, envelope. (Cf impapa.)

Kapili, n. {tu-p.) Small hill,
mound, heap. (Ci. lupili.)

Eapingo, n. (Ju-p») Cross-
piece, cross-pole (strut, thwart, rung
of ladder). (Cf. pinga, impinga,)

Kapingwee, n. (Ju-p,) Hut or
shelter raised on a platform for
watching crops. Also Iiupingwe.
(Cf. chitewdf chiltftdo.)

Kapishya, v. Wink (as a sign),
give a wink (to).

Eapokolo, n. {tu-p^ Pouch,
purse.

Eapokoso, n. (Ju-p,) Ankle,
wrist.

Kapondo, n. {tu-p.) Murderer,
outlaw, brigand.

Kaput a, n. (wa-k,) See Ohi-
puta.

Eaputi, n. {tu-k^ Double length
of cloth (calico), four yards. (Cf.
iupande,)

Easako, n. {tu-s.) Small stick.
(Cf. musako, iusako.)

Easango, n. {tu-s,) (i) A grass

yielding salt; (2) a reed holder for
smoking tobacco.

Kasawa, n. {tu-s,) Chiefs spare
house, not lived in, used for sitting
and talking in. (Cf. tpanga.)

Kasa'^e, n. {tu-s.) A fishing net.
(Cf. kombe»)

Kasele, n. {tu-s,) A small (kind
of) basket. (Cf. chipe.)

Kasemba, n. {tu-s.) Spot, speck,
mark. (Cf. iwanga, iwala.)

Kasembe, n. {tu-s,) (i) Tsetse
fly; (2) small axe. (Ci. isembe^
katemo.)

EaBengo, n. (tu-s.) Small horn.
(Cf. lusengo,)

Kashawa, n. (tu-s,) A small
yellow bean or pea. (Cf. i«-
sAawa.)

Eaahi, n. (Juski). Small village,
)iamlet. (Cf. mushi,)

-kashi, a. Female. Also Ana-
kashi.

Kashika^ v. Be of a red colour.
Md. 'kashikile,

Kashinga, n. {tu-s.) (i) Stump
of tree; (2) a broken-ofF part, e.g.
stump of arm or leg, a disablement,
infirmity ; (3) a niggardly, close-
fisted, selfish person. (Cf. chiskinga,)

Eashinge, Kashinje, n. {tu-s!)
Small (kind oO ant-hill. (Cf. chi-
fwasa^ chulu.)

KaBhishilo, n. {tu-s.) Heel.

Easokoso, n. {tu-s.) Noise,
hubbub, uproar. (Cf. chiwawa,)

Easua, n . {tusua) . Sun, sunlight ,
day, daytime, daylight, time of day.
Kasua kali shaniy what time is it ?
Kasua kesa^ which day ? (Cf. lusua
inshiku.)

Eata, V. See Ikata.

Eatala, v. Be tired (weary,
exhausted, bored). Md. 'katth,
Cs. katashya, kateskya, kashya^
tire, annoy, harass, bore, worry.
Also Int. katashishya.

Eatandala, n. {tu-t,) Star. (Cf.
intanda.)

Eatemo, n. Uu-t.) Axe. (Cf.
isembe^ tema.)

KATENDE

103

KOMOirOITA

Katende, n. (^u-t,) A bit of dry
grass, a dry stalk.

Eatete, n. A strong, bitter
(kind of) beer. (Cf. uwaiwa,
fisunga,)

Kati, n. (i) Middle, centre ,
inside. Usually with prep, kukati ka,
mukati ka, inside, among, between ;
(2) small tree. (Cf. mutt.)

Katiwi, n. {tu-t.) Breast, chest.
(Cf. cktfua, intiwi,)

Eatalo, n. {ku-t.) Short sleep,
nap. (Cf. tulo, shipula,)

Eawa, n. (i) Be hot, boil (of
water). (Cf. wila.) Md. 'kawile,
Ap. kawila, Cs. kawilishya ; (2) be
poor, destitute, miserable, sad. (Cf.
"kafu:)

Kawalwa, n. (tu-w.) Small
drink (draught, allowance) of beer.
(Cf. uwalwa^ chiwalwa,)

Eawanga-wanga, n. (/u-w.)
Star. (Cf. intandwa,)

Kawaula^ Kawula, v. Lap witli
the tongue, drink with the hand,

Ka^a^i, n. (Ju-ib,) Mosquito.

Ea'^e, Eabwe, n. {/uiife, tubwe).
Small stone. (Cf. vdfe, muwala.)

Eawea, adv. Sideways.

Eawele, n. {tu-w,) C17, shout,
noise, uproar. (Cf. kapokoso, chU
wawaJ)

Kawenga,n. (/2/-W.) Small sore,
ulcer. (Cf. chiwenga.)

Kawengele, n. {tu-w.) Small
heap. (Cf. intunta, kapili.)

Eaweshi, n. {tu-w.) Small
knife. (Cf. luweshi.)

Eaweshya, n. {tu-w,) Wind,
breeze. (Cf. impepo.)

Eawili, adv. Twice, a second
time, again, besides, next, further.
Kawili kawilif again and again,
repeatedly, often. (Cf. -wilL)

Kawilishya, Eawishya, v.
Heat, make hot, boil. Cs. of kawa.

Kawinda, n. (tu-w,) (i) Last-
bom child ; (2) the last, the end.
(Cf. muwe/e.)

Ka^o^oto, n. {tu-Hb,) Ankle-
joint, projecting bone of ankle.

Ka^^ngo, n. Place in which
chief or notable ancestor died and
was buried, a grave. (Cf. cAi-
pembwe.)

Ke^o, n. {t^fftbo). Word, ex-
pression. (Cf. w^a, cktd;o,)

Eingika, v. Partly close (door,
passage, &c.). Also Chinjika*

Eoka, V. Pull, drag, haul.

Eoko, Eoku, adv. negnt. No,
not so. (Cf. iyoo, )

-ko. After a verb, often repre-
sents its object, e. g. it, some of it,
them, thus. Ntmpako, give me
some of it.

Kokola,. v. (i) Loiter, linger,
delay, be behind time, be late ; (2)
last a long time, be durable, wear
well. Md. 'kokwele»

Kokola, V. Lop, chop. See
Konkola.

Kola, V. (i) Keep off (rain, &c.)
by charms (cf. impingc^\ (2) in-
toxicate, make drunk; (3) also
koola^ cough (cf. kosokCf iukoia),
Ps. kolwa, Md. 'koiele^ Cs. koleshya^
make drunk, be very drunk.

Koleka, v. Set fire to grass,
stubble, &c.

Kolomay v. Snore. (Cf. mun-
konono.)

Kolwa, V. Be drunk, intoxicated.
See Kola.

Kolwe, n. (iba-k.) Baboon.

Koma, V. Knock, hit, hammer,
strike in fighting. Md. Hiominey
Rp. komana, fight.

Komiba, v. Scrape out, clean
out, e. g. contents of a vessel.

Kombe, n. (iba-k.) Fishing-net ;
also small net, spider's web, &c.,
and then. plur. tombe, (Cf. kascribe.)

Kombolwe, n. \4}a-k.) Cock.
(Cf. tambaia,)

Komeka, v. Threaten, menace,
frighten.

Komekela, v. Fasten together,
join, sew.

Komena, v. Sow, plant (in
separate holes) . (C f. wiala, tninsa. j

Komonona, v. Break off (maize

EONAIKA

104

EITLI

cobs), gather, glean. (Cf. Monona,
Monoa, and foUg.)

Konaika, v. Be broken off,
snapped off, gathered. (Cf. koncna.)

Eonda, v. Please, satisfy, con-
tent, suit. Md. 'kondeie, Ap. kondela^
Cs. kondeshya, Ps. kondwa^ be
pleased (with), be fond (of), like,
be satisfied. Md. -kondelwe; and
as a., beloved, dear. (Cf. temwa.)

Eondoloka, v. Look about,
look here and there, peer about.
(Cf. chenchenta,)

Eonekelwa, v. Be bereaved,
deserted, without parents. (Cf.
shiwa.)

Kongola, v. (i) Borrow, get
an advance; (a) give security for.
(Cf. apuia,)

Eongolo, n. Rainbow. Also
Chishimu,

Eoni, n. {tunt), (Any) small
bird. (Cf. chunu)

Eonka, v. (i) Follow, go be-
hind, keep the direction of, accom-
pany, be guided by. Md. -konkele^
Ap. konkana (cf. londa) ; (a) suck
(the breast). Also Onka*

Eonkola, v. Lop away, chop
off. (Cf. kunkula^ kankaula,)

Eonkoleka, v. Walk with a
stick (as an old man).

Eonoa, Eonona, v. Break off,
snap off, gather (maize cobs), (Cf.
komonona^ koitaika,)

Eonta, V. Sit by fire, bask in
the sun, warm oneself. Ap. kontela
{muHlOi kasua), (Cf. onia,)

Eontaxua, v. Bend down, bend
over. Ap. kontamina. (Cf. konia,
onta.)

Eopola, V. Cut across, cut
through (by drawing knife, &c.,
across). (Cf. sesa,)

EoBa, V. (i) Be well (strong in
health, vigorous) ; (a) have strength
(for), be able (to) ; (3) be firm
(brave, determined, capable). (Cf.
inkosa^ ifiso^

Eosaula, Eosola, v. Break in
two, snap off. (Cf. kotola^putula,)

Eoshya, v. Cause to bum,
kindle (fire).

Eosoka, V. ( i) Cough (cf. kolc^ ;
(a) break off, break in two.

Eosola, V. See Eosaula,
Eotola.

EoBwe, n. (z^a-^.) House-rat.

Eota, V. Become (get) old.
Ap. kotela, (Cf. mupemba,)

Eotola, V. Break off, snap off.
(Cf. kosolUf putula,)

Eowa, V, Propel (a canoe).
(Cf. ikowa,)

Eo'^eka, v. Hang, hang up (on
wall, round the neck, on arm). (Ci,
foUg.)

Eo'^ela, V. Unhang, take down
(off, of something hanging). (Cf.
koibeka,)

Eowolola, V. Unravel, dis-
entangle, undo.

Eu, prep, of comprehensive
meaning, defining place, time or
circumstances generally, e.g. at, to,
from, in, with, by. Used with
nouns to form many adverbial ex-
pressions. (Cf. mu, pa, kuli,)

Eu, interrog. Where? (Cf.
kwisay kulipu)

Eucha, Ukucha, n. Dawn.
(Infin. of cha.)

Euchlpiko, adv. To the left
(left hand), on the left hand. (Cf.
kuluiyo, kulwine*)

Euka, V. Move house, migrate,
change place of abode. Md. -kukile,
(Cf. sela.)

Eu>ku, adv. of negation. No,
not so. (Cf. iyooy ko-koy ka-kcu)

Eukula, V. Give a kick (cuff,
blow) to.

Eula, V. (i) Grow, increase,
get big (bigger, more), become
adult, grow old. Md. -kuliie, Cs.
kushyUy make more, add to, increase ;
(a) draw, drag, pull (cf. kokd) ; (3)
cultivate, dig, hoe (cf. lima).

Eulauka, v. Be broken, knocked
about, smashed.

Euli, used as (i) prep, like ku^
esp. of persons, to, from, with; (2)

KUIilKA

105

KTJNO

conj. of comparison, than ; (3) a
demonstrative, e.g. kuli kalulu,
the rabbit, indicating the subject of
the verb. (Cf. li, pali, muU,)

Kulika, V. (i) Kill by hanging ;
(2) lead by the hand (as a blind man).

Kulinje, idiomatic phrase of
address to an audience : All here
present. (Literally, kuli^ there is ;
ndye, an emphatic form of pers.
pronoun plur., i. e. you there.)

KuUpi, interrog. Where? (Cf.
kwisa.)

Kulu, ukulu, n. (mo/Uj i.e. Pta-
u/u). Leg. (Cf. mwendo,)

-kulu, a. (i) Big, large, great;

(2) important, powerful, famous,
influential ; (3) grown-up, adult ;
(4) old, elder (relation), aged. (Cf.
kulaJ)

Eiilaine, adv. Same as kululyo.
(Cf. 'inCy -ne,)

Eulukila, v. Fall into a hole.
(Cf. fulukila,)

Kululuka, v. Be wretched,
miserable, destitute. (Cf. sauka,
kawa, tufftana.^

Kululyo, adv. In (on, to) the
right hand (direction), on the right.
(Cf. lya^ iuine, kuchipiko^

Kulumishya, v. Cause to hurry,
hasten, act as overseer (to), get
work done promptly.

Eulya, adv. There, th en. (C£ -lya^

Euma, V. (1) Come near,
approach, nearly touch, almost
amount to, be almost; (2) kuma
ntafu, collect (make balls of)
india-rubber. Rp. kumana (which
see).

Eumaoha, n. Dawn, at dawn.
(Cf. cha, luchelo.)

Kumana, Rp. of kuma, (i)
Come together, meet, assemble,
collect, form a meeting; (2) form
a whole, constitute, form, make up ;

(3) be equal, correspond, match, be
similar, resemble, be like; (4)
amount to, be enough, go round,
fill up. Cs. kumanya^ distribute to
all, give all round, share equally.

Kumba, v. Brew (native beer).
(Cf. uwalwa.)

Kumbata, v. Embrace, clasp,
cling to, stick to. Likumbaia^ curl
oneself up. (Cf. ambakana^ lam-
batila,)

Kumbi, adv. Elsewhere, in an-
other direction (way). (Cf. -mbt.)

Kumboshi, adv. To the west,
westwards. (Cf. Momboshi^ name
of a stream lying west of the Lala
country.)

Kumbuka, v. Think of, have
in mind, consider, call in mind,
remember, take note of, acknow-
ledge. Cs. kumbushya, e.g. remind.
(Cf. inkumbu, languluka,)

Kumbula, v. Shake up, stir up,
splash about

Kumbwa, v. Desire, long for,
covet. Ap. kumbtlwa,

Kumbwani, n. East coast, to
the coast. East. (Not W.L.)

Kumfwa, adv. So, then, next
(in narrative). (Cf. umfwa^ ekuti^
lomba, kawili.)

Kumtulesua, adv. To the East.
(Cf. imtulesua,)

Kumulu, adv. Up-stream, up
(a river). (Cf. muluy kwiulu,
kunselelo, kunyanski,)

Kundumuna, V. Overturn, upset,
throw down.

Kuni, n. See - Iiukuni, In-
kuni.

Kunka, v. (i) Cause to burn,
light (a fire), kindle (cf. koshya^
ashya)\ (2) bubble up; (3) hammer
(metal). (Cf./ula.)

Kunkula, v. (i) Act as in stalk-
ing game, stoop down, avoid being
seen; (2) knock, hammer. {CT,
konkola.)

Kunkulushya, v. Set in violent
motion, set rolling. (Cf. inkulu-
nkuiu.)

Kunkunta, v. Knock, strike,
beat, thump, hammer (wood). (Cf.
kunta, kufikulaJ)

Kuno, adv. Here, now, there,
then, presently. (Cf. -;w, pano.)

KXrNSX

io6

IiAMBA

Kunse, adv. Outside. (Cf.
more common kwisonde,)

Kanselelo, adv. Down-stream.
(Cf. kumulu, kanyanshu)

Eunshi, adv. Down. SeePanshi.

Kunta, v. (i) Shake out, shake
about; (2) tap, rap, knock gently.
\Cf. kunkunta.)

Kuntanje, Kimtasjile, Eiin-
tanshi, adv. Forward, on, in front,
before. (Cf. tangila,)

Euntu, adv. Only, just, just so,
excepting.

Kunumft, adv. After, l)ehind,
back. (Cf. inuma, poHuma,)

Eununa, v. Commit adultery.
(Cf. chenda, pombola^

Eunyanshi, adv. Downwards,
down-stream. (Cf. kuuselelo,)

Eiua, V. (1) Munch, chew (cf.
mtikusu) ; (a) rub smooth, file,
polish.

Euahya, v. Cs. of kula^ make
more, add to, increase.

Eusula, V. Pound (sorghum).
(Cf. twa, lupula,)

Euta, V. Have enough, be
satisfied, be content. Cs. and Int.
kutishya.

Eutala, Eutaola, v. (i) Eat
food plain (without relish or season-
ing, cf. inkashya) ; (a) rub, smear,
anoint (one's body, oneself) (cf. sua,
nanika).

Eutali,ady. Far, far off, distant.
As n., distance, a long way. (Cf. tali.)

Eutanjile, Eutanje, adv. Be-
fore, in front, forward. (Cf. tanga,
kuntange.)

Euti, conj. That, so that, in
order that. (Cf. /{, o/t.)

Eutika, V. Be silent, keep quiet,
be on the alert, listen.

Eutwi, n. {maiwt). Ear (of
body). (Cf. mutwi, chitwi,)

Euwa, V. Scream, cry, bawl.
^Cf. liiay ama,)

Eawati, conj. As, as if, as
though. (Cf. -/«, >&«/«.)

Eu^oko, Uku^oko, n. (ma-
^0^0), Arm (of body).

Eu^nla, V. Ford a river. (Cf.
aituka.)

Ewa, prep. To, from, at (of
persons). (Cf. ku^ -a, ku/i.)

Ewakuti, adv. Much, very.
(Cf. kwine.)

Ewata, v. (i) Have, possess,
own. Md. 'kwetSj -kwatiU) (2)
marry. (Cf. «/«, lingula,)

Ewapa, ukwapa, n. {mapa^
maktuapa). Armpit.

Ewa^o (i.e. ht adbo). At their
home (village, country). Also used
as a noun. (Cf. kwesu, kwenu,)

Ewela, V. Go up, ascend,
climb. (Cf. Htfia,)

Ewika, V. Fix tight (as hoe in
handle, spearhead on shaft).

Ewine, adv. Well, truly, really,
rightly, much, very. Kwine tune,
very well, quite right. (Cf. -ine,)

Ewinji, adv. Much, very. (Cf.
'inji, -ingi.)

Ewiaa, interrog. Where ? (Cf.
kulipi, ku.)

Ewisonde, adv. Outside. (Cf.
kunse, pesonde,)

Ewitala, adv. At (to/ from)
the side (far side, other side). (Cl
itaiat ishifya,)

Ewiulu, adv. Above, on the
top, up. ' Kw, lya^ prep, on, upon,
&c. (Cf. iulu,)

L and B being mostly con-
vertible sounds, L is chiefly used
in this vocabulary.

Iiaisha, v. See Laya, Layisha.

Iiala, v. (t) Lie, lie down, sleep,
rest Lala tulo, go to sleep. Md.
-leUt Ap. lalila, Nt. lalika ; (Act.)
e.g. put aside, put off, adjourn, let
rest ; Cs. Int. laliskyay laleshya (cf.
ulalOy mulala^ mulale) ; (a) be
abundant, plentiful. Also 'leU^ Ulwa,
{Qi.fula,)

Lama, v. Take care of, keep
watchr, guard, tend. Md. -laming.
(Cf. malama,pembaf embtla^ sunga.)

Lamba, v. Approach humbly,
grovel before, (i) beg, appeal; (a)

IiAHbathiA

107

LXSA

flatter, praise. Usually in Ap.
lambila^ lambtlila. (Cf. kambila,
lambula^ lumbal

Iiambatila, v. Stick to^ be
sticky. (Cf. kumbatila,)

Iiambula, v. Pay wages. (C£
MlambUf lamba,)

Iiamuka, v. Open the eyes,
wake ap. (Cf. itukay shiibuka,)

Iiamuna, v. Take in the hand,
receive.

Landamika, v. Set in line, put
in row. (Cf. lon^, mulongo,)

Langa, v. (i) Show, point out:
(2) arrange, direct, manage, com-
mand, instruct; (3) punish, correct.
Ap. 'ila^ Cs. 'ishya, (Cf. ilango^
kalango, tnulangwe,)

Iiangaluka, v. (i) Think, be
thoughtful, have in mind, remember,
expect, wish, believe (cf. lasa^ kum^
btika)\ (2) look thoughtful, be sad
(melancholy, anxious^ perplexed).
(Cf. tumana.)

Langaula, v. Look about, peer
about. (Cf. chenckenia.)

Iiapa, V. Swear, take an oath.
Cs. lapishya^ e. g. cause to swear,
put on oath; Ap. lapila. (Cf.
ipundcy ptalape,)

Lapuka, v. Burst out (with
cries, abuse, anger), cackle, scold,
storm. Ap. 'lapwiU.

Lasa, v. \i) Wound, damage,
hurt ; (2) give pain, be painful, ache,
hurt ; (3) think, reflect, be perplexed
(anxious, thoughtful) ; (4) go in the
direction of, lead towards ; (5) place
on the Are, cook. Ap. lasila^ Rp.
lamna, e. g. fieht. Lasanya, be
thoughtful, puzzled, at a loss. (Cf.
langaluka,)

Laukila, v. Find (a thing lost,
unexpectedly), light upon after
search, {d, fwaya, sanga.)

Iiawila, V. Speak, talk, say.
Md. 'lawile, Ap. lawilila, e.g.
muianduy (i) bring to trial, charge,
accuse ; (2) decide (settle, judge) a
case. (Cf. eita^ and E.L. sosa,)

Iia^uka, V. Forget. (Cf. luwa.)

Iiawula, V. (i) Untie, release,
take out of a trap; (2) taste (food).

Laya, v. Bid good-bye to, send
off, let go, part with, let depart.
Cs. layisha^ send away, dispatch
(cf. iumd), Rp. layana, bid good-
bye to each other, take leave.

Leka, V. (i) Let, allow, permit,
give leave; (2) let -alone, leave,
leave off, stop (doing), abandon,
desert, part from. Ap. iekelat leke-
Ula, e.g. let off, acquit, pardon,
remit. Cs. Int. lekeshya^ leshya^
cause to leave off, e. g. forbid, pre-
vent, stop. Lileshya, refrain from,
abstain. Rp* iekana, e.g. part
company, diverge, be different, go
different ways, be contrary (contra-
dictory). Cs. lekanya, put apart,
part, separate.

Lela, V. (i) Nurse (a child),
rear, bring up; (2) form a cluster
or swarm (as bees). (Cf. chilela.)

Lelo, n. and adv. This day, to*
day, the present time, now. (Cf.
iiay mailo.)

Lema, v. Be heavy, feel heavy,
be weary (tired, exhausted). Ap.
Umela, Cs. letneshya^ (Cf, Jina,
katalaf waka.)

Lemba, v. Make marks (signs,
figures): (i) carve, cut, tattoo;
(2) draw, write, sketch; (3) make
a sign (with head, hand, eye), beckon,
give a hint. (Cf. nembo^

Lemyay v. Honour, show re-
spect (to), be civil (courteous,
polite). (Cf. chindika, uUfne.)

Lenga, v. Make, produce, manu-
facture, cause, create. Also of
feelings, e. g. lenga m7venso, feel fear.
(Cf. cAttay panga^ umbay waia.)

Lengelela, v. Peep, peer about,
pry, spy. (Cf. chenckenta,)

Lengulula, v. Slander, accuse
falsely, use angry (abusive, violent)
language to. (Cf. ibepa,)

Lesa, n. {iSba-L) God, thunder,
providence, chance, accident. Lesa
infumUy paramount chief, absolute
ruler.

IiZSSHYA

io8

-LOMBE

Leshya, v. Cs. of leka (which see).

Leta, V. Bring, fetch. (Ap.
leiela,)

Leya, v. Avoid a blow, get out
of the way. (Cf. chtchila.)

Li-, also i'j Hi; di; Class-
prefix of notms (sing.) here given
under I, with plural Ma-. Also
(i) reflexive particle, self, selves,
with verbs, e. g. lipama, strike one-
self; (2) of time, times, e.g. HfnOt
one time; likumi^ ten times; lisa,
which time? when?

Li, V. (defective) Be. (Cf. wa,
ikalGf ni.)

Lia, Lya, v. Eat, consume, use
up. Md. -itie, Ap. /t/a, e.g. eat
with (as relish); /t/t/a, eat up, eat
all. Cs. Int. /tskya, eat greedily,
cause to eat, feed. LuiS}oko wa
ktdila, right hand (cf. lulyo^ cha-
kulyd), Nt. Hkay Ps. likwa, be
eaten, fit to eat; Ap. likila^ Ps.
likilwa^ be eaten up, devoured bodily
(as by lion).

Liala, Ilyala, Liamba, n. See
lala, lamba.

Lila, V. (i) Sound, give a sound,
make a noise ; (a) cry, sbout, scream,
exclaim ; (3) cry, shed tears, mourn,
lament. Cs. lishyaf e.g. play on
an instrument, beat a drum. Lishya
ulupi (jnapi), clap the hands. Lishya
injmi, fire a gun. Lishya tnunshu^
whistle. (Cf. ililo.)

Lila, n. Usually in plur. ///a/a,
bowels, entrails, intestines.

Lima, v. Cultivate, dig, hoe.
(Cf. muliffw, fnuliffiiy kula.)

Liznba, v. (i ) Be strong (firm,
energetic, hard-working, brave),
make an effort, apply strength ;
(3) plant (seed). (Cf. kosa.)

Limbi, adv. At another time,
on a different occasion. (Cf. -mbi.)

Limeka, v. Show pride, show
off, swagger, brag. See Meka, and
Li- reflexive.

Linga, adv. How many times,
how often. (Cf. -nga.)

Linga, v. (i) Be like, be equal.

match, suit, fit; (a) do like, copy,
imitate. Rp. lingana, be alike ;
Cs. iinganya, match, compare. (Cf.
mulingOt palana,)

Lingula, v. Marry. (Cf. upa,
kwata.)

Lino, ilino, n. {tnenOy te. ma'
ino). Tooth.

Lino, adv. Perhaps, possibly, it
may be so. (Cf. -noj kani.)

Linso, Liso, Uiso, Disc, n.
{mensOj i. e. ma-inso^ nieso). Eye.
(Cf. chinsOf ishiso.)

Lipa, V. Pay. Ap. lipila^ Cs.
lipishya, (Cf. futa.)

Lisa, Lwisa, interr. When?
(Cf. 'isa, kwisa,)

Lishya, v. Cs. of (i) iila,
(2) lia^ lya.

Liwili, n. A second time, again.
(Cf. 'Wiliy kawili.)

Li^hikishya, Li-ihichishya, v.
Remind oneself, recall to mind, re-
member, recollect. (Cf. ivbuchi-
shya.)

Loka, V. (i) Rain, fall as rain ;
(2) leak, drip, let rain through. Ps.
iokwa, be rained on; Md. -lokelwe,
(Cf. mulochif nya.)

Lokoso, adv. (i) Merely, only,
just ; (2) for nothing, gratis, in vain,
idly, uselessly; (3) anyhow, unin-
tentionally, by chance (accident);
(4) without use (reason, occupation).
Often with -a forming an adj. as
above, e.g. -a lokoso, idle, useless,
empty, &c. (Cf. ndololo,)

Lola, V. Look, gaze, fix eyes on.
Cs. Int. loleshya, e. g. look carefully,
observe, examine. (Cf. wona.)

Lomba, v. Beg, ask (for), pray.
Ap. lombela^ Cs. lombeshya. (Cf.
mulombeshi.)

Lomba, adv. (i) Now, at once,
soon, in these days, as it is ; (2) but,
still, nevertheless ; (3) as connective,
so, then, next, although ; lomba pano,
at once, on the spot.

-lombe, a. Good-looking, hand-
some, pretty, well dressed. (Cf.
ulombe^ kalombelombe^

LONDA

109

LITKWA

Londa, v. Follow, keep follow-
ing, track, go after; (2) set the
heart on, be set on, long for, try to
get; (3) drop (of liquid), fall in
drops. (Cf. foUg.)

Londola, Iiondolola, v« Follow
up, keep following on, improtune,
prosecute, press a charge against.
(Cf. londa.)

Iionga, V. Put in order, arrange,
pack, stow, put together, collect,
muster. Ap. longela^ pack in, stuff
into, fill up with, lay in order (rows,
heaps, &C.); Rp.' langana^ come
together, gather in rows, collect,
assemble, meet together; Cs. Ion-
ganya. (Cf. foUg. and mulongo,)

Longolola, v. Unpack and stow
away, arrange differently, rearrange,
put in order. (Cf. longa.)

Iiota, V. Dream. (Cf. chiloto^
thoshi,)

Iiowa, V. (i) Fish with a line,
angle (cf. indawo) ; (2) bewitch,
apply magic (spell, poison) to (cf.
indoshif muloshi^ uloshiy lowolola),

Iiowola, V. Make iigns to,
beckon. (Cf. chewula, leniba,)

Iiowolola, V. Remove spell
(from). (Cf. Iowa (2).)

I1U-. Class-prefix of nouns. Also
often Ulu:

Iiuaka, n. {ma-L, and ngaka).
Crack, fissure, crevice.

Iiuango, n. {mango), (i) Cross-
switch, lath, carrying thatch on
rafters (cf. imbalo) ; (a; a flat (kind
of) basket (cf. chipe).

Ijuansa, n. (jnansa). Open space
before house, court, court-yard.

Iiuati, n. {ma-L) Sneeze, sneez-
ing. (Cf. atimuna.)

Iiuoheohe, n. {n-ch,) Little child.
(Cf. kanay mwaniche,)

Luchelo, n. Morning, dawn.
Luchelo-chelo, early morning. (Cf.
cha, kumacha.) '

Iiuchonoho, n. (m^A.) Stick
used as stirrer, spoon. (Cf. im-
pampa^

Luendo^ Ulwendo, n. {rna-L)

Travelling, journey, expedition. (Cf.
ihulendoy mulwmdo^ mwendoy enda.)

Iiufd, TJlufa, n. Death. (Cf.
fwa^ tnfwa.)

Luftmga, n. {ma-f.) Packet
parcel, bundle. (Cf. /unga.)

IiuAino, Iiufiinwa, n. Naked
state, nudity. Also as adj., naked.
(Cf. /ununa, usakula,)

Iiuftinyembe, n. (wa-lu,) Cha-
meleon.

Iiufya, V. Cs. of luwa (which
see). (Cf. follg.)

Lilly anya, v. Mix, confuse,
jumble together, make a mess of.
(Cf. pikankanya^ luwa.)

Jjifjitjo,JJlvityOtn.{nfyo),'Ki&[xey. •

Iitdlo, n. See Iiumlo.

Iiuimbo, n. (nifndo, inimbo.)
Song, singing. (Cf. imba.)

Ltiine,n. Right hand (direction),
right. (Cf. 'inet kuluine, lulyo.)

Iiuitawila, n. Echo. (Cf. ita,
itawa.)

Iiui-ihi, n. {ndiibu). Bell, worn
on leg by dancers, and for hunting-
dogs. (Cf. insenselo,)

Iiuka, V. (i) Plait, e.g. hair,
mat; (2) vomit.

Iiukaka, n. Bird-lime, a vege-
table gum.

Lukansa, n. (inkansa). Anger,
fury, passion (word or act). (Cf.
tikali, ululu,)

Iiukasa, n. {makasa)» Foot, foot-
step, spoor, tracks. Lukasa Iwa
tnakaii, sole of foot. (Cf. chikasa,
iskimba, iwondo, mushyele.)

Iiukola, n. (ma-k.) Cough. (Cf.
iola.)

Lukoshi, n. {nkoskt). Bird of
prey, kite. (Cf. tnkwashu)

Iiukunsrwe, n. (ita-l.) ? Cobra.
(Cf. kqfi.)

Iiiiktiiii, n. {inkuni). Piece of
firewood.

Iiulnxta, V. Fall as leaves. (Cf.
wa^ pona.)

Iiulcwa, n. (makwa). Piece of
bark-cloth. (Cf. insansa, mwikwa,
musambot in^ondo,)

LtTKWAWIIiO

no

LXTPUTI

LukwawilO) n. {in-k,) Sandal
(shoe).

Iii6cwelelo, n. {ma-k.) Ladder
(steps, stairs). (Cf. kitfela.)

Iiukwiso, n. {in-k,) Mole (animal).

Lola, v. Be angry. (Cf. kaiipaj
iufu, lukansa.)

Xjttlembo, n. {ndembo, netnbo),
Marks cut or drawn, carving, writ-
ing, drawing, tattoo marks. (Cf.
l^tnba^

Jjulilo, n. {ndilo). Small earthen
dish or bowl. (Cf. inotigo.)

Lulu, Ululu, n. Anger (word,
act or feeling). (Cf. lula.)

-lulu, a. Angry, fierce, bmtal.
(Cf. /«/«.)

Lulyo, n. Right hand (direction),
the right (Cf. lia (Jya), iuine.)

Luma, V. Bite, sting, hart. Md.
•lumine. (Cf. suma and follg.)

Jjumana, Lumanya, v. Grip
each other, grapple, fight. Also
Xjumanya, Cs. make hold together,
prop, support. (Cf. luma and

follg.)

Lumata, v. Bite hard, grip, be
sharp (e.g. a tool). (Cf. lumay

Lumba, v. (i) praise, flatter
(cf. lamba) ; (2) divide np, distribnte
(cf. awa^ kaf^a),

Lumbula, v. Speak o^ mention,
allude to. (Cf. shimbula,)

«luxne, a. Male. (Cf. mulume,
'Onalume, 'lyalume.)

Lumfwi, n. {mfwt). Grey hair.

Iiumfwila, n. (no plur.) Keen
hearing, sharp ear. (Cf. umfwa^

Lumika, v. Bleed (surgically,
by cupping), let blood. (Cf. sumika,
tnusuku,)

Jjumini, n. {iminiy mmini for
n'fnint). Tongue. (Cf. mulaka,)

Jjumpundu, n. {impundtC),
Trilled cry or scream (of joy or
welcome).

Lunda, v. Join, make a joining,
fasten together. Rp. lundana^ Cs.
-anyd. (Cf. iiundo.)

liundulula, v. Pass word along.

Lunga, V. Season, add relish
to (food), e. g. chinarUy chitoibelo^
ckisaibo,

Lungama, v. Be even, straight,
flat, smooth, level. Cs. 'ika, make
even, &c (Cf. follg.)

Iiungiks, V. Make even, level.
L. infutiy level (aim) a gun. (Cf.
lungama^

liunshi, Ulunshi, n. (t&a-/.)
Common fly.

Iiuola, n. (ffiaola). Sting, e.g.
of bee.

Lupafti, n. {mpafu). Bag (of
bark - cloth, for carrying grain).
(Cf. ipafuykapafuy itutnhay tfukuta,)

Lupako, n. {mpako). Cavity,
hollow, hole, -a lupako, hollow.

Iiupanda, n. {tnpanda and ma-p,)
Fork of tree or post. (Cf. panda^
mapandwa, mupanda,)

Lupandje, n. {ma-lupJ) One
yard of calico. (Cf. panda^ chipandey
nmkwambai kaputu )

Lupango, n. {mpango\ Ransom,
redemption, payment, bail. (Cf.
luiS>ula,y

Iiupapatala, n. {tna^p^ Flat
(side) of knife, board, &c.

Lupe, XJlupe, n. {ma-lupe\ A
(kind of) basket. (Cf. chife).

Iiupi, Ulupi, n. {mapty atnapi).
Palm, whole inner side of hand.
Lishya mapi, clap the hands.

Lupili, n. {npa-p. and ma-lup.)
Hill, mountain. (Cf. mupili^ kapili.)

Iiupingwe, n. (m-p,^ Watchman's
stage, platform with shelter hut.
(Cf. chttewttj chtHndo,)

Iiupopo, n. imp. and ma-p,)
Wooden peg, nail. (Cf. popa^

Iiupoto, n. itnp.) Crest, tuft,
topknot.

Lupula, V. (i) Pound (sorghum),
(cf. tway kusula) ; (a) wash clothes
(by beating) ; (3) make a great
catch of fish.

Iiupumpu, n. {mp.) Upright
pole, carrying roof. (Cf. lus&nta.)

Luputi, n. (fnp,) (i) Mound,
hillock, raised bed (for seed in

LUSAFir

III

IiWAIiA

garden), grave-mound ; (2) swelling,
boil.

Jjusafii, n. (ns.) Calf (of leg).

Ijosako, n. (mas.) Stick. (Cf.
Ma^if insako, inkoli.)

Iiusale, n. {ns.) A long, thin,
cord-like snake.

Lusambo, n. {ns.) Brass-anklet,
bracelet. (Cf. insambo.)

Lusansrw'a, n. Seed-shell or
husk used to make a bird-call.
(Cf. musembe, induibHlula.)

Liuanso, n. {tts.) Strainer,
filter, colander. (Cf. swajfwa,)

Lusatu, n. {ns.) Python.

Lose, n. {tnase,) Hoe. (Not
W.L. Ct ise.)

Iiusengo, n. {ma-s.) Horn.

Iiusensa, n. {ns.) Grassy, tree*
less depression in forest, with a
stream. (Cf. chisensa, Hungup

Iiushlmu, n. {nsh^ Bee.

Iiushinga, n. {nsh,) (1) Blood-
vessel, vein; (2) string of bow ; (3)
trigger of gnn. (Cf. kaskingai and
follg.)

Iioshipa, n. {n^h^ Blood»vessel,
vein.

Lushishi, n. (nshisht). Bark
in strips used for rope, cord,
string. (Cf. mwando^ impapa^ chi-
wombwat chikungo.)

Lushito, n. {nsh.) Fence, for
catching game.

Iiusonta, n. {ns.) Leaning roof
poles, rafters. (Cf. mpumpu, mu-
panda,)

Lu8ota» n. {ns,) Nipple of
breast.

Lusua, n. Sunshine, sun*s light
(heat, power). (Cf. kastm,)

Lutengo, n. {nt.) Bit of dry
grass. (Cf. kaiende,)

Iiutowa, n. {Ji't.) Hollow
(middle) of cheek. (Cf. it&wo.)

Luwu, V. (i) Be at a loss, stray,
wander, be lost; (2) forget. Ap.
iuwiia, e.g. nshila, lose the road ;
Md. -luwUey Cs. lujya^ lose, waste,
throw away (c£ pma, tavd)\ Cs.
lufyishya, -ishishya^ Rp. fufyanya.

e.g. mix up, confuse, make a jumble
of.

Iiuwafd, n. {mbafu). Rib.

Luwaka, n. {ngaka)» See Iiiiaka.

Iiuwala, n. ( iluwala)* A kind
of (human) tick.

Luwali, n. {mbali). Side, side
part, side portion. MbcUi shyonsCj
on all sides, all round.

Iiuwali«wali, n. {mbali-wali).
Flea. (Cf. luwala.)

Iiuwalo, n. {mbalo). Cross-piece,
lath carrying thatch on rafters.

Luwamba, n. Film over the eye,
dim light, stupidity. (Cf. wamba^
chiwambi.)

liuwanga, n. {ijba-w,) A (kind
of) fish-trap, (Cf. muofto.)

Iiuwangala, n. Indian hemp,
bhang.

Iiuwao, n. {fnbaoJ) Fence for
catching game. (Cf. lushito.)

Iiu^e, Iiubwe, n. Ironstone,
(Cf. ii&t,)

Luwemba, n. Brass. (Cf.
insambo f muiuwa.)

Luwengwa, n. (tna-w.) Powder-
horn.

Luweshi, n. {ma-L) Kniie.
(Cf. chiweshiy weya,)

Xju^Io, n. Act of running,
speed, quick motion. As adv.,
quickly, speedily, in haste. (Cf.
imdilOy ibutukoy wangu.)

Iiuwo, uluwo, n. Quarrel,
struggle, debate. (Cf. /war, mu-
lomoy mulandu.)

Luwola, n. See Luola.

Iiuwomba-nongo, n. Giraffe.

liU'^iiko, n, {ma-'df.) Doctor's
art, detection and treatment of ill-
ness. (Cf. ibuka.)

liU'J&iiku, n. {ma-l. and mbuku)^
High river-bank.

Lu^Anla, V. Ransom, redeem,
buy back. (Cf, lupango.)

Lu'^hinda, n. {muttda, malwA,)
Hip, loin.

Iiwa, V, Wrestle, struggle,
quarrel, fight. (Cf. Iwana, lutvo.)

Lwala, V. Be (become) ill, be

-LWELE

112

MASO

sick, be ailine. Md. -Iweie. (Cf.
t^nda, and foTlg.)

-Iwele, -Iweshi, -Iwashi, a.
Sick, ill. (Cf. Iwala, ulwele,)

Iiwinyangu, n. (Jnyangu), A
(kind of) bean.

Iiya, V. See Lia.

-lya, a. demonstr. That, that
yonder. (Cf. -w>.)

-lyakashi, a. Female. (Cf.
-nkashif -anakaski,)

-lyalume, a. Male. (Cf. -lume,
-analumg.)

Ma-. Class-prefix plur. of many
nonns with I, lu, a, as prefix in
sing. Under this are given a number
of words used only or mainly in
plur.

ICaflna, n. Matter, pus. (Cf.

ICaflngwa, n. Things thrown
down, rolling, falling, &c., e.g. rub-
bish, stones, earth on hillside. .

Mafuta, n. Fat, oil, grease,
ointment.

Mailo, n. To-morrow, yesterday.
(Cf. i/a, lelo.)

MainBha, n. Rainy season
(November to March).

Makupa, n. (Human) milk.
(Cf. mukaka.)

Makwe^o, n. Goods for sale,
merchandise. (S. lukwewo,)

Mala, n. Bowels, entrails.

Malamba, n. Iron ore for smelt-
ing. (Cf. mutapOf lutbe.)

Malape, n. Oath (of assevera-
tion). (Cf. lapa^ mapunde.)

Malekano, n. Parting, division,
going different ways, difference,
contradiction. (Cf. leka^ ma-
mpandwa,)

Malenganya, n. ( — ) Lizard.
Also Eamalenganya.

Malenji, n. Long, high grass.
(Cf. chant,)

Mali, amali, n. Personal pro-
perty, wealth. (Swa. Cf. ckuma,)

Mflkliri, n. Bed-frame, bedstead.
Also Iliri,

Malo, n. Place. Fa tnalo -a,
in place of, instead of. (Cf. ilfu/o.)

Maluko, n. Vomit. (Cf. iu^a,)

Maluku, n. Malicious slanderer,
backbiter, deceiver, liar.

Mama, v. Cry out, exclaim (at,
against. Sec). Ap. mamilOf Cs.
mamishya. (Cf. ama.)

Mama, n. {ita-m^ Mother. M.
mukulu, mother's elder sister. M.
mwaikey mother's younger sister.
M.fyala, mother-in-lkw. M. wa mu-
iSbukulUj step-mother. (Cf. nyina.)

Mambirima, n. Falls (of a
river). (Cf. mapota.)

Mampanda, n. Fork of road.
(Cf. panda^ and follg.)

Mampandwa, n. Fork of tree.
{Cf. panda f lupanda.)

Mana, v. Come to an end, be
finished, completed. Also Act., i.e.
bring to an end, finish, complete.
Md. •ine, (Cf. pela, shila.)

Manata, n. Leprosy, leper.

Manika, Manicha, Miinka, v.
Grip, hold tight, seize with fingers.
Rp. tnan{t)kanaj Cs. mankanya
(used of fourth day's beer-brewing.
Cf. kumba),

Mankolwe, n. Fence or screen
of veranda {tnulokolo),

Mapanda, n. See Mampanda.

Mapasa, n. {dfamapasa). Twins
of different sex. (Cf. mupundu.)

Mapota, n. Rapids (of river).
(Cf. mambirima,)

Masa, Mata, v. Apply mud-
plaster (of first rough coat), plaster
(a hut). Nt. matika^ be plastered,
covered with mud. (CC shinga,)

Masaka, n. Sorghum, Kaffir
com.

Masala, Mashyala, n. Land
gone out of cultivation, abandoned
plantation. (Cf. mxUonga^ ishyala.)

Mashiri, MisliUi, n. (ita-m,)
Skilled workman, mechanic, usually
smith. (Cf. chilolo, mufushi,)

Mashyala, n. See Masala.

Maso, n. Hair of pudenda. (Cf.
follg.)

MASOSHI

"3

HITCHETE

Masoslii, (rarely Maso), n. Day
before yesterday, day after to-
morrow. (Cf. lelo, math,)

Mata, n. (sing, ibu/a). Bow and
arrows, weapons.

Matawa, n. Maize, Indian com.
See Itawa.

Mate, n. Spittle, saliva. (Cf.
/a/a, shipa.)

Matipa, n. Mud, muddy place,
bog.

Matongo, n. Site of deserted
village or plantation. (Cf mashy-
ala,)

Matuka, n. Bad language,
abuse, insults. (Cf. iuka, matmki.)

Matukuta, n. Sweat. (Cf. in-
kasalo, chiwe.)

Matushi, n. Abuse. (Cf. ma-
iuka.)

Mayanga, n. Forest, bush,
jungle. (Cf. tmpanga.)

Mba, pr. These (people). Mba-
mwe, (it is) you there, you people.
(Nasalized form of {a)'ifa.)

Mbala, v. Annoy, tease, abuse,
harass. (Cf. kaiashya, iendekelay
saushyay tumanishya,)

-mbi, a. Other, another, of
another sort, different, additional.

Mbono, n. Castor -oiU See
Imbono.

Meka, v. Be conceited, swagger,
show off. Also Limeka, (Cf. limeka^
chimeko^

Mena, v. Grow (of vegetation}.
(Cf. mununai kula,)

Menda, Amenda, n. Water.
(£.L. also menshi, amenshi.)

Mikoshi, n. Urine. (Cf. sundd,
nya.)

Biiloohi, Miloki, n. Rain. (Cf.
/oJba.)

ICilyaahi, n. Burial-place of
chief. (Cf. chitimbo^

ICimena, n. Yeast, barm. (Cf.
mumefuzy mena.)

Mlna, v. Swallow. (Cf /««•
minOf and follg.)

Mhiaula, v. M. amate, make the
mouth water.

L.*L. H. H

Minsa, v. Sow (seed) broad-
cast. (Cf. wiala^

Minsola (sing, mu-n.), n. Ob-
stinacy, naughtiness, impudence.
Also v., show contempt, reject with
disdain, treat disrespectfully.

Minta, v. Carry (a load). (Cf.
pinta.)

Mifihike, n. See Mushike.

-mo, a. One, single, unique.

-mo, after a verb, often repre-
sents the object, with the mean-
ing, in it, into it, out of it, some
of it.

Mochelo, n. {my-o.) Furnace,
kiln. (Cf. nyumbif ocha,)

Mo-mo, negat. No, not so.
(Cf. iyoOf ko-ko,)

Mona, n. {miona). Nose. (Cf.
kamona.)

Mondo, n. (mi-o.) Native bodng
tool. (Cf. musumbo,)

Mongololo, n. (mi-o.) Lower
part of back, back of loins* (Cf.
ukome^ chihome^ musana.)

Moyo, XJmoyo, n. (mtcyo). Life,
vitality, energy, courage. (Cf.
mutima.)

Mpa, adv. (It is) here. Mpanoy
(it is) here, there, now. Mpalya,
(it is) there, then.

Mu-. Class-prefix of nouns,
often umu'f urn-, and before a
vowel mw-y umw-,

Mu, prep. In, into, inside,
within, out of. Also interr., where ?
(Cf. ku.)

Muango, n. (mt-a.) Trunk of
elephant. (Cf mumpa.)

Mubolo, XJmbolo, n. (mi-b.)
Penis.

Muchele, Mwichele, XJmohele,
n. Salt.

Muchenchemeai, n. {7&acA.)
Adulterer. (Cf. uchende.)

Muchende, n. {ilba-ch.) (i)
Adulterer; (2; bull. iCf chenda.)

Muchendwa, n. {mich^ Lower
jaw.

Muchete, n. {iba-ch^ A (kind
of) monkey ; (2) subject of a chief.

MUCHINDA

"4

MUKULir

member of a village, free man.
(Cf. kackete.)

Muohila, n. {mi-ch.) Tail (of
animal). (Cf. imuka.)

Muohinda, n. {micA.) Stem of
pipe. (Cf. intuntUy imbokoma.)

Huohinzi, n. {mi-ch,) Honour,
respect, compliment, present, civility,
attention. (Cf. chindika,)

Muohombo, n. {mu<k.) White
calico worked (Swahili) cap. {CL
chisotit chapewa,)

Muemfu, n. See Mwemfu.

Muenshi, n. {tni-e.) A (kind of)
ant. (Cf. muswa.)

Muflla, n. {iba-f,) An idler, one
who neglects to hoe his garden.
;Cf. ufUa.)

Muflto, n. (fftt-f.) Soot, grime
^on cooking-pot, roof, &c.). (Cf.
tnushito, mulale.)

Mufulwa, n. {tni-f.) Furrow,
groove, trench.

Muflmdwa, n. (mi-/.) A sweet,
rather light beer. (Cf. uwaiwa,
fisunga,)

Mufongo, n. nii-f,) Ceremonial
offering. (Cf. chipupo, pupa.)

Mufuahi, n. {iba-f,) Worker in
metal, smith. {Ctfula.)

Mufwi, n, {mi-f.) Arrow.

Hafyala, n. (^jba-f.) Cousin.
(Cf. fyah.)

Mufyashi, n. {iba-f.) Parent.
{a.fyala,)

Muili, n. {miilt), (i) Body;
(2) substance, bulk, bigness.

Muilima, n. (mt-z.) A (kind of)
bat. (Cf. tmpepe.)

Muipi, n. See Muwipi.

Muka, umka, n. (ibaka). Wife.
Mka wa wency another. man's wife.
Mka mU'fUwa^ mka kushyala^ a
widow. (Cf. mukashu)

Mukaka, n. {mi-k,) Milk (of
animals). (Cf. makupa.)

Hukalo, n. {mi-k.) Water-hole,
well. (Cf. mushima,)

Mukamata, n. (^a-m,) Person
(wife or slave) inherited. (Cf.
chokoloj impiano.)

Mukanga, Hukansa, n. {mi-k,)
Wrinkle (on face).

Mukashi, n. {iba-k.) Wife, wo-
man. (Cf. mwanakashi.)

Mukatamwene, n. (iva-k,) Per-
sonal servant in chiefs household.

Mukati, adv. Meanwhile, inside,
in the middle. (C£ katiy pakaii,)

Muko, Umuko, n. {ibako^
aitako). Son-in-law. Also Mwiko,

Mukofti, n. (mi-k,) Scar.

Mukoka, n. Feti^ (distinguish-
ing a family or clan in a tribe),
family, clan. (Cf. mukowa.)

Mukolo, n. (iba-k,) (i) First
(head) wife of a chief; (a) {tni-k,)
deep water-channel, gully, ravine.
Also Mukolwa, (Cf. mukonkola.)

Mukoma, n. {mi-k,) Hammer
for smith's work. (Cf. konia,)

Mokondo, n. {mi-k.) (1) Track
of game, spoor, trail ; (2) war spear
(cf. inkondo),

Mukonka, Munkoiika,n. (mt-k.)
Bracelet, anklet, of brass wire. (Cf.
lusambo, wutaU,)

Mukonko, n. {mi-k.) Tree with
edible fruit {ikonko^ pi. nia-k,).

Mukonkola, n. {mi-k.) Water-
channel, drain, ditch. (Cf. fnu^
kolo.)

Mukonkote, n. {mi-k.) Old
man's staff, walking*stick.

Mukonono, n. {mi-k.) Snore,
snoring. (Cf. koioma.)

Mukopa, n. {mi-k.) Wallet,
satchel. (Cf. inkomwe,)

Mukoshi, n. {mi-k,) Neck,
throat (external). (Cf. ikoshi,)

Hukowa, n. {mi-k, ) ( i ) Navel ;
(a) family, clan. (Cf. mukoka.)

Mukuku, n. {mi-k.) (i) Current
(of water), draft (of air) ; (a) {iba-k.),
grandmother (cf. imhuya),

Mukula, n. {mi-k.) Track ot
something dragged on the ground.
(Cf. kula, mukondo,)

Mukulama, n. {^a-k,) Guard,
attendant. (Cf. lama,)

Mukulu, n. {iba-k.) (i) A great
person (cf. -kulu) ; (2) elder brother,

MUKITNirSHI

"5

MXriiONDA

e. g. mukulu antu (in general) ;
mukulu wanjit my elder brother.

Mukunoshi, n. (iba-k,) Adul-
terer. (Cf. kununa, muchende.)

Mokupa, n. Native beer {uwalwa)
in the second stage of making. (Cf.
kuniba,)

Mukushita, n. (^a-k.) Trader,
one who buys or sells, customer,
seller. (Cf. shita,)

Mukusu, n. {mi-k,) Helping,
bite, mouthful, morsel of food taken
in the fingers. (Cf. sunUf isono,
kusa»)

Mukuwa, n. Copper.

Mukwa, Mwikwa, n. {tnikwa).
Piece of bark used for carrying.
(Cf. lukwa.)

Mukwakwa, n. {mi-k,) Path,
road. (Cf. inshilaf museu.)

Mukwala, n. {mi-k.) Tragk,
footstep (of man or animal). (Cf.
mukondo, lukasa.)

Mukwaxnba, n. {mi-k,) One
fathom of cloth. (Cf. lupande,)

Mukwandala, n. {mi-k,) Belt,
girdle. (Cf. iniandwe.)

Mukwa^o, n. {iba-k.) One of
their village, neighbour. So muk-
wasu {mukwanu), my (your) neigh-
bour. (Cf. -esUt -enu, -attfo.)

Mulaka, n. {mi-/.) (i) Tongue
(cf. lumini, ulaka); {2) language,
speech.

Hulala, n. {iba-l.) (i) A person
of the Lala tribe (cf. chikUaf wilaia) ;

(2) {mi'/.) remainder of food, food
put away, reserve (cf. cAimdala);

(3) crack, fissure, crevice.
Mulale, n. {mi-/.) Soot (from

smoke, on roof), ashes (of burned
grass). (Cf. itoyi.)

Mulamu, n. {'d/a-/.) Brother- or
sister-in-law.

Mulanda^ n. {iha-/.) Dependant
of a chief, one of a village. (Cf.
muckete.)

Mulando, n. {mi-/,) IDead,
fallen tree.

Mulandu, n. {mi-/,) (i) Affair,
case, matter, subject of debate,

business; (2) difficulty, question,
quarrel, discussion, argument,

reason, cause.

Molangwe, n. {mi-/.) (i) Sense,
intellect, understanding; (2) clever
word or act, device, trick, argument,
jibe ; (3) advice, warning, instruc-
tion. (Cf. /anga^ i/ango^ ka/ango.)

Mulanshi, n. {mi-/,) Barrel of
gun. (Cf. mu/u/i,)

Mulaye, n. {'^a-/.) Doctor, me*
dicine-man. (Cf. inganga,)

MulembO) n. {it)a-/.) Trunk of
elephant. (Cf. muangOf mumpa.)

Muliango. See Mulyango.

Mulilo, n. {mi-/.) Fire, blaze,
heat. (Cf. ckiwe, kawa.)

Mulimi, n. {-dfa-/.) One who
cultivates the soil, peasant. (Cf.
/ima and foUg.)

Mulimo, n. {mi-/.) (i) Hoeing,
digging, cultivation; (2) labour,
work, occupation. (Cf. /ima, in-
chito.)

Mulimwa, n. {mi-/.) A (kind
of) bean. (Cf. inkuftde^ /winy-
angu.)

Mulindu, n. {ita-/.) Young
girl, not adult. (Cf. chisungu.)

Mulingo, n. {mi-/.) Pattern,
measure, copy. (Cf. /inga.)

Muli'^o, n. {mi-/,) Shoot,
sucker, tendril of creeping plant.

Mulochi, n. {mi-/.) Falling
rain, shower. (Cf. imvu/a, /oka.)

Molokashi, n. {iba-/.) Daughter-
in-law. (Cf. muko,)

Mulokolo, n. {mi-/,) Space
under projecting eaves of house,
often supported by poles, and
enclosed with screen, verandah.

Mulombe, n. {iba-/,) A fine*
looking, handsome, well-dressed
person. (Cf. u/omhe^ ka/ombe.)

Mulombeshi, n. {tBa-/.) A
beggar, suppliant. (Cf. /omba.)

Mulomo, n. {tni-/.) (i) Lip,
beak ; (2) projection, edge, brim ;
(3) insult, provocation, quarrel.
(Cf. ka/omo.)

Mulonda, n. {mi-/.) Follow-

H 2

MTTLOKQA.

Ii6

MUNKONKA

ing, tracking, search for game. (Cf.
londa.)

Mulonga, n. (i) (/»/-/.) Current,
rush of water (cf. mukuku) ; (a)
{iba-k,) chiefs overseer (cf. longct).

Mulongo, n. (mi-L) A row or
line of things, and so a number or
quantity, crowd, group, herd, flock,
gang (cf. hnga) ; (a) (iba-L) one of
the same village, neighbour (cf.
mukwaibo),

Mulopa, n. Blood. (Cf. kalu-

Muloshi, n. (i) (iba-l.) Witch-
doctor (cf. indoshi, infwitU lowd) ;
(a) {mi-l.) whistling, whistle (cf.
munsUy mushu),

Mulu, n. Upper part of river or
stream. So kumulu, up-stream.
(Cf. inseleh, iulu.)

Muluko, n. Vomiting. (Cf.
luka^ maluko.)

Mululi, n. {mi'/.) Barrel of gun.
Also Mulanshi,

Mulombwana, n. (tba-l,) Youth,
lad, attendant.

Mulume, n. {ilba-L^ Male, man,
husband. (Cf. -lufm.)

Mulumu, n. {mi-l.) Cupping
instrument, usually horn. (Cf. lu-
mika^ musuku.)

Mulunda, n. (mi-l.) Heap, pile.
(Cf. muvumba.)

Mulundu, n. (mi-l.) Land,
country, dry land. (Cf. chalo.)

Mulungani, n. {^a-l.) A pro-
fligate, adulterer. (Cf. muchende,
mukuHushi.)

Malwashi, Mulwele, n. (ita-l.)
Sick person, invalid. (Cf. Iwala.)

Malwendo, n. (iba-l,) Traveller,
passer-by, stranger, guest. (Cf.
enda, Iwendo.)

Mulyango, n. (mi-l.) Hole,
aperture, doorway, entrance. (Cf.
mupaiay chipunda,)

Miimbo, n. Purpose, intention.
As adv. on purpose, intentionally.
Te mumbo, accidentally.

Mumbu, n. (mi-u.) Potato-like
vegetable.

Humbwe, n. (^a^m) A (kind
of) wild dog, fox. (Cf. imbwa.)

Muxne, n. (mime). Dew. Also
Chime.

Mumena, n. (mi-m.) Plant, herb.
(Cf. mena.)

Mumino, n. (mi-m.) Throat
(internal). (Cf mina, mukoshi.)

Mumoye, n. (tba-m.) Young
girl, adult (Cf. ckisungu.)

Mumpa, n. (mimpa). Trunk of
elephant. (Cf. mulembe.)

Mampundi, n. Lala m., be
gorged, glutted with food.

Mumpulu, n. (tba-m,) ' Fool,
idiot, simpleton. (Cf. pusa^ chung-
wa.)

Munasara, n. (tba-n.) A Swahlli
man, Mahommedan.

Munda, n. (minda,) Cultivated
land, plantation, garden. (Cf.
uwalla.)

Mundonda, n. (mi-n,) A drop
(of liquid). (Cf. londa,)

Munefti, n. (mi-n,) Fleshy part
of meat, flesh (not bone). (Cf.
inama, chinane,)

Manga, n. (mingd). Thorn,
prickle.

Munganga, n. (iba-n.) See In-
ganga.

Mung'o, n. (aibango). Thief.
(Cf. pompwe^

Mungu, Muungu, n. (mi-ungu).
Pumpkin. (Cf. cAipusAi.)

Mungwe, n. (ibongwe). A single,
unmarried person. (Cf. mushike.)

Muni, n. (mint). Anus, vent.

Munika, v. Give light, light up,
show by light. (Cf. mushya, and
foUg.)

Muniko, n. ( — ) Something
that gives (artificial) light, torch,
fire, candle. Sec, Also Chimuniko,
(Cf. munika,)

Muninga, n. mi-n.) Ground-
nut. Also Inshawa,

Munkombe, n. (mi-n.) Earthen
vessel, for water or cooking. (Cf.
ifiongo,)

Munkonka, n. See Mukonka.

MtTNKtTLIT

117

MUPITO

Munkiilu, n. (mi-n.) (i) Log;
(2) rat-trap.

Miinshi) n. {minsht), Ponnding
pole, pestle. (Cf. ifusu,)

Munsho, n. (Uba-m.) Uncle.

Miuislia, Munsu, n. {mi-unsu).
Whistling sound, whistle. Also
Munsoshu

Munsnla, n. See Minsula.

Muntu, n. (ilbantu), A person,
individual, man. (Cf. chimuntUy
kamuntUj chintu, kantu,)

Munwe, n. {minwe). Finger.
(Cf. kanwe.)

Munyambi, n. {tta-n.) Second
(or other following) wives of a chief.
^Cf. mukolOf kctnyambi.)

Munyanga, n. (nii-n,) Tusk of
elephant. (Cf. insqfi*,)

Munyenga, n. {mi-n,) A (kind
of) ant.

Muono, Mono, n. {mtono). A
(kind of) fish- trap.

Mupaka, n. {tni-p,) Boundary,
border, limit.

Mupalu, n. i^a-p^ A hunter.
(Cf. chiwinda,)

Mupamfi, n. (^a-p.) A big-
bodied, stout, fat person,

Mupanda, n. (mi-p,) Forked
post or pole. {Cf, uiupanda,pan€hj
and follg.)

Mupande, n. (tni-p,) Hole, fis-
sure. (Cf. panda,)

Mupandi, n. {tni-p.) Shin, lower
leg.

Mupapaya, n. {tni-p,) Papaw-
tree. Ipapaya {ma-p,)y the fruit.
Also Mupapapa.

Mupasa, n. {mi-p.) Mat of split
reeds threaded together. Also
Mupesu,

Mupashi, n. {tni-p.) Spirit (of
an individual, disembodied). (Cf.
tnushimu, chinshitigwa, chiwanda,
irttpashi,)

Mupata, n. '>/z-/.) (i) Passage,
entrance, way in or out; (a) pass
between hills, gorge, gap. (Cf.
muliango,)

Mui>elo, n. {tni-p,) Point, place.

or part where a thing ends, mode of
ending, end, edge. (Cf. pela, shilay
tnupaka.)

Mupemba, n. (i) {tifa-p.) An
old man, aged person (cf. ko^a) ;
(a) {iba-tn,) chief *s principal adviser,
councillor, judge (cf. petnba),

Mupembwe, n. {tni-p,) Bank,
embankment, mound, earthwork.

Mupesu, n. {tni-p.) Mat. Also
Mupasa (which see). (Cf. chipesu,
pesula.)

Mupeto, n. {tni-p,) Game-trap
(noose and spring). (Cf. peta.),

Mupiano, n. {iba-p,) Heir. (Cf.
piatia.)

Mupila, n. {iba-p.) Open space
for playing ball, playground. (Cf,
ntafii.)

Mupili, n. {tni-p,) Heap, pile.
(Cf. lupili,)

Mupindo, n. (tni-p.) Wooden
bar (for securing door inside). (Cf.
piftda,)

Mupindushi, n. {tba-p,) One
who settles a dispute, judge, arbi-
trator. (Cf. pittda, pittdula.)

Mupini, n. {ttii'P.) Handle (as
of hoe, axe).

Mupofu, n. {iba-p.) A blind
person. (Cf. pofoikaT)

Mupoko, n. {tni-p,) Hollow
between ridges, valley between lines
of hills.

Mupombo, n. {iba-p^ Adulterer.
(Cf. tnuchettdej potnbola.)

Mupondo, n. (mi-p,) Mortar
for pounding grain. (Cf. i/usu,
twa, pottda,)

MupoQJe, n. {tni-p,) String of
bark-fibre. (Cf. chiponje^ tttwattdo,
Itishishi.)

Mupua, n. Breath.

Mupulnshi, n. {'iba-p.) Rescuer,
saviour, preserver. (Cf. /w/a, indu-
wulwa,)

Mupundu, n. {iba-p,) One of
twins of same sex. Also Itnputidu,
(Cf. tttapasa,)

Mupuo, n. (i) {tni-p.) Silliness,
silly display, showy dressing, cox-

MITPITTIT

ii8

MUSONGA

combry; (2) (Uba-p.) a silly, vain,
overdressed person. (Cf. ffusa,
pua.)

Muputu, n. {nii'p.) Name of a
tree.

Musafa, n. {mis.) Sharp, bitter
speech, taunt, rebuke. (Cf. isele.)

Musako, n. (mt-s.) Wooden
shaft of spear {i/umo). (Cf. /«-
sa^.)

Muaale, n. {mis.) Sugar-cane.

Musambo, n. (mis,) A tree
from which bark-cloth is made. (Cf.
lukwa.)

Musampala, n. (mis.) Relish,
seasoning for food. (Cf. Htfuckisaj
chitoihelo^ lunga,)

Musampi, n. (mis.) Bough,
branch (of tree).

Musana, n. (mis.) Back (of
body). (Cf. inuma.)

Musankwa, n. (ibas.) Young
boy. (Cf. mwaniche,)

Musantu, n. (mis,) Grass used
as a wrapper or cover for carrying
nuts, &c.

Musasa, n. (mis.) Shed, shelter
(of boughs, grass, &c.). (Cf. mu-
tanda't not W.L.)

Muaawo, n. (mis) Wooden
rest for head, pillow. Also Muta-
mino.

Muse, n. (mise). Sweet taste.
(Cf. tepela^ sasa,)

Musexnbe, n. (mis,) Piece of
horn used as a bird-call. (Cf.
nduzvuiu/a,)

Musenga, n. (mis.) Sand.

Musepo, n. (mis.) Edible forest
fruit or herb. (Cf. sepa.)

Museshya, n. (mis,) River-
channel.

Mushangalala, n. (mis,) Char-
coal. (Cf. mushimbilili.)

Mushi, n. (mishi). Village. (Cf.
kashi.)

Mushike, n. (ibas.) Unmarried
person.

Mushili, n. Ground, earth,

Mushilo, n. (mis.) Ending,
end. (Cf. shilttf mupelo, ishililo.)

Mushilu, n. (i^a-j.) Madman.
(Cf. shilu, -ushilu.^

Mushima, n. (mis.) Well,
water-hole. (Cf. mukalo.)

Muahimbi, Musimbi, n. (iifas.)
Growing girl, not adult. (Cf. cki-
sungu.)

Mushimbilili, n. (mis.) Char-
coal. Also Mushangalala.

Mushlmpulo, n. Beer in the
first stage of maJcing. (Cf. kumba,
uwaiwdy shimpula.)

MusMinu, n. (mis,) Dis-
embodied spirit, soul, ghost. (Cf.
mupashij ckiwanda, chinshingwa)

Mushinku, n. (mis,) (i) Size,
stature, bulk, volume; (2) kind, sort.
(Cf. mutundu,)

Mushinso, n. (mis,) Long
journey, long way, great distance.

Muflhiiitililo, n. (mis,) Blood-
vessel, ^vein, artery. (Cf. lushinga^
lushipa.)

Mushishi, Musisi, n. (mis.)
Hair of head (human). (Cf. mwefu,
isako.)

Mushito, n. (mis,) Soot, grime.
(Cf. mufito,)

Mushiwa, n. (ilbas.) A person
bereaved, orphan, widow. (Cf.
skia, shyala^ mushyala,)

Mushya, n. (ibas.) Slave (male
or female). (Cf. kalume)

Mushya, v. Give light, make
light, light up. (Cf. munika,)

Mushyala, n. (ibas.) One de-
serted, derelict, widow, orphan, cast-
away. (Cf. mushiwa, skya/a,)

Mushyele, n. (mis.) Foot.
(Cf. iukasa.)

Mushyu, n. (mis.) Root (of
tree, &c., underground). (Cf.
isAi^ia.)

Musi, n. See Munshi, Mushi.

Musokolwe, n. (mis,) New
place of abode, new settlement.

Musomo, n. (mis.) Skewer,
spit.

Musonga, n. (mis,) (i) Sharp
end, tip, point (of stake), tooth (of
comb, &c.) (cf. songoia, isonga) ;

MUSONTE

119

MITTONDO

(a) bud, shoot, sprout (cf. kako-
kolwd).

Musonte, n. {mi-s.) Ear (of
grain). (Cf. chisankunta.)

Musopelo, n. {mis.) Ramrod.
(Cf. sopela.)

Musoshi, Mushoshi, n. {mis,)
Tear (of the eye).

Musowa, n. {mis,) Wailing,
lamentation. (Cf. liia,)

Musuka, n. {mis.) Iron shaft
of spearhead, spike-end (of axe-head,
of hoe-blade). (Cf. chocho, insuka.)

Mamiku,n. {mis.) (i)Hom used
as cupping instrument (cf. mnlumu,
lumifca) ; (2) tree with a sweet
edible fruit {masuku).

Musuina, n. Wholeness, sound-
ness, entirety, completeness, -a
musuma, and musttma, whole, un-
broken, perfect.

Musuxnbo, n. {mis.) Native
boring tool, awl. (Cf. mondo.)

Musumbu, n. (mis.) A fish-
spear. (Cf. sumba.)

Musundo, n. {mis.) Punting-
pole.

MusungUo, n. {mis.) Not
doing as asked, contrariness, ill-
nature.

MusungU) D* {^a-s,) European,
white man.

Mususu, n. {mis,) Mode of
wearing hair (woman's). (Cf.
■ffiwala.)

Muswa, n. {miswa). White ant.
• Mutala,n. (/ni-/.) District under
one chief.

Mutambo, n. {mi-t.) Large size,
bulk, stature, fine physique. (Cf.
ifumbi.)

Mutaxnino, n. {mi-t.) Wooden
head-rest, pillow. (Cf. musaiSbOy
taamina,)

Mutanda, n. {mi-t.) Shed,
shelter of boughs, grass, and leaves.
(Cf. musasa.)

Mutande, n. {mi-t.) Line, row
(of things side by side). (Cf.
mulongo, row in file.)

Mutanffiko, n. {mi-t.) Begin-

ning, leading off, guiding. (Cf.

foiig.)

MutaDjilishi, n. {iba-t.) One
who goes in front, leader, guide.
(Cf. tangilay kanongola.)

Mutano, n. {mi-t.) Large limb
of tree, main fork or branch. (Cf.
musampiy a smaller bough.)

Mutanti, n. {mi-t.) Cross-pole
(resting on forked poles) ; cross-
piece, e. g. of bed-frame.

Matapo, n. {mi-t.) Iron ore for
smelting. (Cf. Iwdfet viaiamba.)

Mutatiko, n. {mi-t,) Beginning.
(Cf. tatiko, yambay mutangtko.)

Mutatjuishi, n. (t^a-/.) Leader
in singing, conductor.

Mute&, n. {mi't,) Hoop (e.g.
round top of a basket. (Cf. chisele.)

Mutexnbo, n. {mi-t.) Pole for
carrying a load between two men.
(Cf. temba,)

Mutemela, n. {tt^a-t.) Wood-
cutter, in chiefs household. (Cf.
tema.)

Mutende, n. {mi-t.) Peace,
quiet settled state or condition, used
as common salute.

Mutenffa, n. {ita-t,) Messenger,
carrier.

Muteiije,Muteiige,n.(mi:-/.) (i)
Roof of native hut (round, conical) ;
(2) open shed (roof on poles without
walls). (Cf. chitenje.)

Muti, umuti, n. {miti^ imiti).

( 1 ) Tree (cf . ch iti^ kati) ; ( 2 ) medicine
(cf. muyanda),

Mutika, n. Thickness, stoutness,
firm texture, strength, substance.
(Cf. tika,)

Mutima, n. {mi-t.) (i) Heart ;

(2) feeling, desire, appetite; (3)
disposition, character.

Muto, n. {mito). Gravy, soup,
sauce.

Mutole, n. {mi-t.) Bird-call,
made of horn. (Cf. musembe,
lusengo.)

Mutondo, n. {mi-t,) Earthen
(cooking or water) pot. (Cf.
inongo.)

MUTULO

I30

MWAFO

Mutulo, n. (mt't.) Cnstomary
present to chief, tribute. (Cf.
tula.)

Mutamba, n. (mi-t,) Bale of
calico. (Cf. itumba,)

Mutomwa, n. {itfa-t,) Messenger.
(Cf. tuma,)

Mutundu, n. {mi-t.) Size, kind,
sort, quality (cf. mushinku), M,
•umo^ alike. M. umbi, dififerent.

Mutunta, n. {mi-i.) Hill, undula-
tion, rising ground,

Mutwi, n. {mitwi). Head, top,
peak. (Cf. chitwit kuiwi.)

Muungu, n. See Mungu.

Muuwa, n. {miuwa). Smith's
bellows, with handles {ulupUy plur.
fnpa)t day stand Uhiiupi), pipe to
nozi\t(kawambaia), nozzle {inchelo\
clay nreplace into which nozzle
passes {mochelo), (Ct/ukuta,)

Muvi, n. (ibavt). Friend, ac-
quaintance, fellow, neighbour— only
used in combination with a posses-
sive adj., e.g. muvyanjiy ibavyenu^
&c. (Cf. 'viy chi^uzttf mukwa^o,
mwame, and £.L. munanji,)

Muvumba, n. (mt-v.) Heap,
pile, full measure. (Cf. ufumbi?)

Muwele, n. (iba-w,) First-born
child. (Cf. kawinda, twele,)

Muwera, n. Cold season (SE.
winds, June to Sept.), dry teason.
(Cf. mainsAa.)

Muwi, n. See Muvi.

Muwipi, n. Width, breadth.
(Cf. -i>J.)

Muwono, n. (mi-w,) Castor-oil
plant. (Cf. imbono,)

Mu'^ufi, n. A liar, scoundrel.
(Cf. iifufi, -/.)

MnitnandOiU. (mi-it.) Beginning
of rainy season, first rain. (Cf.
ptamsha,)

Muihingo, n. (mi-it.) India-
rubber tree. (Cf. tntafu,)

Mu^nyu, n. (mi-A.) Baobab
tree; iibuyu {ma-ib.), its fruit.

Muyambo, n. {mi-y.) Beginning,
commencement, start. (Cf. yamba^
tcUika, tanga. Not W. Lala.)

Muyanda, n. (mi-y.) Drug,
medicine, poison.

Mnyendo, n, (ita-y.) Traveller,
stranger, guest. (Cf. eftda, mul-
wendo.)

Mwacheso, n. Past time, old
time, long ago : -a mwacheso^ old,
antiquated ; mwezi (mwaka) wa m.
last month (year). (Cf. kale^

Mwafi, n. Poison, used as
ordeal.

Mwafiill, n. (mi-a.) Umbrella.
(Swa.)

Mwaiohe, Mwaike, n. (ybaiche).
Child, young boy or girl. Also
Mwaniclie. (Cf. mwana, -che.)

Mwaka, n. (miaka). Year.
Mivak-o-no (mwaka utu>), this year ;
mwaka wa nuuhcsoy last year. (Cf.
chaka^

Mwala, n. (miala), (i) Rock,
boulder, stone, cliff; (2; way of
wearing hair (woman's), band from
front to back. (Cf. mususu.)

Mwamba, n. (mi^a.) Cross-
pole, ridge-pole of roof. (Cf.
mutanti,)

Mwame, n. (ibame). Friend,
companion. (Cf. mwoiy chiihuza,)

Mwana, n. (ibana). (i) Child,
son, daughter; (a) person. Mwana
wa kusanga, step-ctiild. (Cf. mwa^
nalume kamwana, kana, mwa-
nike.)

MwanaTga8hi,n. (7^<2-».) Woman,
female. (Cf. -kashi,)

Mwanaluxne, n. (^a-n,) Man,
male. (Cf. -lume.)

Mwandi, interj. All right, that 's
enough, I see, I understand, thank
you. Often, ee mwandi,

Mwando, n. (mi-a,) String (of
twisted fibre). (Cf. lushishi*)

Mwangalo, n. (mi-a.) Happi-
ness, joy, merriment, sport, fun,
play. (Cf. angaia,)

Mwanike, Mwaniohe, n. See
Mwaiohe.

Mwapo, n. (mt-apo). Something
borrowed, advanced, got or given on
credit. (Cf. apula,)

MWA8HYA

lai

NAKA

Mwashya, v. Scatter about,
throw here and there.

Mwau, n. (miau). Yawn. (Cf.
aula,)

Mwe-, -mwe, pron. You (plur.),
usually attached to a noun, e. g.
mweibame^ you my friends; iban'
tumwe, you people.

Mwembe, n* (mi-e.) Beard.
(Cf. mwemfu.)

Mwembeshi, n. {tjb-em,) Herds-
man. (Cf. embela,)

Mwemfu, Muyemfu, Muemfu,
n. {nti-emfu). Hair of face, beard.
M, wa maiowOi whiskers. M* wa
kwiulUy moustache. (Cf. mwembe,)

Mwemuna, v. Strip off, tear
off, tear up.

Mwendo, n. {mi-e.) Leg. (Cf.
kulu,)

Mwene xnasala; n. One of a
chiefs household.

Mwenje, n. (mi-e,) Brand,
torch.

Mwenso, n. {mi-e,) Fear, terror,
awe, reverence. (Cf. Una, opa,)

Mwensu, n. {aibensu^ qfenso).
Traveller, stranger, guest. (Cf.
muyendOf mulwendoy enda.)

Mweshi, n. (mi-e,) Moon,
month. (Cf. eshjta.)

Mweahyo, n. {mi-e,) Measuring,
a measure. (Cf. eshya, mulingo.)

'NLwe'^o, pron. You Tplur.).

Mwiohelnila, n. (mch,) A
feeble, aged person. (Cf. kachekulUy
•ku/Uf -che.)

Mwiko, n. {miiko, mHko), (i)
Mvstery, strange occurrence, omen ;
(a) thing forbidden to an individual,
e.g. particular food.

Mwikwa, n. See Mukwa.

MwiU, n. See Muili.

ICwililila, n. {nti-L) Bird-call.
(Cf. /tVa, ndinbulula.)

Mwina, n. {aibena, ibena), (i)
Also mwitt'C-pangay i.e. mwina
ipangay chiefs retainer, messenger,
attendant; (2) member of a &mily
or clan distinguished by a fetish,
fellow clansman (cf. mukoka, mu-

kowa), Uli mwin-e-endo? {Mwina
indo f) what is your clan ? (3) plur.,
(of respect) used by wife of her
husband, tt^ena (or, dena) kwanji
(or kwesu), my husband.

Mwine, n. {ibene, aibene), (i)
Owner, possessor, householder.
Muntu lua ibene, a slave, one
belonging elsewhere, stranger.
Chintu cha ibene, some one else*s
property, something borrowed or
stolen ; (a) corpse (of a dead man) ;
(3) self, e.g. mwine wanji {wowe),
my (your) self; ibene wenu, your-
selves. (Cf. 'itie^

Mwinjila, n. {mi-inj,) Coat,
gown, shirt. (Cf. inguoy insalu,
ingila.)

Mwinjililo, n,{mi-inj.) Entrance,
way in, access. (Cf. inj'i/a,)

Mwipanga, for Mu ipanga. See
Ipanga.

Mwipika, n. {mi-ip.) Earthen
vessel for cooking, water, &c. (Cf.
inongo,)

Mwipwa, n. {ibepwa). Nephew,
niece.

Mwishikiilu, n. {ibesh^) Grand-
child. (Cf. shikulu.)

Mwiulu, adv. Above, on top.
{Ct iuiUf mu,)

Mwi^rdu, for Mu iibulu. See
I^nilu.

Mwokolo, n. {^okoh). Person
inherited, widow. (Cf. chokolo,
piana,)

Mwono, n. See Muwono,
Muono.

Mwiiinfi, n. {iba-u,) Potter.
(Cf. umba^ ibumba,)

My a, adv. No, not so. {Ctiyoo.)

Words not found under N may
be looked for under IN.

Na, conj. prep, (i) And, also,
too ; (a) with, by. (Cf. ne^ ni,)

Naka, v. (i) Be slack, loose,
yielding, pliant, soft, easy; (a) be
weak, exhausted, broken down,
feeble, go slowly, do slowly, be

itANGV

122

NTANSHI

lazy^ be behindhand ; (3) be gentle,
easy, affable, kind. Nakal Kanaka t
be quiet ! gently ! take it easy !
Ap. -ila^ 'tlila\ Cs. Int. nakishya^
nashyay e.g. relax, loosen, weary,
tire out, soften.

Nangu, adv. Not even, not at
all, by no means. (Cf. nelu)

Nani, interrog. Who? Ndaniy
who is it ? -a nani.^a kwani, whose ?

Nanika, v. Apply (as oil, &c.),
nib on. (Cf. sua^

TSfay&f Nanya, v. Stir about
(porridge, while cooking).

Ndolo, Ndolo-ndolo, Ndololo,
adv. (Often after -enka, i.e.) quite, just,
entirely, nothing but. (Cf. /oAoso.)

-ndu, -ndo, a. What? (Cf.
-isa, shanif chindu, /indu.)

Ndulo, adv. (It is) then, when.
(Cf. «/<?, ilyo, Hy Hi, hmba,)

Ndume, n. See Indume.

Nduno, adv. (It is) now, at
once, on the spot (Cf. -no.)

BTe, prep. conj. And, with.
(Cf. na,)

-ne, a. See -ine, -^^iine.

Ne-, -ne, pron., I. Nane, and I,
with me. Nemwine, I myself.
(Cf. ne&o.)

Neli, adv. (before noun, adj. or
infin. mood). Not even, by no
means, not a bit. (Cf. nangu.)

Nembo, Ndembo, n. (S. ItHembo),
Tattoo-markings, carving, writing,
• sketches. (Cf. lemba,)

Ne-ne, adv. Very, truly, really,
only after -ine {-ne), (Cf. kwakuti.)

Ne'^Oj nebo, nefo, pron., I,
me. (Cf. ne-.)

Nffa. Has various uses, (i) like,
as, in comparisons, e.g. mtikulu nga
neiho, as big as me ; (2) introducing
a question, e.g. nga nchindo ? what
is it ? (3) in conditional clauses, if,
would, nga afika, if he comes, (or)
he would come ; pano-nga, almost,
e.g.pano-nga napona, I almost fell.

-nga, a. interrog. How many ?

Ngu, a. demonst. (It is) he,
she, this person.

Nguo, n. Cloth, clothing. See
Inguo.

Ni, v. Is, are (copula). Some-
times prep, by, with— after a passive
verb.

Nina, v. Go up, mount up,
climb, ascend. Ind. -ninine. (Cf.
kwela*)

Nina, n. See Nyina.

Nindo, interrog. What (is it)?
why, what for? (Cf. -ndu,)

Ningati, Ni ngatl, adv. It may
be, perhaps, possibly, I dare say.
(Cf. kani, Hno.)

-nini, a. Little, small, few.
Panini, a little, in a small degree.
(Cf. -che,)

Nku, Nkiino, adv. (It is) here,
now. (Cf. mmo, mpa, pano,)

-nne, a. Four.

-no, a. demonst. This, that.
(Cf. nguy -lya.)

Nona, V. (i) Be (get) fat, stout,
plump, sleek (cf. ina, -nono) ; (2)
sharpen (metal on stone), whet,
grind. (Cf. songolOy pela^ chi-
none.)

Nongola, v. Lead the way,
show the road, act as guide. (Cf.
tangila, kanongola.)

Nonka, v. Make gain, profit,
earn hy trading.

-nono, a. ;Fat, sleek, plump.
(Cf. nona, ina.)

Nti, conj. Like, as, if. (Cf. /?,
kuti, ngati,)

Nukula, V. Pluck, pull up (out,
C'g* grass, post, feathers). Md.
-nukwiU. (Cf. tupula,)

Nunka, v. Smell, (Nt.) have a
smell, esp. of a bad smell {p.i,fuka),
Cs. nunshya.

Nwa, V. Drink, absorb, drink
up. Md. -nwenCf Nt. nweka, be
drinkable, fit to drink ; Cs. nweshya.
(Cf. kanwa^ chinwa, nya.)

Nya, V. Pass excreta (dung,
urine). (Cf. sunda,)

Nyamuna, v. Raise, lift. (Cf.
inuna, irnia.)

Nyanshi, Kunyanshi, n. Down

NYANTA

123

FALAMA

(a river), down-stream. (Cf. kun-
selelo, kumuluj panshi.)

Nyanta, v. Tread, trample,
stamp. (Cf. nyantila,)

Nyemuna, v. Let out, unloose,
release, take out (of hole, bag, re-
ceptacle). (Cf. imuna.)

Xyina, Nina, n. {iba-n^ Usually
in plur. (of respect), mother, my
mother. Nyina fyala, mother-in-
law. (Cf. mamay and the follg. ;
unoko, your mother ; unina^ his
mother; anyinefwty our mother.)

Sryong*ona, v. Twist. (Cf.
posa.)

STyukishya, Nyuchishya, v.
Dress a skin (by rubbing), rub soft,
bray.

Ocha, V. Apply fire to, bum,
roast, bake. (Cf. mochelo.)

Ola, "Wola, V. Decay, go bad,
be rotten, putrid, decomposed. Md.
-olele.

Oloka, V. Be straight, even,
level. (Cf. lungama^ and foUg.)

Olola, V. Make straight, even,
level, stretch out.

Omba, V. Cause to sound, e. g.
0. ngoma, beat a drum. 0, ulupi,
clap the hands. Cs. and Int. om-
beshya.

Ombola, v. Redeem, ransom,
buy back. (Cf. Ittibula,)

Ona, V. See "Wona.

-onane, a. Four together, four
at once. (Cf. -nne^ -owilo, -otatu,)

Onaula, v. Destroy, spoil, ruin,
ravage, devastate. Md. -onawile,

Onda, V. Be (get) thin, emaci-
ated, lean, starved. Cs. onshya.

Oneka, v. See 'Wona.

Onka, konka, v. Suck, as child.
Cs. onshya, {Qi. fyompa^ konkaJ)

-onse (sometimes -ense), a. All,
the whole.

Onta, Konta, Ota, v. Sit by
fire, bask in sun. (Cf. konta,)

Opa, V. Fear, be afraid. Cs.
ofya^ Rp. opana, Cs. opanya^

frighten, terrify. (Cf. tina^
mwenso,)

-owe, a. (i.e. -a uwe). Your
(sing.), yours. (Cf. weiboj -enu,)

-otatu (-owilo), a. Three to-
gether, (two together), (Cf.
-onane,)

Oyu, oyo, a. demonst. (emphatic).
He, she. (Cf. ngUj uyo, iye.)

Pa, V. Give, present, offer, e. g.
nimpakoy give me some. Pa mensoy
cause fear, frighten. Ap. pela, Cs.
Int. peshya, peleshya^ e.g. give
freely, be liberal.

Pa, prep. At, tp, from, in (of
place or time), as to, concerning,
about (cf. kuy mu). Also adverbial
prefix as in follg.

Pa penka, adv. In a unique
way or degree, most, very much,
extraordinarily. (Cf. -enka.)

Paohe, adv. In a small way or
degree, a little, slightly. Pache
packe, little by little, by slow
degrees, gradually. (Cf. -che.)

Fafwe, n. See Impafwa.

Fakati, adv. In the midst, be-
tween, among, through the middle.
(Cf. kati,)

Pakila, v. Place food on platter
ready for eating, dish up.

Fakulu, adv. On a large scale,
greatly, much. (Cf. -kulu,)

Pakuti, conj. Because, in that,
for that, seeing that. (Cf. pa^ kuti.)

Faku'^la, used as prep. With-
out, not having, in lack of. (Cf.
ibulay kuiifula,)

Fala, V. (t) Scrape, grate,
scratch up (earth), scrape clean
(e. g. scales off a fish), scrape to a
point, sharpen ; (2) spit out ; iS)pala
mpafwey inflate the lungs, draw in
breath. (Cf. palaya, palankanya.)

Falala, v. Fly (with wings, as
bird). (Cf. ipapiko,)

Falama, v. Be (come) close to,
sit by, be in attendance on. Ap.
'tnina.

FALANA

134

FAPATJKA

Palana, v. Be alike (equal,
similar), match, correspond, re-
semble, agree. Md. -pahne, (Cf.
Hngay pelana.)

Falanffanya, v. (i) Spread
about everywhere, set down here
and there ; (2) throw about, mix
up, make a jumble of. (Cf. pikan-
kanya^ pula^ palaya,)

Falaula, v. Hoe the second
time (between growing plants). (Cf.
paJa^ fimpula,)

Palaya, v. (i) Scrape hard,
scrape everywhere, scratcn about;
(2) spread about. {Ci, paiay palan-
kaftya,)

Fama, v. Beat, strike, knock.
Md, 'pamitUy Ap. paminay pami-
tiinay Cs. Int. pamishya, (Cf
follg. and pamuna. Other words
for striking are : tononayfulaypumay
fipaika.)

Pamankanya, v. Beat up to-
gether, unite by force, stick together.
{Ctpanuiy and follg.)

Famaula, v. Beat about every-
where, lay about one, give a general
beating. (Cf. patna^ pumanla.)

Pambana, v. Pass by each
other, miss each other, fail to find.

Fambi, adv. (i) Elsewhere, to,
(from, at) another place (or time);
(2) otherwise, or. (Cf. -mbi, kit-
mht.)

Pambuka, v. Be separate (separ-
ated) from, be parted, be apart,
branch off, come off (as plaster).
(Not W.L. in this sense. Cf. pan-
dukay pcttuka,)

-pamfi, a. Fat, stout, plump.
(Cf. ina.)

Pamo, adv. (i) At one (same)
place or time; (2) together, alike,
equal (cf. pelana patnOy be of the
same length, size, &c.) ; (3) in addi-
tion, as well, too. (Cf. -mo,)

Fampa, v. Cut (rip, slice) meat
off bones. (Cf. sesa, waila.)

Fampala, n. (ma-p,) Track (of
an animal), footmarks, spoor, (Cf.
mukando,)

Pampanta, v. Grope (as a blind
man), feel about.

Pamuna, v. Strike off, knock
off, part (sunder) by a blow, beat
into pieces. (Rv. oi pama*)

Panda, v. Split, crack, part
asunder, cleave. Rv. pandulay split
up. (Cf, follg. and tnupandey lupanda,
chipandey mampandway mupasa.)

Pandauka, v. Split (divide,
chop up) in pieces (all to pieces).
(Cf. panda and follg.)

Fanduka, v. Be split off, parted,
branch off, separate from. (Cf.
paftday pambuka,)

Panga, v. Construct, make,
carry into effect, use. (Not W.L.
Cf. chiitty lengtty wala,)

Pangala, v. Be happy, joyful.
Also Angola^ Sangala (which see),
and Pangama.

Pano, adv. Here, now, there,
then. (Cf. -no^ ktmo.)

Panonse, adv. {pano ponse). All
about, everywhere.

Panse, adv. Outside. (Usually
pesonde in W.L. Cf. kunse.)

Panshi, adv. Down, below, be-
neath, at the bottom, on the ground,
under. Also as n. bottom, and a.
deep, e. g. muskima uli panskiy the
well is deep. (Cf. kunshiy peulu.)

Faniika, v. Make room, spread
out, scatter about.

Pannina, adv. (i) Back, back-
wards, at the back, behind, at the
rear ; (2) after, afterwards ; (3) later,
presently, soon, hereafter. (Cf.
iftuma, kunuma.)

Pa-pa, adv. negat. No, not so.
(Cf. iyoo, ko-ko.)

Papa, V. Carry child on the
back (in a sling, cloth, or skin).
(Cf. chipapo.)

Papata, v. Salute with gentle
hand-clapping, i.e. beg pardon,
appeal humbly, apologize, make
request (Cf. lamba,)

Papauka, v. Be excited, eager,
ravenous, expectant, ambitious, in a
panic, horror-struck, &c. (Cf. follg.)

PAFUEA

125

FBFA

Papuka, V. Be excited, receive
shock, start, shudder. {<Zi, papauka^
and follg.)

Papula, papaiila, v. Act (speak)
excitedly, esp. eat greedily (with
both hands). (Cf. papuka!)

Papu-papu, adv. Eagerly,
greedily, excitedly. (Cf. follg.)

Fasa, V. Bore a hole. (Cf.
musumbo, tula.)

Fashila, v. Sew (cf. ibila) ; do
bead- work.

Fashya, v. (i) Add to, increase,
make more (bigger, fuller) (cf.
kushyay fushya)\ (2) P. menda^
bale out water (cf. pild).

Fatskv. (i) Hate. Q^, pattshyay
e. g. offend ; Rp. patana, hate each
other (cf. chipatd) ; (2) stick in the
throat, choke; (3) thunder, i.e. a
clap or crack of thunder (cf. lesa^
tdunta),

Patamuka, v. Wake up (neut.).
(Cf. 'ii>uka,)

Fatankanya, v. Mix up, jumble
up, confuse together. (Cf. palatt"
kanya^ pikankanya,)

Fatika, v. (i) Act (speak)
forcibly (urgently, energetically),
insist, urge, compel. Ap. patikila^
Cs. Int. patikishya ; (2) place aside
(in a safe place on a peg, shelf,
&c.), hang up, put away safely, put
up, put by.

Fatuka, v. Go aside, be parted
off (separated, broken off), make
way, leave the road, stray from
companions, &c. (Cf. follg.)

Fatula, V. Separate off, * part
(break) off, put aside, set apart.
So Rv. patulula, put right away,
separate wholly ; Rp. patulana^ e. g.
be dispersed, scattered, separated,
spread about. (Cf. patuka.)

Paula, V. Lipaula^ fan oneself.

Pawauka, v. Be excited
(alarmed, in pain, with jay, &c.).
(Cf. papauka^

Faweme, adv. Well, rightly,
nicely, &c. (Cf. wamUy 'Wtnie,
fiweme,)

Fawila, v. Miss the road, stray,
be lost. (Cf. luwa, patukaJ)

Pela, V. (i) End, come to an
end, cease, stop, finish, reach a
limit. Md. 'pelele^ and as a., e.g.
last. Undermost, final. Ap. pelela^
end at (with, by, &c.) ; Ps. pelelwa,
be ended ; pelewela^ come to a stop,
be checked (broken off, stopped
abruptly, thwarted), fail (to reach,
get, do), be short (in stature,
dwarfed, stunted, deficient); Rp.
pelana^ e.g. pelana pamo, pelelwa
pamo, be equal (alike, matched),
correspond (cf. shikti mupelo) ; (2)
rub hard, grind by rubbing, ma!ke
grain into meal (cf. impelo)^ dress
a hide (by rubbing and softening).
(Cf. follg.)

Felanya, v. Rub smooth, soften
by rubbing, dress a hide. (Cf.
pela^

Peleka, v. Send, dispatch, con-
duct, convey. Cs. pelekeshya^ e. g.
accompany a departing guest. (Cf.
shindikishya,)

Fema, v. Draw breath quickly,
pant, gasp.

Femba, v. Wait on, attend, to,
keep an eye on, tend, watch, guard.
Ap. pefftbela, penibelela^ Cs. and Int.
pembeshya, (Cf. impemba,)

-pemba, a. Old (of persons or
things).

Pexnpula, v. Visit, pay visit,
treat as friend. Ap. pempulancy be
on friendly terms. Also Petnpu-
shyanya,

Fenda, v. Reckon up, count,
weigh, calculate, examine, (read).

Fenffa, v. Be sad, miserable,
wretched. (Cf. tuntana, sauka,
kululuka^

Penka, adv. Especially, exactly,
uniquely. P, pano, penkapOy just
now, exactly here. (Cf. pa^ -eka,)

Fepa, V. (i) Summon, call to-
gether, collect, muster (cf. iia, lon-
ganishya)\ (2) blow (cf. impepd),
Pepa mupuyaj breathe. Cs. pepe-
shya, blow hard. Pepa {fwaka),

FBFS

136

smoke (tobacco) ; (3) collect (cater-
pillars) for food (cf chinko'
wala).

Fepe, n. {ttfa-p.) He-goat. (Cf.
imbushi.)

Fepeka, v. Sniff, smell about,
get scent (in hunting).

Fepeta, v. Sift (by tossing),
winnow.

Fepl, adv. {pa ipi). Near, close,
soon (cf. 'iph kutali), Pano pepi,
soon, almost.

Feaa, v. Part, divide asunder,
cut in two. Ps. peswa^ Md. -peswiU,
"St.pesu^a, Ry»pesula. (Cf. mupesu^
mupesa, patula, patuka,)

Peahya, v. Cs. olpela,

Fesonde, adv. Outside. i,Cf.
panse, isonde, kwisoncU.)

Feta, V. Bend round (Act.),
bend, fold, make curved or round.
Md. -peiele, Nt. -eka^ Rp. -ana, Cs.
-eskya, {fZi. foUg. and impete^
mupeto,)

Fetaxna, v. Be curved, bent,
rounded, circular. Md. and a.
'peteme. (Cf. peta^ and potama^

Fetauka, v. Be curved (crooked,
winding). Md. and a. •petwile^
coiled, &c. (Cf. peta^ and follg.)

Fetelula, v. Unfold, unroll,
straighten, flatten. (Cf. peta^

Feulu, adv. {pa-iulu). Above,
on, up, at the top. (Cf. iulu, kwiulu,
mulu.)

Fiana, v. Be heir, inherit, suc-
ceed to, claim inheritance, call at
dead man's house, visit scene of
death. Nt. pianika^ be heir; Cs.
pianishyay make heir. (Cf. impiano^
chipiiini.)

Fika, v. Cook, make hot, boil
(water). Cs. pishya.

Fikankanya, v. Mix up, mix
together, make a jumble of, confuse.
(Cf. lujyanya.)

Fikila, v. Stick in the waist-
band (belt, girdle). Rv. pikulula,
take out, pull out.

Fikishya, v. Taunt, reproach,
scold.

Fikuka, Fikuluka, v. Return
to old home.

Fila, V. Bale out (water).

-pile, a. Ripe. Md. oipya,

Fima, v. Measure, weigh, esti-
mate, calculate. Md. -iru. (Cf.
penda^

Fimpa, Fempa, v. Offend
people's feelings, disgust, shock,
e.g. by indecency. (Cf. foUg.)

Fimpuka, Fempuka, v. Be
offended, scandalized, disappointed,
disgusted. Ap. -ila^ e. g. turn away
in disgust, give up (a search).

Finda, v. (i) Claim as a right,
demand ; (2) accuse, bring a charge
against; (3) decide a case, adjudi-
cate ; (4) close 'and fasten, bar (a
door).

Findi, n. See Ixnpindi.

Findo, n. (tua-p.) Wing (of
bird, insect, &c.). (Cf. ipapiko,)

Findulula, v. Turn about, turn
round and round. (Cf. pinda.)

Finga, v. (i) Oppose, obstruct,
hinder, put in the way; (2) argue,
debate, contradict. P, makani,
argue, talk, discuss. Pinga mulandu,
settle a dispute, adjudicate. (Cf.
pinda,)

Finika, v. Cut. Ap. pinikila,
take by surprise, lie in wait for.
(Cf. tetna.)

Finta, v. (i) Also minta^ carry
(as a load, on head or shoulder);
(a) also pita, pass (cf. pitd)»

Fipa, V. Wipe dean (after
stool). Ap. pipila.

Firiwula, v. Overturn, turn
on one side, upset. (Cf. pindu-
lula,)

Fita, Finta, v. Pass, pass on
(by, along, off), go, flow (as water),
blow (as wind), pass away (as
time).

-pofu, a. Blind. (Cf. follg.)

Fofula, V. Blind, make blind.
Nt. pofukay be blind, blinded. (Cf.
sokowola, tiibuka.)

Foka, V. (i) Take, receive,
accept; (a) take by force or fraud,

POIiA

137

PUMAUIiA

steal, rob, plunder; (3) rescue, save.
Cs. pokeshya^ rescue; Ap. pokela,
pokelela.

Fola, V. Be (get, become) cool,
get well (after illness). Cs. poshya^
make well, cure. (Cf. tcdala^ ton-
tola^

Folongwela, v. Fall into a
hole. (Cf. kulukila,)

Pomba, V. (i) Put round, en-
circlei gird; (2) fold round, wrap
round, roll up, encircle, coil round.
Rp. pombana,

Fombola, v. Have sexual inter-
course. (Cf. iomba,)

Pompwe, n. {iba-p,') Thief.
(Cf. mun^o,)

Pona, V. (i) Fall, fall down,
drop (down) ; (2) happen, come to
pass, fall out, occur, take place.
Ap. ponela, Cs. posa^ posha^poseshya^
e.g. let fall, thrown down, throw.
(Cf. posa:)

. Ponda, V. Crush, pound, break
in pieces. (Cf. mupondo, iwa.)

Popa, V. Knock, hammer (wood),
drive (a stake, peg). (Cf. foUg.,
and lupcpo.)

Popola, v. Give a knocking
(hammering, chopping), knock at,
knock to bits. (Cf. plopa,)

Posa, v. (i) Cs* of pona (which
see), throw, cast, hurl, throw down,
throw away, throw aside, get rid of,
send away. P. mufwiy shoot an arrow.
P» unga^ make a meal-offering. P,
chitiy fell a tree. P, mulilOf set
fire to (grass, &c., cf. koleka), P,
menday urinate. P, mwanakashiy
send away, divorce a woman, (a)
also potUy roll, twist, plait, e.g.
string, by rolling on leg.

Fota, V. (i) Twist, twirl, roll
round, e. g. fibre in making string ;
(a) twirl (neut.), writhe, e.g. m
travail. (Cf. posa and follg.)

Fota, n. See Mapota.

Fotama, v. Be (become) twisted,
crooked, warped, awry. Md. & a.
-poteme, (Ch pota,)

Fua, v. (i) Be light (in weight).

easy, trifling ; (a) be poor (in quality
or condition), diin, flimsy, unsub-
stantial, worthless; (3) despicable,
destitute, badly off, in a wretched
(miserable, mean) state. Md. 'pwile,
Qs, InX. pusha^ pushyuy pufya» (Cf.
angukay pusay and follg.)

-pua, -pwile, a. (i) Light;
(2) poor, mean. (Cf. ptta.)

Fufira, V. Make light of, treat
lightly, despise ; (a) do in a careless
offhand way, be quick, hasty, in a
hurry. So pufycmyay pufiska, (Cf,
wangu,)

Fuka, V. Shake to and fro. P.
muiwiy shake the head.

Pukumuna, v. Shake to bits,
crumble. (Cf. puka,)

Fokuta, V. (i) Clean a house,
dust, sweep ; (a) play (as children).
{Ci.fukana.)

Fula, V. (i) Pass, make a pas-
sage (hole), make a way (into,
through, out of, by), escape, dis-
appear, pass by, slip away, appear.
Kasua kapuloy the sun came out.
Md.'puU/g, Ap,pu/i/ay Cs.puliskya,
pusAya, e.g. cause to disappear,
remove, destroy. Chiwanda chiku'
pulishyel the devil fly away with
you! Pushya misongOy put out
shoots; (a) beg, ask (for); (3)
snort (Cf. follg.)

Puluka, V. Go out, emerge, get
out, escape. Cs. pulushyay take
out, save, scare away, drive away.
(Cf. pula and follg.)

Fulomuka, v. Burst out, dis-
charge, with violence, pour out,
rush (dart, dash) off. Cs. pulu-
mushyay e. g. of pouring out abuse,
of emptying the bowels, of an ava-
lanche of stones, &c., of a premature
birth ; (also) effect a rescue, save
from danger.

Puma, v. (i) Beat, strike, (01
heart) throb fcf. pamd) ; (a) cook
(porridge, inskima), (Cf. naya.)

Fumaula, v. Give a thorough
beating (to), lay about on all sides.
{Cf*pama.)

FUMBA

138

8ANOALA

Pumba, V. Go and get food
elsewhere in time of famine, by
bargain, working, &c.

Fuinuna, v. Rest, stop on a
journey, encamp. (Not W.L. Cf.
tushya.)

Funama, Fonama, v. Be a
fool, stupid, silly. Md. and a.
'Puneme, (Cf. pua^ pusa.)

Funga, V. Sift, by shaking
round in basket. (Cf. pepeta,)

Fungama, v. Be out of place,
on one side, awry, slanting, crooked,
&c. (Cf. foUg.)

Funguka. Set sideways, tip up,
make slant.

Fungula, v. Get less, diminish,
decrease, lessen. {Qi. chepa,)

Fnpa, V. (i) Make a (ceremonial)
offering, sacrifice. Ap. pupila^
pupilila (cf. chipupo) ; (2) blow in
puffs (gusts, of wind) (cf. foUg.).

Fupula, V. Shake off (as dew
from grass).

Fusha, Fusa, v. (1) Be foolish,
silly, frivolous, trifling, mischievous ;
(2) fail) miss (a ^ot), make a
blunder. Rp. pusana, e.g. miss
each other, pass and not meet.
(Cf. puay punama,)

Foshya, v. Cs. of /«/tf, put out,
e. g. put out buds, sprout.

Fuaula, v. ' Clean grain (of
husks).

Pusumiika, v. Slip away, es-
cape. (Cf. pulumuka!)

-putu, a. Thick, stout. (Cf
mutika^

Futula, v. Break off, snap off,
cut (pull) in two, bring to an end*
(Cf. iofuma, Unta,)

Fwa, v. (i) Dry up, evaporate,
be drunk up, absorbed; (2) cease,
fail, come to an end» (£.L. Cf.
shiiaf peia,)

Fya, adv. negat. No, not so.
(Cf. iyooy mya,)

Fya, V. Be ripe, cooked (boiled,
heated, dressed, aone), be ready, fit
for use (cf. follg.). Md. and a.
'pile, ripe.

*P7a, a. New, fiesh, recent,
modem.

Fyanga, Fianga, v. Sweep
(house, floor, &c). (Cf. chipyatigo»)

Pyata, v. Twist, spin, roll up,
make by rolling, e. g. string {mwan-
do), (jbtposa,potay and follg.)

Fyataula, v. Shake off, rub off.

Fyatuwila, v. Untwist, unravel.
{Ci.pyata.)

B. For words beginning with B
see under L.

Sakama, v. (i) Crouch down,
conceal oneself, move stealthily (cf.
fukafna)\ (a) tremble, shake (with
cold, fear, &c.).

Sakula, v. Comb, comb out.
Ap. sakuila. (Cf. chisakuh.)

Sala, V. (i) Make a noise,
shout; (2) disturb, insult, tease,
'^i^^^y* (3') choose, select, prefer;
(4) tap, beat (e. g. bark in making
cloth) ; (5) see Isala.

-BflJi, a. Unclean, dirty, foul,
filthy. (Cf. usali,)

Baliila, V. Cook in £eit, fry.

Sama, v. (i) Adorn, decorate,
furnish, eauip. Nt. samika, e. g.
wear fine clothes, also Act. {cLfwa-
it/a) ; (a) cut in strips, small pieces
(cf. ianta).

Samba, v. Wash (body, clothes,
vessels), bathe, swim. Cs. samfyay
sambishya, e.g. (1) cause to wash
(bathe, swim) ; (a) teach, show how,
instruct, direct.

Sambala, v. Be rich. (Cf.
follg.)

-sambashi, a. Rich, wealthy.
(Cf. usambashu)

Sampa, v. Have several wives,
practise polygamy.

Sandika, v. Spread about, in-
crease, multiply. {Ci. fula, kuia.)

Sanga, v. Find, come upon,
fall in with, meet. Rp. sangana
(cf. kumana), Mwana (atafa) wa
kusanga, stepchild (father).

Sangala, Sangalala, v» Be

SANGUEA

139

BENDITLA

happy, joyfiil, pleased, contented,
flourishing, amused, &c. Cs. sanga-
liskyay entertain, amuse, cheer. (Cf.
angola, musangalo.)

Sangnka, Sanffola, v. Alter,
change, become different, make
different. (Cf. alula, aluka,)

Sanlka, v. Make light, light
up. (Not W.L. Cf. munika,)

Sanjya, Sangnra, v. Cut and lay
down stalks of grain, the first
harvesting operation. (Cf. teibula,
sesa, longela,)

Sankana, v. Be mixed together.
Cs. sankanya, sankanishya,sanshya,
mix.

Sanknla, y. Be poor, wretched,
destitute, helpless. Also Sankuka.
Cs. sankushishya, (Cf. sauka.)

Sanaa, v. (i) Yield milk, be
full of milk ; (2) strain beer (uwalwa)
in course of brewing (kumba), (Cf.
lusanso,)

Sansanta, v. Hold with the
teeth, grip. (Cf. sutnaula, lu-
mat a.)

Sanshika, v. Lay (something)
across (another). (Cf. fika.)

Sanshya, v. Mix up, mix to-
gether (as ingredients in cooking).

Sansuka, v. Slope upwards,
rise.

Sansula, v. Cause abortion.

Santa, v. (i) Smash up, break
with blows ; (2) tattoo, make beauty
marks, apply medicine, i.e. as a
charm, on the arm &c., by marks
and cuts.

-sanu, a. Five.

Sapuka, v. Shoot, bud. (Cf.
pushya misongo,)

Saaa, v. Be (become, taste) sour
(bitter, acid), ferment. Ap. sasa-
mina. Also Seuama, be sour.
(Cf. muse, sweet taste, and follg.)

Sasuka, v. (i) Turn sour; (3)
be sour (in temper), ill-tempered,
cross, easily provoked. Md, -sa-
swikile.

Sasnla, v. (i) Eat relish
(seasoning) alone, without porridge ;

(2) be bright, shine (as moon). (Cf.
wala.)

Sauka, v. (i) Be wretched, sad,
miserable, distre^ed, afflicted, desti-
tute; (2) fall from a height. Also
Saula. Cs. saushya, e.g. distress,
harass, persecute, tease, oppress,
&c. (Cf. kululuka, kawa, tumana,
isauko, and follg.)

•saushi, a. Wretched, destitute.
(Cf. sauka.)

Sawa, V. Pluck, gather, dig up
(e.g. roots, melons, &c., on the
ground).

Sa^hika, v. Also Aituka (which
see).

Sawnlula, v. Unravel, dis-
entangle, undo. (Cf. pyatuwila.)

Seka, V. (i) Laugh, smile, grin ;

(2) be happy, joyful, merry, pleased;

(3) laugh at, mock, deiide, despise.
Ap. sekela, Cs. Int. sekeshya, e.g.
amuse, entertain, comfort. Rp.
sekana, e.g. enjoy themselves, play
together. (Cf. angala, sangala,)

Sola, v., also Tela, (i) Move
(neut.), remove, move aside, get out
of place, make way, go to a place,
migrate; (a) succeed to (a person,
office ; cf. pianct) ; (3) be dislocated ;

(4) float (in water; cf. clela)\ (5)
pass mid-day, begin to decline (of
sun ; cf. sendama). Ap. selela, Cs.
seshya, seleshya.

Selaka, v. Be boiling hot, boil.
(Cf. wila, kawa,)

Seluka, sheluka, v. Come
down, descend, go down, get down.
(Cf. ika.)

Sema, v. (i) Give a cry, shout,
call out (cf. ama) ; (3) produce
(offspring) , bear ( fruit). Ap. semena.

Sembela, v. Thank, be thankful
(for gift), be grateful.

Sembeleshya, v. Cut smooth,
round off, make neat, trim, smooth,
polish. Also semba,

Sendama, v. Slant, slope, lean,
incline (to one side, down), sink,
e. g. as sun after noon, bend.

Sendula, v. Come upon some-

BENGA

130

.SHUilT

thing dead, find a dead thing. Also
Senawa,

Senga, v. (i) Rub, rub hard,
rub soft (e.g. of a hide), file Tcf.
tula) ; (a) beg, importune (cf.
lombcC),

Sexikeli, n. (t^o-x.) A deaf
person.

Sensa, v. Speak against, tell
lies of, slander (cf. ibepa^ sewa,
songela). Ap. sensela, (i) Trip
along, take small steps, go little by
little ; (2) scatter about (Cf.
tnwashya, palaya.)

Sepa, V. (i) Make raised beds
ijuputi) for potatoes, pumpkins, &c. ;
(2) gather (cut ofif) ears of millet
lamawo) ; (3) eat (live on) forest
roots and fruits (as in famine).

Sepula, y. Graze (skin), rub
the skin off.

Sesa, V. Cut (by drawing a sharp
edge across, and so) slit, slice, saw.
Hence of cutting grass (cham),
hair {mishishi), bark (Juskishi,
lukwa), the throat {mumino). Also
of ambush; Ap. sesela^ cut off, lie
in wait for (cf. piniktia), Cs.
seshya.

Sesaula, y. Cut up in pieces
(all about, everywhere). (Cf. sesa,)

Sesema, v. Tremble, shake,
quiver, shiver, throb. Also Tetexna.
(Cf. tutuma,)

Sewa, V. (i) Cut grass with
axe; (2) separate husks, sift, win-
now; (3) slander, disparage. (Cf.
li)epa,)

Sewanya, v. S. ibuta, aim an
arrow.

Sewauka, v. Walk about,
gossip, pass time away. (Cf. tan-
dd/a, ambaula.)

Sh. Words not found under Sh
may be looked for under Shy, or 8.

Shala, Shama, v. See Shyala,
Shyama.

Shambololo, n. Koodoo (buck).

Sham.bula, v. Walk up in a
defiant way, provoke, attack, show
defiance. (Cf. weshya,)

Shana, Shyana, v. Dance.

(Cf. ckila.)

Shanga, v. Sow (seed). (Cf.
wiala, ibika.)

Shani, Shyani, interr. How?
how much? what sort ? -a skani,
of what kind, what sort of ? of what
tribe ? for what use ? Washita
shyaniy how do yon sell? what is
the price?

Sheta, Shyeta, ▼. Crash with
teeth, chew, masticate.

Shi-. ( I ) A plur. (concord) prefix
of adjectives and verbs ; (2) the
common negative prefix of verb
forms in first person sing. (Cf. /a-.)

Shia, y. Leave, abandon, desert,
leave behind. Ap. shila^ leave to
(for, at, &c.). Cs, shishya^ shilishya,
Ps. shiwa, e.g. be bereaved (as
orphan, widow). See also Shila,
Shyala. (Cf. /eka,)

Shika, v. (i) Sweep, clean (by
sweeping), clear of dirt (rubbish;
cf.pyan^a) ; (2) make fire by friction
(two firesticks) ; (3) bury, cover up,
e.g. in grave, in hot ashes.

Shikishila, v. Rub away, rub
out, e.g. something in the eye,

Shikiwangwe, n. Bush-buck.
Also Imbawala,

Shiku, n. Day. See Inshiku.

Shikulii, n. Usually in plur. (of
respect). Ashiktdu, grandfather.
Also used in addressing a chief or
any superior.

Shila, V. (i) End, come to an
end, cease, stop, leave off, be finished
(completed, done) ; (2) end, bring
to an end, finish, put an end to.
Sh, mulandu, settle, decide, adjudi-
cate a case. Sh. wantu, kill people.
JVashil ' ' mushya, i.e. naskila
{ku)m'Ushya^ I have already told
him. Ap. shilila^ Cs. shilishya,
shililishya, (Cf. shia, shyala, pela,
mana.)

Shilika, v. Shilika! be quiet!
silence I no noise !

-shila, a. Mad, not in right
mind, indecent (Cf. ushilu.)

SHILITWE

131

SHUIiA

Shiluwe, n. Leopard. Also
Inkense,

Shima, v. Extinguish, put out
(fire, light). Also Shimauila.
Ap. shimina, Nt. shimika^ be
extinguished.

Shixnbula» v. Mention, refer to,
speak of, use an expression, pro-
nounce.

Shimfya, v. Amaze, surprise,
astonish, confound. Ps. shimpway
Cs. Int. shimfishya,

Shixnika, v. Give an account,
narrate, relate, report, make a state-
ment, tell a story, give an answer.
(Cf. ckishimikishyo,)

Shimina, v. Make a (mud)
floor (of hut).

Shixnpiila, v. Used of part of
process of brewing {kumbd) native
beer {uwalwa),

Shimya, v. Kill, massacre,
slaughter. (Cf. ipaya.)

Shina, v. Be blunt (not sharp).
Md. and A. -shimney blunt ; Cs.
shinaushya, utterly blunt, ruin the
edge of. (Cf. skinola.)

Shinaika, v. Be broken (smashed,
pounded) to pieces.

Shindaika, Shindaishya, Shin-
daila, Shindlka, v. Apply pressure
to, press, push, ram, force down.

Shindikishya, v. Accompany on
the road, go a short way with (in
respectful leave-taking. (Cf. peleka.)

Shinffanga, n. See Inganga.

Shingano, n. Needle (foreign).
(Cf. kanyenda.)

Shingula, v. Apply (the final
coat of) plaster (mud, clay, paint,
to a but), finish off. (Cf. masa,
shiibulula^

Shinguluka, v. (i) Be round,
rounded, circular; (2) be around,
surround, encircle, go round ; (3)
go round, revolve, turn round.
Md. and a. -shingulukile^ Cs. shiti'^
guluskya, put round, encircle (gird,
surromid) with, make go round.
Also Shingauka, (Cf. peta^
Bhingwa, v. Be pei'plexed, con-

fused, dazed, depressed, troubled.
(Cf. kanikuj tumana.)

Shinka, v. Block, close, shut,
stop up (hole, passage, path), cork,
e.g. S. nshila, close a path by a
line or stick across it. .S". kanwa,
keep silence, S. matwi, be deaf.
Ap. shinkila^ Rv. shinkuiay unstop,
open, clear the way, uncork, open,
(Cf. imuna, imuka.)

Shinola, v. Make blunt, i.e.
shinaula, (Cf. shina,)

Shinsa, v. Dandle a child in
arms, fondle, nurse, caress.

Shinshila, v. Be sleepy, doze.
(Cf. shipuluy tulo.)

Shintula, v. Exchange, give (or
take) in exchange. (Cf. shita.)

Shipa,v. Spit, expectorate. (Cf.
mate, pala,)

Shipula, Sipula, v. Doze, have
a nap. (Cf. shiwata, skinsula, tulo.)
Shishimuka, v. Wake up sud-
denly, revive, recover consciousness,
come to life again.

Shita, Sita, v. Buy, sell, barter,
exchange, engage in trade (business,
commerce). Rp. sh^tana. (Cf.
mukushita, shintuia,)

Shitila, V. Make a game fence.
(Cf. lushito, hifS)aibo»)

Shiwa, V. See Bhia. a. -skiwa,
bereaved, deserted, orphan, widow.
Shiwata, v. Close the eyes,
doze, go to sleep. (Cf. shinshilay
shUbuka, tulo,)

Bhi^^Tika, v. Open the eyes,
wake up. (Cf. ibuka, lamuka^
shishimuka, shiwata,)

Shi^wTila, V. Rub the eye. Rv.
shiiSmlula, rub smooth mud-wall,
floor, &c

Sholaloka, v. Move to one side,
draw aside. Cs. sholaushya, shift,
(put, push) aside.

Sholola, v. Stir up (food in
cooking). (Cf. naya,)

^ Shota, V. Nip (with nails),
pinch. (Cf. chinshotOyJinya,)

Shula, V. Cut away, cut all
round, e.g. root of a tree.

I 2

SHITIiTTKA

13a

SUMIBTA

Shuluks, v. Be drawn ont,
lifted out (as post in hole).

Shumbwe, n. {iba-s,) Lion.
(Cf. inkalamUf also shumfwa.)

Shungnluka, v. Be melted,
melt. Also Shungulika, Sun-
gunuka,

-Bhweshif a. Light-coloured,
bright (in hue), fair-complexioned.

Shweta, Sweta, y. (i) Be
(become) bright, light (in hue);
(a) be lighted up, light, full of
Jjglit ; (3) l>c open, clear, bare,
exposed to view, empty. Md. nnd
a. 'Swete^ -sweUle^ Cs. sweteshya,
sweshya.

Shy ala, v. Be left, remain behind ,
stop at a place, stay, wait. Ap.
shyalila, e.g. stop for, wait at. In
taking leave, shyaliienipo, i. e.
remain where you are, I am going,
good-bye. Also Kalushyale. Cs.
shyaliskya, (Cf. shia^ skila.)

Shysma, v. Fail, be unlucky,
have a disaster, not succeed, have
losses. (Cf. shyuka, ishyamo.)

Shyeta, v. Chew. See Shots.

Shyuka, v. Succeed, be lucky,
gain, prosper, get, profit. (Cf.
shyama, ishyuko,)

Soka, v. Sprout, put out shoot
(bud, blossom, &c.). (Cf. iuta^
musongo.')

Sokowola, Shongowola, v.
Bore out the eye, make blind. (Cf.
pofuka.)

Sombi, Somba, adv. Perhaps,
possibly, it may be, (Cf. kaniy
chipale,)

Somena, v. Ache, hurt, be
painful. (Cf. finya, kalipa^ also

Sompa, V. Fix post in hole.
Also SumpcL

Sompola, V. Snatch, catch at,
seize hastily.

Sonda, v. Taste, take a taste of.

Sondela, v. Glance at, peer at,
cast eye on.

. Songa, V. Attack (hurt, gore)
with horn, c.g. an ox.

Bonganya, v. Fight, argue,
quarrel.

Songela, v. Tell stories about,
accuse, slander. Cs. songeshya,
sangzleskya,

Songola, y. Cut to a point,
point, sharpen. (Cfl isonga,)

Sonka, v. Bring tribute (con-
tribution, tax). Cs. sonkeshya^ Rp.
sonkana^ gather together, collect,
assemble. (Not L. Ci, tula,)

Sonkela, v. Make up fire, add
fuel. (Cf. koshycu)

Sonkwela, y. Dig hole (for
post).

Sonta, Tonta, v. Point with
finger, point out, show, indicate.
(Cf. tanuka.)

Sontama, y. Squat on heels.

Scpela, v. Ram charge in (gun),
load. (Cf. musopelo,)

Sopoka, v. Escape, get away,
get out of trouble. (Cf. pulumuka.)

Sosa, Shcaha, v. Speak, say,
talk, argue, reply. Ap. sosela, Cs.
sosyUj soseshyay Rp. sosana. {Laibiia
is commonly used in W.L.)

Sua, V. Anoint, rub with oil.
Cs. Int. sufya,

Suknla, v. Tug at, pull off
(e.g. bark from tree). Cs. suku-
lishyOf pull hard at, e. g« launch (a
canoe).

Sula, y. (1) Show disdain (dis-
like, resentment), reject, refuse ;
(a) pound (sorghum).

Smna, v. Bite, grip, nip, sting,
hurt. (Cf. luma,)

Smnaula, v. Grip tight (with
teeth, vice, &c.).

Sumba, v. Spear (fish), (Cf.
musumbu.)

Sumbula, v. Lift up, raise,
hoist. (Cf. nyamunay imya^
inuna^

Suinika, v. Let blood, bleed,
cup. See Iiumika.

Sumina, v. (1) Agree, assent,
acquiesce, allow, grant ; (2) ac-
knowledge, confess, believe ; (3)
promise, undertake, come to terms,

SXTMUNA

133

TANSHA

make a contract. Rp. sumtnina,
Cs. suminishya.

Sumuna, V. (i) Wean (a child) ;
(3) wipe, clean off dust

Smia, V. Help oneself (to food),
take a helping (a morsel of food in
fingers). (Cf. kusa^ tanta, isono.)

8unga» V. (1) Tie, fasten, bind.
Lisunga mukosi^ hang oneself (cf.
kakcC)\ (2) keep, guard, take care
of, attend to (cf. pembd) ; (3) heed,
obey (orders). A p. sungtla^ -ilila,
e. g. moor (a canoe).

Sungunuka, v. Be melted,
melt. (Cf. shungulika,)

Sonka, v. Show strong feeling,
be excited (angry).

Snnsa, v. Hitch up (clothes),
shrug (shoulders). Kv. sunsula,
let down.

Sunta, V. Limp, hobble, go
lame.

Suntuka, v. S, ibato, drag a
canoe. (Cf. sukuHshya.)

Suuka, V. ( 1 ) Soak (cf. aibika) ;
(2) also SutSbuka, appear suddenly.

Swa, V. (i) Break, snap, break
off, pluck (ofif) (cf. iowa, putula) ;
(2) drip, drop, leak away, filter
through. Md. -swile, Nt. sweka,
e.g. be broken, die (cf. iowa),

Ta-. The common negative pre-
fix of verb-forms, except in first
person sing. (Cf. shi-.)

Taamina, Tamina, y. Rest
(lean) head upon (hand, pillow).
(Cf. mutamino.)

Tako, V. He is not there. (Cf.
tapOy tamoy utaliko.)

Tala, V. (1) Mark out, lay plan
of, design (esp. df a house, draw
circular furrow showing position and
size) ; (3) fabricate, manufacture,
make, e. g. T, iJbufiy tell a lie. 7*.
ise^ make a hoe (cf. chita^ lengd),

Talala, v. Be cold. (Not W.L.
Cf. tanta^ totUola.)

Talashya, v. Wave about, shake,
brandish (weapon). (Cf. tenkanya^
(ansha,)

-tali, a. Long, tall, high, deep,
distant, -a kutali, distant, far off.
(Cf. tUali^ and follg.)

Talimf^a, v. Make long,
lengthen. Cs. of talimpa^ be long,
high, &c. (Cf. -tali.)

Tama, v. Seize, grasp, hold.
(Cf. ikata.)

Tambala, n. (iba-t.) Cock. (Cf.
koniboiwe.)

Tambalala, v. Stretch out, ex-
tend, put forward, straighten out.
Also tambalikoy stretch out, &c.

Tamfya, v. Cs. and Int. Run
away fast, cause to run away, drive
away. (Cf. wutuka, fyuka^

Tamina, v. See Taamina.

Tamula, v. Ward off, parry,
avoid (a blow). (Cf. chickiia,
leya.)

Tana, v. (i) Be selfish, nig-
gardly, ungenerous (cf. uiani)\
(2) fight (cf. Iwanay ipayana),

Tanda, v. Dismiss, send away
(cf. fumya^ tamfya), Nt. iandika^
stretch out, spread out (e.g. mat),
extend.

Tandala, v. Stroll, lounge, pass
the time away, idle about, go a
walk.

Tandamuka, v. Stretch out,
straighten out. (Cf. tafida^ tamba-
likay also iandazvtila.)

Tanga, v. Be first, be before
(beforehand), do first, begin, antici-
pate, go in front, lead. Md. -tangile^
-tanjtle^ -tanj'e, and a. first, fore-
most, earliest, leading. Ap. tangiia,
e.g. T, nskila, lead the way, act as
guide. Cs. tangilishya^ tangishya,
e. g. sent on (in front, before).
li^atanga iha chisungu, children
below adult age (cf. mutangikoj
mutanjilishty kutanjile), Tange-
ndye, let me eat first. Also as adv.
tanga, tange^ taye, followed by verb
in subjunct. mood,

Tanika, v. Stretch out, expose
in air. (Cf. anika.)

Tansha, v. Wave about, brandish
(e. g, weapon). (Cf. talashya.)^ .,

^ANTA

134

TElTTEMnKA

Tanta, v. (i) Dip (food) in
gravy or relish (cf. toweld) ; (a) cut
flesh in pieces (off bone of a dead
animal) (cf. waila) ; (3) be painful,
be chilly, cold (cf. tontold).

Tantamuka, Tentemuka, v.
Descend a hill, go down. (Cf. ika^
seluka,)

Tantika, v. (i) Weave, plait
(cf. luka)\ (2) unwrap, unroll,
spread out. {^f, fungululay tanda,)

Tanuka, v. (r) Point out, show
(cf. sonia) ; (2) climb, about (e. g.
on rafters in building roof).

Tao, Tail, negat. No, not so.
(Cf. iyoo,)

Tapa, v. Take a piece, take
part, take in parts or portions, lay
hold of, take, seize. T. menda,
draw water (by dipping up). So
also tapula menda, (Cf. Iwala,
poka, ikata^

Tapali, v. There is not (no one,
none, nothing), no. (Cf. takuli^
tamuli,)

Tapula, V. Dip up, dip out,
take little by little. (Cf. tapa,)

Tasliya, v. Set heart on, (i)
desire, admire, praise, long for;
(2) feel loss of, regret, miss. T*
kwenUt be homesick; litashya^ be
proud (boastful), think too much of
oneself.

Tata, n. Usually in pi. of re-
spect, atata^ ihatata^ ibata^ father.
A, wa kunsanga, step-father; A,
fyalay father-in-law ; A, nkashi,
father's sister, aunt. (Cf. awishi,)

Tatika, v. Begin, make a begin-
ning, start. (Cf. fa»iga, yamda,
tatuia.)

•tatu, a. Three.

Tatuia, V. Lead off (in singing).
(Cf. mutatuishu)

Taula, V. Scrub (a person clean),
rub, wash. (Cf. samba,)

Tawa, V. Creep (of a plant).
Tawa-tawa, pound grain (cf. twa),

Taya, v. Part with, give away,
put (throw) away, lose, sacrifice.
Ap. tayilay e. g. make an offering

(to, for) {id, pupa) \ Nt. tayika, Cs.
tayiskya.

To, negat Not (in connexion
with a word following, but not prefix,
as Ta-), Te , , * ni , , , «/, it is
neither . . . nor .... Tefyo^ not
so.

Teka, v. (i) Calm, pacify, make
quiet, comfort; (2) domesticate,
tame ; (3) plunder, carry off (goods,
and persons by violence), take cap-
tive; (4) aim (a gun, arrow); (5)
put down, put by the fire. (Cf.
foUg.)

Tekanya, v. Be quiet, calm,
composed, pacified, contented, mild.
Cs. tekanishya, (Cf. teka^

Tela, V. Also Sola, which see.

Telela, v. Slip, slide, glide.
Cs. teleshyaj teshya, (Cf. teshi-
muka,)

Tema, v. Cut, cut down, cut
off. (For various kinds of cutting
cf. teway tedfula^ cheka^ pinika,
putula, sesa, sewa, ieia^ panda, tanta^
waila, fingula, timbulat temala,
temaula,)

Temala, Temaula, v. Cut on
all sides, make a large clearing.

Temba, v. Carry on a pole
(between two men). (Cf. mutembo,)

Temwa, v. Like, be pleased
with, fond of, love, be contented,
satisfied. Md. -temenwe, Rp. te-
mwana, Cs. Int. temweshya, (Cf.
konda, tola.)

Tenda, v. Groan, be ill. (Cf.
Iwala, intenda.)

Tendeka, v. Be aggressive,
start upon, provoke, annoy, meddle
with. Ap. tendekela,

Tenenka, v. Be sore Tpainful),
hurt. (Cf. sonuna, kalipai)

Tonga, V. Decline, refuse. (Cf.
kana,)

Tenkana, v. Shake to and fro,
tremble, wave about. Cs. tenkanya,
shake about (e. g. vessel, so as to
spill contents).

Tentemuka, v. See Tanta-
muka.

TBBTTTTLA.

i35

-TTTISHI

Tentula, v. Knock, hammer.
(Cf. fula^ pama.)

Tepela, v. Taste nice, be sweet
(savoury, taste). (Cf. muse.)

Tesa, V. Throb, quiver, palpi-
tate. (Cf. Mema.)

Teshimuka, v. Slip, slide.
Also Teshima. (Cf. teUla.)

Teta, V. Cut, cut down. 7>-
taula, cut on all sides (widely,
generally). (Cf. tema, sesa^ se-
saula.)

Tetela, v. Cackle. (Cf. lapuka,)

Tenia, v. Take (a pot) off (the
fire). (Cf. tpula.)

Tewa, V. Cut up, cut firewood.
(Cf. tema,)

Teweta, v. Make a present of
food.

Te-^nla, y. Cut (stalks of grain).
(Cf. sanj'ya,)

Teya, v. (i) Get ready before-
hand, prepare, provide, put ready,
supply; (2) set trap, trap.

Tl, V. Say, thii^, do. Used
chiefly in conj. kuti^ ati^ ngati, &c.

Tikama, v. Be thick, firm,
stout, substantial, of good quality.
Md. and a. 'tikeme* (Cf. tnuiika^

Timbula, v. (i) Slice flesh off
bones (cf. tania,waild)\ (2) hoe a
second time (between plants (cf.
palauld)\ (3) help to food.

Tina, v. (i) Be afraid, fear
(cf. opa^ mwenso)\ (2) seize with
claws (or nails) scratch, nip. Cs.
ttnya. (Cf. shoia.)

Tinanga, v* Feel with fingers,
press.

Tinta, v. Draw tight, pull,
stretch. Nt. tiniikaj Md. 'iintile^
Cs. Int. tintishya,

Tinla* Tynla, Tnla, v. Bore a
hole, pierce; (2) strip flesh off dead
animal. Also Tiibula, (Cf. follg.
and tula,)

Tiwanka, y. Have cracked
(sore, chafed) feet.

Ti'^nka, v. Blind, make blind,
be blmded. (Cf. pofuka. Hula,
sokawola,)

Tola, v. (1) Pick up, take tip,
in the fingers, find by accident, get,
acquire; (2) fiEisten, tie (cf. kaka,
funga, sanga),

Tolala, Tolanla, y. Pick up
all about, find everywhere, get
quickly (easily). (Cf. tola.)

Toloka, Toleka, v. Run away,
play truant, desert, leave a master.
Ap, tolekeloy Cs. toleshya.

Tomba, v. Have sexual inter»
coarse.

Tofnpwe, n. {iba-t^ Brain (sub-
stance), contents of skull.

Tongola, v. Remove the grain
from a cob of maize.

Tonona, v. Beat, strike. (Cf.
pama^

Tonta, v. See Sonta.

Tontola, v. Be cold. Md.
•tontwele. (Cf pola^ tanta.)

Toshya, v. Argue, quarrel.
(Cf. sosa, soshya.)

Tota, V. Be contented (pleased,
happy, satisfied, grateful), be glad.
Cs. toieshya. (Cf. konda, temwa,
sangala.)

Towa, y. (i) Break (in general).
Md. 'toweUy Nt. towekay Ap. towela,
Cs. toweshya (cf. swa, funaikaj and
follg.); (2) T. maluwa, flower,
blossom. Md. -towele.

Towaika, v. Break, be broken,
e. g. have a splitting headache, be
in violent pain.

Towala, v. Break all to pieces,
smash up. (Cf. towa.)

Towela, v. Dip (morsel, mouth-
ful) of food in relish (gravy, season-
ing, dish). (Cf. tozva, chitoweloj
tanta.)

Towoka, Towanka, y. Hop
(as frog), jump.

Tna, Tnwa, v. (i) Be (become)
white, light coloured, clean, pure,
innocent; (2) pound (grainy see
Twa). Md. -twiley -tuwile, Cs.
Int. tuwishya, Nt. tuika. (Cf.
follg.)

-tnlshl, -twifllii, a. White, clean,
pure. (Cf. tiM.)

TITEA

136

UOHISA

Toka, V. Use abusive langnage,
abuse. Md. 'tukile, Cs. tushya,
tukishyay Rp. tukana* (Cf. ituka,
ittishi,)

Tukuts, V. Perspire, sweat.
(Cf. iiukutaj chiwe.)

Tiilai V. (i) Begin, have its
source or origin, rise (of river, sun),
appear; (2) pay tribute (usual
present, tax to chief); (3) put down
load, rest; (4) also tiula, bore a
hole, pierce; (5) also tuula, rub,
polish, file. Nt. iulika, be well
known, famous.

Tulo, n. PI. sleep. Lala tulo,
go to sleep, sleep. (Cf. shinshila,
shipula^ shiwata, ulo,)

Tulula, V. Pour (into a vessel),
pour out. (Cf. itila,)

Tama, v. Send, dispatch, em-
ploy (as messenger). Nt. tumika,
Cs. iumishya, tumikishya, (Cf.
layishyay ilishya^

Tumana, v. Be sad, sorrowful,
depressed, silent, melancholy. Md.
-tumene, Cs. -ishya, harass, brow-
beat, persecute, oppress, treat badly.
(Cf. kataskya, sausnya, saukafianga-
iuka.)

Tumbula, v. Cut open, rip up.

Tumpa, V. Be a fool, stupid,
silly. Md. 'He. (Cf. pusha, pu-
namay and follg.)

Tmnpaika, Tumpaila, v. Make
a fool of, deceive, cheat. (Cf.
tumpay chenjela.)

Tmnpuka, v. Flounder, gasp
(as in drowning).

Tunda, v. Also Sunda, urinate.
(Cf. nyay mikoshi,)

Tunga, V. Insert, pass (string,
thread, needle, skewer) through,
e.g. thread needle, string beads.

Tongulula, n. ( — ) Long narrow
mat of split reeds. (Cf. mu-
pasa.)

Tungumishya, v. Bewail,
mourn, lament. (Cf. /i7a, tusuka.)

Tunka, v. Prick, stab. Ap.
tunkela. Also Tunkula,

Tuntika, v. Make heaps, piles,

pile up, heap. (Cf. muiuntay and
follg.)

Tuntnka, v. Ascend, go up,
slope upwards. (Cf. mutunta.)

Tupula, V. Pluck (e. g. feathers
from fowl). (Cf. mukuicu)

Tupiuhsra, v. Dismiss, send
away, drive away. (Cf. pulushya,
ibutushya.)

Tashya, v. Cs. of tula^ e. g.
encamp, rest.

Tusuka, v. (i) Bewail, mourn,
lament (cf. Itla); (2) (of birds) rise
and fly away.

Tuta, V. Sprout, put out leaves,
buds. (Cf. soka.)

Tute, n. (ii>a-t.) Cassava (plant
and root).

Tntula, V. Stumble, trip. Md.
-tutwiUy Cs. ttUwishya, trip up,
make stumble.

Tutuma, v. Tremble, shiver,
palpitate, throb. (Cf. tetema.)

Tuwa. See Tua and Twa.

Tuwama, v. Lie on the face,
face downwards. (Ci. funama.)

Twa, Tua, v. (i) Pound (as
grain with pestle; cf. ifusu)\ (2)
be sharp (edged, pointed; cf. /w-
mata). Cs. twishya, sharpen.

Twala, V. Take, bring, convey,
conduct ; (2) bear fruit, — with
irreg. Md. -twiie, in past tense only.
(Cf. chaiwaiay fyala.)

Twika, V. Pat load on shoulder,
lift up. (Cf. tula.)

XJ. Words not found under IT
may be looked for under W, Wu,
ITw.

Uanga, n. See Uwanga.

Uche, n. Smallness, thinness,
feebleness. (Cf. -che.)

Uchende, n. Adultery. (Cf.
chenchemesiy ukunushi, chenda.)

Uchenjeshi, n. Deceit, cheating,
fraud. (Cf. chenjela.)

ITcliinga, n. (f/id-ck.) Pitfall
(for game).

Uohiaa, wuchiaa, n. (Any)
seasoning, relish, eaten with porridge

ITFI

137

ITLOSHI

or plain food. {CtchinanifChisaibOy
chitowelo )

Ufi, "^ufl, n. Badness, moral
evil, (especially) lying, -a iSfufi,
lying, false, wrong, untruthful,
slanderous. (Cf.. -fi, -wu)

Ufila, n. Neglect of necessary
work (hoeing, &c.), idleness, lazi-
ness, sloth.

XTflshi, n. Blackness, darkness,
dark (handsome) complexion (skin).
(Cf.yx/a, imfinshu)

Uftunbi, n. Size, height, bulk,
width. (Cf. mushinku, mutunduy
muvumba,)

Ufamu, n. (i) Chieftainship
(office, power, district) ; (2) status
of freedom, independence. (Cf.
kalumCy infumu.)

Ufwiti, n. Witchcraft, magic,
sorcery. (Cf. inJwitL)

Ufyele, n. Generosity, free giving,
hospitality, liberality. {CLpaypela.)

Uganga, n. Art of healing,
doctor's treatment. (Cf. munganga,
ibuka.)

Uifoneme, adv. On the face,
prone (position). (Cf. funama,
usamme,)

Uingi, n. See Wingi.

IJishi, UliBlxi, v. Lit. he knows.
Used as n. and a. one who knows,
expert, educated, clever, intelligent,
well informed. (Cf. ishi,)

ITkala, "^ukala, n. Penis. Also
Muboio.

Ukalmne, n. Slavery. (Cf.
kalume, wuskya,)

Ukanda, n. Aibena Ukanda, a
section of Lala tribe living in the
Congo Free State and on the border.

Ukoli, Unkoli, n. i^a-nkolt).
Rhinoceros. Also Chipembele.

Ukome, n. Lower part of back.
(Cf. chikomey musana.)

Ukondi, v. (Cf. uio/i, ukotult^
&c.) Used to intensify verbs of
feeling, chiefly, e. g. Natemwa
ukondi y I love where I am, i.e. in
my heart, in myself, truly, deeply.
(ITrom -A*, v.)

Uku. Words not found under
Uku- may be looked for under
Ku-.

Uku, Uko, adv. Here there,
then.

nkuoha, Kuoha, n. Dawn.
(Cf. chay iuchelo.)

Ukulu, n. (i) Greatness, power,
size, age; (see -kulu); (a) leg
(see Kulu).

Ukulwe, n. Great mortality,
many deaths. (Cf. Iwa,)

UkunuBlii, n. Adultery, pro-
fligacy. (Cf. uchende.)

Ukutwi, n. {flnuUwi), Ear.
Also Kutwi,

Ukumo, Wukumo, Bukumo,
adv. Just now, lately, recently.

ITku^oko, Ku^oko, n. {ma-
^okd). Arm (of body).
. Ukwaps, n. See Kwspa.

Ukwe^o, n. {ma-k.) Usually in
plur., articles for sale, merchandise,
goods.

Ula, V. See Wula.

Ulaka, wulaka, n. (ma-/,) (i)
Spear-head, blade (cf. tfumo, mu-
sukoy chochd) ; (2) larynx (external),
(cf. mulaka),

ITlala, n. See Wilala.

nialo, n. {ma-L) Bridge, tree
laid across stream. (Cf. iaia.)

inembe, n. Poison (for arrows).
(Cf. mwafi,)

nieme, n. Honour, respect,
civility, compliment. (Cf. chiniiikay
muchineiy Umya.)

Uliango, n. {ma-l.) Hole, pit.
(Cf. muliango,)

TTlishi, n. See Uiahi.

TTlo, "^ulo, n. {malo). Place
(occupied by lying, sitting, stand-
ing), station, position. Also Chulo,

TJio, adv. Then, when, since.
(Cf, nduloy ilyOy Hi,)

Ulombe, n. (ma-/.) Beauty,
handsome appearance, fine dress.
(Cf. -/omh,)

nioshi, n. Witchcraft, magic,
sorcery. (Cf. indoshiy muloshiy
lowdy ufwili.)

ULITLir

138

TJWAliWA

TTluln, n. Anger. (Cf. lulay
lukansa.)

TTlmna, y. Rumblei growl, roar
(as thunder, lion).

Uliunbwana, n. Youthfal age,
youth. (Cf. mulumbwana,)

Ulume, n. Manhood, courage.
(Cf. -lunu.)

ITlunda, n. Friendship. (Cf*
ckiitfuza, )

niungu, wulungu, n. Bead,
beads, necklace of beads.

Ulwashi, XTlwele, n. (ma-I.)
Sickness, ill-health. (Cf. Iwala.)

Uma, V. (i) Be (become) dry,
hard, tough ; (2) dry up, decay,
wither, die ; (3) be a hard bargain,
expensive, dear.

Umba, wumba, v. Work in
clay, do pottery work, form, fashion,
mould. (Ci. uitumda, ckiibumba^

Uznfwa, V. (i) Perceive, be
sensible of (by any organ or faculty,
but especially by the ear), hear ; (2)
listen, attend, heed; (3) understand.
Nt. umfwikay be heard, be audible,
intelligible ; Md. 'Umfwilej Ap.
umfwila, Cs. Int. umfivishya^ and
umfwishiskya^ e.g. listen attentively,
Rp. umfwanay e.g. feel for, pity,
sympathize.

Uxnoyo, M070, n. Life, vitality,
health, consciousness, vigour.

TTxn-um, negat. No, not so.
(Cf. ku-kut mu-mUf iyoo,)

Undamuka, v. Rise (from lying
down), g et u p. (Cf. «>/a, Ubuka.)

XTne, Wune, n. Goodness (in
general, but specially of appearance,
i.e. beauty. See -ine, -ne. Used
also as a. without prefixes, beautiful,
pretty.

Unga, V. Gather, collect, put in
groups (heaps). Rp. ungana, form
a group, gather together, assemble;
Cs. nngan ishya, (C f . longa^ ihumba. )

Unga, "Wunga, n. Flour, meal,
powder. U. wa nfuti^ gunpowder.

Unina, n. His (her) mother;
unokoy your mother. (Cf. nyina,
mama.)

TTpa, V. Marry (of the man).
Md. "Upile^ Ps. 'Upilway be married
(of the womaii). Md. -upilwe, Cs.
ufya^ give in marriage, arrange
marriage. (Cf. kwata^ lingula.)

TTsaJnila, n. Nudity, nakedness.
(Cf. lufunwa,)

Usali, n. Dirt, filth, unclean^
ness. (Cf. -saii.)

TTsalu, n. Thread. (Cf. i«-
salu.)

UBambashi, n. Riches, wealth,
luxuries. (Cf. -sambashi,)

Usaneme, adv. On the back,
supine (position). Lala »., lie on
the back. (Cf. uifunemet utuweme^
sanama.)

TTshi, n. Smoke, steam, vapour.
(Cf. cAusAi.)

Ushiku, n. {ma-ush. and mash.)
Night, night-time. Adv. at night.
(Cf. inshiku,)

TTshilUtn. Madness. {CL-shilUy
funia,)

XXBOohi, Usosi, n. Talking,
conversation. (Cf. sosa^iliashL)

nta, n. Bow. See wuta.

Utali, n. Distance, length,
height. (Cf. -talL)

Utalla, n. {ma-t,) Storehouse,
granary. •

Utani, n. Meanness, selfishness,
niggardliness. (Cf. tana,)

Uteshi, n. Slipperiness. (Cf.
telela.)

Utufi, n. (matufi). Dung, excre-
ment. (Cf. nya, mikoski.)

Utuka, n. See w utuka.

Utundu, n. (ma-t) Lip orna-
ment, lip-ring. (Cf. chinanda.)

Utuwexne, adv. On the face,
prone (position). (Cf. usaneme,
tuwama,)

Uuohi, wuohi, n. Honey.

Uuohisa, n. See wuoliisa.

Uufi, n. See ITfl.

Uwalla, n. (ma-w.) Cultivated
plot, plantation, garden. (Cf.
munda,)

Uwalwa, "Walwa, ITwala, n.
Native beer. See "Walwa.

UWANGA

139

WANGAMA

TTwanga, Wangs, n. (manga).
Poison (for man, given in food or
drink). Lowa wanga, poison by
DiagiCi witchcraft. (Cf. ulembe^
mwafi^ uibuiba^

TTwina, Ulna, n. {mawina,
mena). Hole, pit. (Cf. muliango,)

U^ino, n. Goodness, excellence.
(Cf. itinOj InvinOf tbunino^ une.)

U^o^oni, n. Property, goods,
wealth. (Cf. usambashi.)

TT^uinba» n. Group, company,
crowd, mass, collection. (Cf. mu'
longo,)

TJ-ihr^Sk, n. Poison (for fish).
(Cf. uwanga,)

U^^xiya, n. Good (fine, artistic)
work, finish, art.

Uyu, Uyo, a. This (person).
(Cf. unOf ulya,)

V. Words not found under V
may be looked for under F.

Vi-, plur. pref. of nouns having
Chi- as prefix in sing. (JFi- in W, L.)

'Vysiwe, -vya^o, a. Other
(of same sort), i. e. ils fellow, their
fellow. (Cf. 'fnh) muvi, muvyahve,
friend, companion.)

Vyata, Fyata, v. Flash, dazzle
(as lightning).

W. Words not found under "W
may be looked for under U, Uw.

Wa-, A^a-. Plur. prefix of one
class of nouns, having Mu' as prefix
in sing.

^a, Wa, prp. Of. (See -a.)

Wa, v. (i) Be, exist, become,
take place, occur. Md. '7vi/€ ; (2)
be let be, remain, be let alone (put
aside, put off, deferred) (cf. ia/Of
ikald) ; (3) go down, fall, sink
down, set (of sun). Insoni shyawa,
shame was felt. Uwalwa kauwey
let the beer alone, let it wait.
Kasua kawa^ sunset. Cs. wishya^
canse to fall, fell, cut down.

Waila, V. Cut (rip) flesh (off
bones of dead animal). (Cf. tanta^
sesa.)

Wakama, v. Shine, be bright
(e.g. of bright polished surface).
( Cf. w ala, wemba.)
. Wakambwa-Senga, n. Lala-
speaking tribe on West side of the
Luangwa river. Also Wa-ambo,
IVambO'Senga,

Wala, V. (i) Make, produce,
do, cause, bring about, e.g. war,
theft, quarrel, (not so often of mate-
rial objects ; cf. chita^ lenga^ tala) ;
(3) be beforehand, be first, be in
time (not W. L. Cf. tangcC) ; (3)
be bright, shine (as sun, moon)
(cf. wakama),

Walwa, n. Native beer, taking
five days to prepare. (Cf. kumba,
and for various kinds and stages,
fisunga^ kateie, imbote, mu/undwa,
mulalay mushimpuloy mukupa, mu~
kumbay also ckiwalwa, kawalwa.)

Wama, v. Be good (in general,
i.e. nice, suitable, pleasing, excellent,
fine, right, wholesome, profitable,
&c.), Md. and a. 'Weme^ Ap.
wamitMy e.g. be good for (to), fit,
suit, please, Ps. -tnwaf Cs. and
Int. wamtsAya, wamya, wamishi-
shyay e.g. set right, improve, correct,
adjust, arrange, instruct, edncate,&c.,
e.g. pawamishishya, it is very good
indeed. (Cf. -weme, pawemtyji'
weme^ -ine,)

Wamba, v. Stretch (spread)
tight (covering) over (some thing),
e.g. ^. ngoma, cover a drum with
hide. W, chilindi, cover a pitfall
with sticks, earth, &c. Rv. wambula^
uncover, slacken, loosen. (Cf. chi-
wambtf luwamba.)

Wambo, n. Also Wambo Senga,
See "^^akambwa- Senga.

Wandafawe, also Tandafuwe^
n. A (kind of) spider.

Wanga, n. (i) See Uwanga;
(3) a (kind of) fish- trap.

Wanga, v. Fasten crosswise,
e.g. W, mbalOf fix cross-laths on
rafters.

Wangama, v. Be hot (of
I liquids). Md. -ivangeme^ Nt. iva-

WABTGU

140

WINDA

ngamikay make hot, be hot. Cs.
'iskya, (Cf. kawila^ wila,)

"Wangu, adv. Quickly, hastily,
fast, speedily. (Cf. luibilo^ and
foUg.)

"Wsngnla, v. Extract (e.g.
thorn, jigger).

Wsngulaka, Wangufyanya, v.
Make haste, do (act) quickly, hurry,
be quick. (Cf. pufya, wangu,)

Wanya, v. Stir about (food in
cooking). (Ct naya,)

wanyina, n. Mother, mothers.
See Nyina.

Wasa, v. Use an adze (on), trim,
cut smooth. (Cf. imbaso.)

^ata, watata, n. Father,
fathers. See Tata.

'^^auahi, Bauahi, n. A tribe
living north of the Lala district,
south of Bangweolo. Ku Baushiy
northwards.

Wa-wa, negat. No, none, not
at all. (Cf. iyoo,)

Wava, V. (i) Set fire (to grass,
&c.), partly bum, char; (2) hurt, be
painful. (Cf. koUkoyJinya,)

Wawauka, y. Brush off, sweep
aside.

wa^o, pron. They. Also used
as interj. of contempt.

"Wela, V. (i) Go back, come
back, return, be repeated, come
again. Md. 'Welele, Ap. weleloy
Cs. Int. weleshyay e.g. retum, give
back, pay back, restore, bring back,
do (say) over again, repeat, renew,
alsb weleskeshya ; {2 ) bewail, lament,
mourn. (Cf. lila^

"Welania, v. Lie in wait for, lie
in ambush. {Ctfisama,)

"Wemba, v. (i) Shine, be light
(polished) (cf. wakama) ; (2) look
for, reconnoitre, spy about, watch.
Ap. wembelay e.g. act as herdsman,
tend cattle (cf. embelay mwembe-
shi),

-weme, a. Good, nice, pleasing,
&c. (Cf. watta, -htCy paweme,)

Weneahya, v. See "Wona.

wepa, v. (i) Slander, tell lies,

accuse falsely ; (2) pretend, act
hypocritically, disguise (truth, one-
self, &c.). Often ibepa uufiy lie.
Ap. itepela, Cs* Int. ibepeshycu

Weaama, v. Crouch down,
move stealthily, look out, lie in
wait. (Cf. weiamay Jisama,)

Weshya, v. Be contented,
pleased, satisfied, comforted. IV,
mtitnay feel pleased (cf. nakd) ; (2)
attack (cf. shambula).

'^^eta, y. Act as herdsman,
tend caitle, &c. (Not W.L. Cf.
embela*)

"We^o, pron. You (sing.).

"Weya, v. Cut hair close, shave.
(Cf. katnoy sesa.)

-wi, a. Bad, wrong, unpleasant,
disastrous. (C£ -w^, 'd>ipay -fi,
chiwi.)

Wiala, v. Plant (seed). (Cf.
minsa, komena, pelelay shanga.)

-wifl, a. Beid, wicked. (Cf.
ibipay itnbifi.)

"^ity&y v. Cs. Int. of lifipa
(which see), do wrong (wrongly,
badly), treat badly, damage, hurt,
make a mistake, blunder.

Wika, V. Put, place, set, lay,
put down (aside, by, away). Ap.
wikila, e.g. add to. W, masana,
lay eggs, Cs. Int. wikiskya,

Wila, V. Be hot, Cs. wilishya^
Md. -wilile (cf. kawa^ pya, wa-
ngama-) ; (2) meet together, join,
unite (as streams), paths ; cf. ma-
wilo) ; (3) destroy, ravage, plunder
(cf. onaulay ieka),

"Wila, I^ila, v. (i) Plunge
into water, dive, sink, be drowned.
Cs. ibishya\ (2) sew {cL pashila).

WUala, Uilala^ Ulala, n. Dis-
trict of the Lala tribe. (Cf. mulalay
ckilala,)

-wili, a. Two. (Cf. kcmnH,
liwilit -owih.)

"Wilikisbya, v. Call to some
one at a distance, shout to.

Wina, n. (ntena). Hole. See
'ITwlna.

Winda, v. Wear loin-cloth

WUi'GI

141

■*TJNB

tight on the loms. Rv. windula^
loosen loin-cloth, take off.

"Wingi, Uingi, "Winji, n.
Abundance, plenty, a large quantity,
lots (of). W, wune, great abun-
dance. (Cf. -ingiy ibula, fula,)

■^ino, U^no, n. Goodness,
excellence (see U'i^ino). Also adv.
'dfinOy bwinOf well, excellently, care-
fully slowly.

wipa, V. Be bad (wrong, dis-
astrous, a mistake), do badly,
blunder, make mistake, do wrong,
commit crime, be wicked, cause
damage, not suit, not fit. Md.
'ibipile^ Ap. 'vbipila^ Cs. and Int.
ihifya (which see), €>ipishya, Ps.
ibipilwa, (Cf. i^^, itifya, 'Ji,
-Tvi.)

Wishi, n. Usually in. pi. of
respect, awishif 'diawishi, father.
Awishi ihanjiy my father; wiso^
awiso, your father. Awiskifwe, our
father ; wishi nkashiy father's sister,
aunt ; awishi iba kusanga, step-
father; awishi fya lay father-in-law.
(Cf. iata, also wishi for uishi, one
who knows. See Ishi.)

-wishi, -wisi, a. Fresh (of vege-
tables), green, uncooked, unripe,
raw.

"Wols, Ola, V. Rot, putrefy.
Md. 'Wolele,

Womba, v. (i) Beg, ask for
(cf. papata^ lomba^ lamba, senga) ;
A p. wombela\ (2) run, run away.
(Not W.L.)

"Wombwe, n. {iba-w^ Frog.

"Womfya, "Wofya, v. (i) Make
soft (by beating), soften (cf. nakcC) ;
(2) be soft, yielding (e.g. marshy
ground); (3) annoy, harass, tease
(cf. kaiala),

Wona, Ona, v. See, observe,
attend, look at, notice, witness.
Md. -wene^ Nt. woneka^ be seen, be
visible. Often in salutes ; Waoneka^
here you are, how are you? Cs.
Int. weneshya^ Rp. wonana. (Cf.
lola, imboni.)

Wowa, v. Bewail, lament.

mourn. (Cf. /i7a, tusuka, tungu-
mishyOi wela.)

"Wowa, n. Mushroom.

"Woyo, interj. of contempt, ap-
plied to a person. (Cf. ibaibOy pi.)

Wuchi, Uuclii, n. Honey.

Wuohisa, ITuchisa, n. Relish,
seasoning (of any kind, eaten with
plain food). (Cf. chinane^ chito-
welo^ chisaibo.)

"^ufl, Uufl, n. Evil, falsehood.
SeeUfl.

Wuka, V. (i) Wake up, wake
from sleep; Cs, ibukishya ; (2) treat
(by native doctoring), detect cause
of sickness or misfortune, apply
remedy (medicine), treat effectively,
cure. Ap. ibukila, Cs. ibukishya.
(Cf. Iwtvukoy poshya,)

Wukishya, v. Consider, think
about, apply the mind to. (Cf.
iwukishya^ /asa, langaluka.)

'^ukwa, n. Jealousy. Sunga
w.y be jealous, watch jealously.

"^ula, V. (i) Tell, report, relate.
Ap. ibuiila, tell to, inform. JV.
amanOy give advice, warn, instruct ;
(2) get, obtain, take, fetch, bring,
apply, use — in this sense often used
before or combined with another
verb of what is a matter of course,
e. g. ibule mboney of course I see ;
Ibuhnje {wule ndye), of course I
eat ; (3) be without, lack, have
none of, not to do (be, get, have).
As ^rp. pakuibulat without. In this
sense, also used to give a negative
force to a verb, e. g. ibula-pelay not
to give, be sordid, mean, miserly;
ibula-temway not to love. Ap.
ibulilay e.g. mbulile cheibo chonsCy
tell me the whole story, Cs. ibushyay
ibushishya,

"^umba, V. Gather together
(neut.), collect, form a group or
mass. Rp. ibumbana (cf. wdbumbd) ;
(2)see Umba.

wune, ITiie, n. Goodness,
beauty (see Une, -ine, -ne). Also
used as a, e.g. nchoncho ibune^
beautiful spoons.